Core Scientific, Inc 8-K, filed Jun 21, 2023
Core Scientific, Inc. (CORZ)
About this 8-K
Core Scientific, Inc filed this 8-K on June 21, 2023, reporting on events of June 20, 2023.
Items reported
- Item 7.01: Regulation FD disclosure
- Item 9.01: Financial statements and exhibits
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM
CURRENT REPORT
Pursuant to Section 13 OR 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported):
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation) |
(Commission File Number) |
(IRS Employer Identification No.) |
| (Address of principal executive offices) | (Zip Code) |
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (
(Former Name or Former Address, if Changed Since Last Report)
Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:
Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425) |
Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12) |
Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b)) |
Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c)) |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class |
Trading |
Name of each exchange on which registered | ||
| * | ||||
| * |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (17 CFR §230.405) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (17 CFR §240.12b-2).
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
| * | The registrant’s common stock and warrants began trading exclusively on the on January 3, 2023 under the Symbols “CORZQ” and “CRZWQ,” respectively. |
| Item 7.01 | Regulation FD Disclosure. |
Plan and Disclosure Statement
As previously disclosed, on December 21, 2022, Core Scientific, Inc. (the “Company”) and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “Debtors”) filed voluntary petitions (the “Chapter 11 Cases”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas (the “Bankruptcy Court”) seeking relief under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”). The Debtors continue to operate their business and manage their properties as “debtors-in-possession” under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and orders of the Bankruptcy Court. Additional information about the Chapter 11 Cases, including access to Court documents, is available online at cases.stretto.com/CoreScientific/, a website administered by Stretto, Inc., a third-party bankruptcy claims and noticing agent. The information on this web site is not incorporated by reference into, and does not constitute part of, this Form 8-K.
On June 20, 2023, the Debtors filed a proposed Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Core Scientific, Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates (the “Proposed Plan”) and a related proposed form of Disclosure Statement (the “Proposed Disclosure Statement”) with the Bankruptcy Court. The Proposed Plan and the related Proposed Disclosure Statement describe, among other things, the Proposed Plan; the restructuring of the Debtors (the “Restructuring”); the events leading to the Chapter 11 Cases; certain events that have occurred or are anticipated to occur during the Chapter 11 Cases, including the anticipated solicitation of votes to approve the Proposed Plan from certain of the Debtors’ creditors; and certain other aspects of the Restructuring.
Although the Debtors intend to pursue the Restructuring in accordance with the terms set forth in the Proposed Plan, there can be no assurance that the Proposed Plan will be approved by the Bankruptcy Court or that the Debtors will be successful in consummating the Restructuring or any other similar transaction on the terms set forth in the Proposed Plan, on different terms or at all. Bankruptcy law does not permit solicitation of acceptances of a proposed Chapter 11 plan of reorganization until the Bankruptcy Court approves a disclosure statement relating to the Proposed Plan. Accordingly, neither the Debtors’ filing of the Proposed Plan and Proposed Disclosure Statement, nor this Current Report on Form 8-K, is a solicitation of votes to accept or reject the Proposed Plan. Any such solicitation will be made pursuant to and in accordance with applicable law, including orders of the Bankruptcy Court. The Proposed Disclosure Statement is being submitted to the Bankruptcy Court for approval but has not been approved by the Bankruptcy Court to date.
Information contained in the Proposed Plan and the Proposed Disclosure Statement is subject to change, whether as a result of amendments or supplements to the Proposed Plan or Proposed Disclosure Statement, third-party actions, or otherwise, and should not be relied upon by any party. Such amendments and supplements will also be available for review and free of charge online at cases.stretto.com/CoreScientific/. Such amendments and supplements may be filed with the Bankruptcy Court without the filing of an accompanying Current Report on Form 8-K. The documents and other information available via website or elsewhere are not part of this Current Report on Form 8-K and shall not be deemed incorporated herein.
Copies of the Proposed Plan and the Proposed Disclosure Statement are attached as Exhibit 99.1 and 99.2, respectively, to this Current Report on Form 8-K. The foregoing description of the Proposed Plan and Proposed Disclosure Statement is a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Proposed Plan and the Proposed Disclosure Statement.
Also, in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, the Company has entered into confidentiality agreements (the “Confidentiality Agreements”), with certain stakeholders of the Company. Pursuant to the Confidentiality Agreements, the stakeholders were provided with certain confidential information regarding the Company, which includes the materials attached hereto as Exhibit 99.3. As of the date of this filing, the Company has not reached an agreement concerning the material terms of the Restructuring with its stakeholders and the Proposed Plan is not supported by the Company’s key stakeholders. As such, the Company is continuing to engage in discussions with its key stakeholders.
The information furnished pursuant to this Item 7.01, including Exhibits 99.1 through 99.3, shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information
This Form 8-K includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements may be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “forecast,” “intend,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “seek,” “target” or other similar expressions that predict or indicate future events or trends or that are not statements of historical matters. The Company’s actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain risks and other factors, which could include the following: risks and uncertainties relating to the Company’s Chapter 11 Cases including but not limited to, the Company’s ability to obtain Bankruptcy Court approval with respect to motions in its Chapter 11 Cases, successfully enter into and implement a restructuring plan, emerge from Chapter 11 and achieve significant cash flows from operations; the effects of the Chapter 11 Cases on the Company and on the interests of various constituents, Bankruptcy Court rulings in the Chapter 11 Cases and the outcome of the Chapter 11 Cases in general, the length of time the Company will operate under the Chapter 11 Cases, risks associated with any third-party motions in the Chapter 11 Cases, the potential adverse effects of the Chapter 11 Cases on the Company’s liquidity or results of operations and increased legal and other professional costs necessary to execute the Company’s reorganization; finalization and receipt of the replacement debtor-in-possession facility; satisfaction of any conditions to which the Company’s debtor-in-possession financing is subject and the risk that these conditions may not be satisfied for various reasons, including for reasons outside of the Company’s control; the consequences of the acceleration of the Company’s debt obligations; the trading price and volatility of the Company’s common stock and the risks related to trading on the OTC Pink Market; as well as other risk factors set forth in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These statements are provided for illustrative purposes only and are based on various assumptions, whether or not identified in this Current Report on Form 8-K, and on the current expectations of the Company’s management. These forward-looking statements are not intended to serve, and must not be relied on by any investor, as a guarantee, an assurance, a prediction or a definitive statement of fact or probability. Actual events and circumstances are difficult or impossible to predict and will differ from assumptions. Many actual events and circumstances are beyond the control of the Company. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including those identified in the Company’s reports filed with the U.S. Securities & Exchange Commission, and if any of these risks materialize or our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results could differ materially from the results implied by these forward-looking statements. Accordingly, undue reliance should not be placed upon the forward-looking statements.
| Item 9.01. | Financial Statements and Exhibits. |
(d) Exhibits:
| Exhibit | Description | |
| 99.1 | Debtors’ Proposed Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Core Scientific, Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates, dated June 20, 2023 | |
| 99.2 | Debtors’ Proposed Disclosure Statement for Debtors’ Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Core Scientific, Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates, dated June 20, 2023 | |
| 99.3 | Presentation | |
| 104 | Cover page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document). | |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.
| Core Scientific, Inc. | ||||||
| Date: June 21, 2023 | By: | /s/ Todd M. DuChene | ||||
| Name: Todd M. DuChene | ||||||
| Title: Chief Legal Officer and Chief Administrative Officer | ||||||
Exhibit 99.1
Privileged & Confidential
Attorney Work Product
IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS
HOUSTON DIVISION
| § |
||||
| In re: | § | Chapter 11 | ||
| § | ||||
| CORE SCIENTIFIC, INC., et al., | § | Case No. 22-90341 (DRJ) | ||
| § | ||||
| Debtors1 | § | (Jointly Administered) | ||
| § |
JOINT CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF
CORE SCIENTIFIC, INC. AND ITS AFFILIATED DEBTORS
| WEIL, GOTSHAL & MANGES LLP | WEIL, GOTSHAL & MANGES LLP | |
| Alfredo R. Pérez (15776275) Clifford W. Carlson (24090024) 700 Louisiana Street, Suite 1700 Houston, Texas 77002 Telephone: (713) 546-5000 Facsimile: (713) 224-9511 |
Ray C. Schrock (admitted pro hac vice) Ronit J. Berkovich (admitted pro hac vice) New York, New York 10153 Telephone: (212) 310-8000 Facsimile: (212) 310-8007 | |
| Attorneys for the Debtors and Debtors in Possession |
||
| Dated: June 20, 2023 |
||
| Houston, Texas |
||
| 1 | The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases, along with the last four digits of each Debtor’s federal tax identification number, are as follows: Core Scientific Mining LLC (6971); Core Scientific, Inc. (3837); Core Scientific Acquired Mining LLC (6074); Core Scientific Operating Company (5526); Radar Relay, Inc. (0496); Core Scientific Specialty Mining (Oklahoma) LLC (4327); American Property Acquisition, LLC (0825); Starboard Capital LLC (6677); RADAR LLC (5106); American Property Acquisitions I, LLC (9717); and American Property Acquisitions, VII, LLC (3198). The Debtors’ corporate headquarters and service address is 210 Barton Springs Road, Suite 300, Austin, Texas 78704. |
Table of Contents
| Page | ||||
| ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION |
1 | |||
| A. Definitions |
1 | |||
| B. Interpretation; Application of Definitions and Rules of Construction |
26 | |||
| C. Computation of Time |
27 | |||
| D. Reference to Monetary Figures |
27 | |||
| E. Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors |
27 | |||
| F. Controlling Document |
27 | |||
| ARTICLE II. ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CLAIMS, PROFESSIONAL FEE CLAIMS, DIP CLAIMS, AND PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS |
27 | |||
| 2.1. Administrative Expense Claims |
27 | |||
| 2.2. Professional Fee Claims |
28 | |||
| 2.3. Priority Tax Claims |
28 | |||
| 2.4. DIP Claims |
28 | |||
| 2.5. Restructuring Fees and Expenses and Notes Agent Fees and Expenses |
29 | |||
| 2.6. Professional Fee Escrow |
29 | |||
| 2.7. Professional Fee Claims Estimate |
29 | |||
| 2.8. Post-Effective Date Fees and Expenses |
30 | |||
| ARTICLE III. CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS |
30 | |||
| 3.1. Classification in General |
30 | |||
| 3.2. Summary of Classification |
30 | |||
| 3.3. Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims |
31 | |||
| 3.4. Elimination of Vacant Classes |
31 | |||
| 3.5. No Waiver |
31 | |||
| 3.6. Voting Classes; Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes |
31 | |||
| 3.7. Confirmation Pursuant to Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code |
32 | |||
| ARTICLE IV. TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS |
32 | |||
| 4.1. April Convertible Notes Secured Claims (Class 1) |
32 | |||
| 4.2. August Convertible Notes Secured Claims (Class 2) |
32 | |||
| 4.3. Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claims (Class 3) |
33 | |||
| 4.4. Other Secured Claims (Class 4) |
34 | |||
| 4.5. M&M Lien Secured Claims (Class 5) |
34 | |||
| 4.6. Secured Mortgage Claims (Class 6) |
35 | |||
| 4.7. Priority Non-Tax Claims (Class 7) |
36 | |||
| 4.8. General Unsecured Claims (Class 8) |
36 | |||
| 4.9. Intercompany Claims (Class 9) |
37 | |||
| 4.10. Intercompany Interests (Class 10) |
37 | |||
| 4.11. Section 510(b) Claims (Class 11) |
38 | |||
| 4.12. Existing Common Interests (Class 12) |
38 | |||
| ARTICLE V. MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION |
38 | |||
| 5.1. Compromise and Settlement of Claims, Interests, and Controversies |
38 | |||
| 5.2. Continued Corporate Existence; Effectuating Documents; Corporate Action; Restructuring Transactions |
39 | |||
| 5.3. Intercompany Interests; Corporate Reorganization |
40 | |||
| 5.4. Authorization and Issuance of New April Secured Notes (Option 1) |
40 | |||
| 5.5. Authorization and Issuance of New August Secured Notes (Option 1) |
41 | |||
| 5.6. Authorization and Issuance of New April Secured Notes (Option 2) |
42 | |||
i
Table of Contents
(continued)
| Page | ||||
| 5.7. Authorization and Issuance of New August Secured Notes (Option 2) |
43 | |||
| 5.8. Authorization and Issuance of the New GUC Takeback Notes |
44 | |||
| 5.9. New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Facilities |
44 | |||
| 5.10. Section 1145 Exemption |
45 | |||
| 5.11. Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements |
46 | |||
| 5.12. Cancellation of Liens |
46 | |||
| 5.13. Officers and Boards of Directors |
47 | |||
| 5.14. Management Incentive Plan |
47 | |||
| 5.15. Authorization, Issuance, and Delivery of New Common Interests; New Listing |
47 | |||
| 5.16. Nonconsensual Confirmation |
48 | |||
| 5.17. Closing of the Chapter 11 Cases |
48 | |||
| 5.18. Notice of Effective Date |
48 | |||
| ARTICLE VI. DISTRIBUTIONS |
48 | |||
| 6.1. Distributions Generally |
48 | |||
| 6.2. Distribution Record Date |
49 | |||
| 6.3. Date of Distributions |
49 | |||
| 6.4. Disbursing Agent |
50 | |||
| 6.5. Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent |
50 | |||
| 6.6. Expenses of Disbursing Agent |
51 | |||
| 6.7. No Postpetition Interest on Claims |
51 | |||
| 6.8. Delivery of Distributions |
51 | |||
| 6.9. Distributions after Effective Date |
51 | |||
| 6.10. Unclaimed Property |
52 | |||
| 6.11. Time Bar to Cash Payments |
52 | |||
| 6.12. Manner of Payment under Plan |
52 | |||
| 6.13. Satisfaction of Claims |
52 | |||
| 6.14. Fractional Stock and Notes |
52 | |||
| 6.15. Minimum Cash Distributions |
53 | |||
| 6.16. Setoffs and Recoupments |
53 | |||
| 6.17. Allocation of Distributions between Principal and Interest |
53 | |||
| 6.18. No Distribution in Excess of Amount of Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest |
53 | |||
| 6.19. Withholding and Reporting Requirements |
53 | |||
| ARTICLE VII. PROCEDURES FOR DISPUTED CLAIMS |
54 | |||
| 7.1. Disputed Claims Generally |
54 | |||
| 7.2. Objections to Claims |
54 | |||
| 7.3. Estimation of Claims |
55 | |||
| 7.4. Adjustment to Claims Register Without Objection |
55 | |||
| 7.5. Disallowance of Claims |
55 | |||
| 7.6. No Distributions Pending Allowance |
55 | |||
| 7.7. Distributions after Allowance |
56 | |||
| 7.8. Claim Resolution Procedures Cumulative |
56 | |||
| 7.9. Disputed Claims Reserves |
56 | |||
| 7.10. Single Satisfaction of Claims and Interests |
57 | |||
| 7.11. Amendments to Claims |
57 | |||
ii
Table of Contents
(continued)
| Page | ||||
| ARTICLE VIII. EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES |
57 | |||
| 8.1. General Treatment |
57 | |||
| 8.2. Determination of Assumption and Cure Disputes and Deemed Consent |
58 | |||
| 8.3. Rejection Claims |
59 | |||
| 8.4. Survival of the Debtors’ Indemnification Obligations |
60 | |||
| 8.5. Employee Arrangements and Employee Obligations |
60 | |||
| 8.6. Insurance Policies/Claims Payable By Third Parties |
61 | |||
| 8.7. Intellectual Property Licenses and Agreements |
62 | |||
| 8.8. Assignment |
62 | |||
| 8.9. Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements |
62 | |||
| 8.10. Reservation of Rights |
62 | |||
| ARTICLE IX. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVE DATE |
63 | |||
| 9.1. Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date |
63 | |||
| 9.2. Timing of Conditions Precedent |
64 | |||
| 9.3. Waiver of Conditions Precedent |
64 | |||
| 9.4. Effect of Failure of a Condition |
64 | |||
| ARTICLE X.EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF PLAN |
64 | |||
| 10.1. Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors |
64 | |||
| 10.2. Binding Effect |
65 | |||
| 10.3. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests |
65 | |||
| 10.4. Term of Injunctions or Stays |
65 | |||
| 10.5. Injunction |
65 | |||
| 10.6. Releases |
67 | |||
| 10.7. Exculpation |
68 | |||
| 10.8. Retention of Causes of Action/Transfer of Causes of Action and Reservation of Rights |
69 | |||
| 10.9. Ipso Facto and Similar Provisions Ineffective |
69 | |||
| 10.10.Solicitation of Plan |
70 | |||
| 10.11.Corporate and Limited Liability Company Action |
70 | |||
| ARTICLE XI. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION |
70 | |||
| 11.1. Retention of Jurisdiction |
70 | |||
| 11.2. Courts of Competent Jurisdiction |
72 | |||
| ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS |
72 | |||
| 12.1. Payment of Statutory Fees |
72 | |||
| 12.2. Substantial Consummation of the Plan |
72 | |||
| 12.3. Request for Expedited Determination of Taxes |
73 | |||
| 12.4. Exemption from Certain Transfer Taxes |
73 | |||
| 12.5. Amendments |
73 | |||
| 12.6. Effectuating Documents and Further Transactions |
73 | |||
| 12.7. Revocation or Withdrawal of the Plan |
74 | |||
| 12.8. Severability of Plan Provisions |
74 | |||
| 12.9. Governing Law |
74 | |||
iii
Table of Contents
(continued)
| Page | ||||
| 12.10. Time |
74 | |||
| 12.11. Dates of Actions to Implement the Plan |
74 | |||
| 12.12. Immediate Binding Effect |
75 | |||
| 12.13. Deemed Acts |
75 | |||
| 12.14. Successor and Assigns |
75 | |||
| 12.15. Entire Agreement |
75 | |||
| 12.16. Exhibits to Plan |
75 | |||
| 12.17. Dissolution of Creditors’ Committee and Equity Committee |
75 | |||
| 12.18. Notices |
76 | |||
iv
Each of Core Scientific, Inc.; Core Scientific Mining LLC; Core Scientific Acquired Mining LLC; Core Scientific Operating Company; Radar Relay, Inc.; Core Scientific Specialty Mining (Oklahoma) LLC; American Property Acquisition, LLC; Starboard Capital LLC; RADAR LLC; American Property Acquisitions I, LLC; and American Property Acquisitions, VII, LLC (each, a “Debtor” and, collectively, the “Debtors”) proposes the following joint chapter 11 plan of reorganization pursuant to section 1121(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in Article I.A. Holders of Claims and Interests may refer to the Disclosure Statement for a discussion of the Debtors’ history, businesses, assets, results of operations, historical financial information, and projections of future operations, as well as a summary and description of the Plan, the settlements and transactions contemplated thereby, and certain related matters. The Debtors are the proponents of the Plan within the meaning of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.
ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THE PLAN ARE ENCOURAGED TO READ THE PLAN AND THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IN THEIR ENTIRETY BEFORE VOTING TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN.
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION.
A. Definitions. The following terms shall have the respective meanings specified below:
1.1 “36th Street Miner Agreement” means that certain Equipment Schedule No. 13, dated December 17, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Core Scientific Holding Co. (now known as Core Scientific, Inc.), on one hand, and Liberty Commercial Finance LLC, on the other hand, issued in connection with the Liberty Master Lease Agreement and subsequently assigned by Liberty Commercial Finance LLC to 36th Street Capital Partners LLC pursuant to that certain Notice and Acknowledgement of Assignment. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the 36th Street Miner Agreement is not an Unexpired Lease and is a financing agreement and (ii) the equipment that is subject of the 36th Street Miner Agreement are Assets of the applicable Debtor.
1.2 “36th Street Non-Miner Agreements” means, collectively, (i) that certain Equipment Lease Schedule No. 002, dated December 6, 2019, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and 36th Street Capital Partners, LLC, issued in connection with that certain Master Lease Agreement, dated July 18, 2019, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and 36th Street Capital Partners, LLC and (ii) that certain Equipment Lease Schedule No. 004 (including the First Amendment to Equipment Lease Schedule No. 4), dated December 27, 2019, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and 36th Street Capital Partners, LLC, issued in connection with that certain Master Lease Agreement, dated July 18, 2019, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and 36th Street Capital Partners, LLC. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the 36th Street Non-Miner Agreements are not Unexpired Leases and are financing agreements and (ii) the equipment that is subject of the 36th Street Non-Miner Agreements are Assets of the applicable Debtor.
1.3 “Accepting Class” means a Class that votes to accept the Plan in accordance with section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.4 “Ad Hoc Noteholder Group” means the ad hoc group of certain Convertible Noteholders, or investment advisors, subadvisors, or managers of discretionary accounts that hold Convertible Notes, which is represented by the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group Advisors.
1.5 “Ad Hoc Noteholder Group Advisors” means (i) Paul Hastings LLP and (ii) Moelis & Company LLC.
1.6 “Administrative Expense Claim” means any Claim for a cost or expense of administration incurred during the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 503(b) and 507(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation, (a) the actual and necessary costs and expenses incurred after the Petition Date and through the Effective Date of preserving the Estates and operating the businesses of the Debtors (such as wages, salaries or commissions for services and payments for good and other services and leased premises) and (b) Professional Fee Claims.
1.7 “Affiliate” shall, with respect to an Entity, have the meaning set forth in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code as if such Entity were a debtor in a case under the Bankruptcy Code.
1.8 “Allowed” means, with respect to any Claim or Interest, except as otherwise provided herein: (i) a Claim or Interest that is evidenced by a Proof of Claim Filed by the applicable Bar Date established in the Chapter 11 Cases (or for which Claim under the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code or a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, a Proof of Claim explicitly is not or shall not be required to be Filed); (ii) a Claim or Interest that is listed in the Schedules as not contingent, not unliquidated, and not disputed, and for which no Proof of Claim has been timely Filed that asserts a Claim or Interest different in amount or priority from that listed in the Schedule; or (iii) a Claim or Interest Allowed pursuant to the Plan or a Final Order; provided that with respect to a Claim or Interest described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, such Claim or Interest shall be considered Allowed only if and to the extent that with respect to such Claim or Interest, no objection to the allowance thereof has been interposed by the Claim Objection Deadline; provided, further that notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) unless expressly waived by the Plan, the Allowed amount of Claims or Interests shall be subject to and shall not exceed the limitations under or maximum amounts permitted by the Bankruptcy Code, including sections 502 or 503 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent applicable, and (y) the Reorganized Debtors shall retain all claims and defenses with respect to Allowed Claims that are Reinstated or otherwise Unimpaired pursuant to the Plan. “Allow,” “Allowing,” and “Allowance,” shall have correlative meanings.
1.9 “Anchorage Agreements” means, collectively, (i) that certain Equipment Loan and Security Agreement, dated March 11, 2022, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. and Anchorage Lending CA, LLC and that certain Promissory Note, dated March 11, 2022, issued in connection therewith and (ii) that certain Equipment Loan and Security Agreement, dated May 23, 2022, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. and Anchorage Lending CA, LLC and that certain Promissory Note, dated May 23, 2022, issued in connection therewith.
1.10 “April Convertible Notes” means the secured convertible notes issued pursuant to the April NPA.
1.11 “April Convertible Notes Secured Claims” means any Claim arising under or related to the April NPA.
1.12 “April NPA” means that certain Secured Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated April 19, 2021, by and among Core Scientific Holding Co. (now known as Core Scientific, Inc.), as issuer, the guarantors thereof, the Notes Agent, and the purchasers of the notes issued thereunder, as may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, and including all related credit documents.
1.13 “Asset” means all of the rights, title, and interests of a Debtor in and to property of whatever type or nature, including real, personal, mixed, intellectual, tangible, and intangible property.
2
1.14 “Assumption Dispute” means an unresolved objection regarding assumption, Cure Amount, “adequate assurance of future performance” (within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code), or any other issue relating to assumption of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease.
1.15 “August Convertible Notes” means the secured convertible notes issued pursuant to the August NPA.
1.16 “August Convertible Notes Secured Claims” means any Claim arising under or related to the August NPA.
1.17 “August NPA” means that certain Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated on or about August 20, 2021, by and among Core Scientific Holding Co. (now known as Core Scientific, Inc.), as issuer, the guarantors thereof, the Notes Agent, and the purchasers of the notes issued thereunder, as may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified form time to time, and including all related credit documents.
1.18 “Avoidance Actions” means any and all actual or potential Claims and Causes of Action to avoid a transfer of property or an obligation incurred by the Debtors arising under chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code, including sections 502(d), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, 550, 551, and 553(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and applicable non-bankruptcy law.
1.19 “Ballot” means the form distributed to each holder of a Claim or Interest in a Class entitled to vote on the Plan (as set forth herein), on which is to be indicated, among other things, acceptance or rejection of the Plan.
1.20 “Bank of the West Agreement” means that certain Equipment Financing Agreement, dated March 15, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Bank of the West.
1.21 “Bankruptcy Code” means title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. § 101, et seq., as amended from time to time, as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases.
1.22 “Bankruptcy Court” means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases, and to the extent of any reference made under section 157 of title 28 of the United States Code or the Bankruptcy Court is determined not to have authority to enter a Final Order on an issue, the District Court having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases under section 151 of title 28 of the United States Code.
1.23 “Bankruptcy Rules” means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure as promulgated by the United States Supreme Court under section 2075 of title 28 of the United States Code and any Local Bankruptcy Rules of the Bankruptcy Court, in each case, as amended from time to time and applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases.
1.24 “Bar Date” means, collectively, the General Bar Date and the Governmental Bar Date.
1.25 “Bar Date Order” means the Order (I) Establishing Deadlines to File Proofs of Claim and (II) Approving Form and Manner of Notice Thereof (Docket No. 652).
1.26 “Barings Agreements” means, collectively, (i) that certain Collateral Schedule No. 1, dated March 24, 2022, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. and Barings BDC, Inc., issued in connection with that certain Master Security Agreement, dated March 24, 2022, by and between Core Scientific, Inc.,
3
on one hand, and Barings BDC, Inc., Barings Capital Investment Corporation, and Barings Private Credit Corp., on the other hand, and as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Collateral Schedule No. 1, dated August 12, 2022, by and between Core Scientific Inc. and Barings BDC, Inc., (ii) that certain Collateral Schedule No. 2, dated March 24, 2022, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. and Barings Capital Investment Corporation, issued in connection with that certain Master Security Agreement, dated March 24, 2022, by and between Core Scientific, Inc., on one hand, and Barings BDC, Inc., Barings Capital Investment Corporation, and Barings Private Credit Corp., on the other hand, and as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Collateral Schedule No. 2, dated August 12, 2022, by and between Core Scientific Inc. and Barings Capital Investment Corporation, (iii) that certain Collateral Schedule No. 3, dated March 24, 2022, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. and Barings Private Credit Corp., issued in connection with that certain Master Security Agreement, dated March 24, 2022, by and between Core Scientific, Inc., on one hand, and Barings BDC, Inc., Barings Capital Investment Corporation, and Barings Private Credit Corp., on the other hand, and as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Collateral Schedule No. 3, dated August 12, 2022, by and between Core Scientific Inc. and Barings Private Credit Corp., (iv) that certain Collateral Schedule No. 4, dated April 27, 2022, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. and Barings BDC Inc., issued in connection with that certain Master Security Agreement, dated March 24, 2022, by and between Core Scientific, Inc., on one hand, and Barings BDC, Inc., Barings Capital Investment Corporation, and Barings Private Credit Corp., on the other hand, and as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Collateral Schedule No. 4, dated August 12, 2022, by and between Core Scientific Inc. and Barings BDC Inc., (v) that certain Collateral Schedule No. 5, dated April 27, 2022, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. and Barings Capital Investment Corporation, issued in connection with that certain Master Security Agreement, dated March 24, 2022, by and between Core Scientific, Inc., on one hand, and Barings BDC, Inc., Barings Capital Investment Corporation, and Barings Private Credit Corp., on the other hand, and as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Collateral Schedule No. 5, dated August 12, 2022, by and between Core Scientific Inc. and Barings Capital Investment Corporation, and (vi) that certain Collateral Schedule No. 6, dated April 27, 2022, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. and Barings Private Credit Corp., issued in connection with that certain Master Security Agreement, dated March 24, 2022, by and between Core Scientific, Inc., on one hand, and Barings BDC, Inc., Barings Capital Investment Corporation, and Barings Private Credit Corp., on the other hand, and as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Collateral Schedule No. 6, dated August 12, 2022, by and between Core Scientific Inc. and Barings Private Credit Corp.
1.27 “BlockFi Agreements” means those certain Facility and Security Agreements, each dated December 30, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and BlockFi Lending LLC.
1.28 “Bremer Agreements” means (i) that certain Loan Agreement, dated October 4, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Bremer Bank, National Association, as amended by that certain 2021 Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated December 10, 2021, (ii) that certain Security Agreement, dated October 4, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Bremer Bank, National Association, as amended by that certain Leasehold Mortgage Modification Agreement and Extension Affidavit, dated December 10, 2021, (iii) those certain Promissory Notes, dated October 4, 2021, October 4, 2021, and December 10, 2021, issued in connection therewith, and (iv) those certain other Loan Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement described in clause (i) hereof).
1.29 “Bremer Secured Claim” means the Claim held by Bremer Bank, National Association arising from the Bremer Agreements.
1.30 “Brown Agreement” means that certain Purchase Money Deed to Secured Debt, dated September 28, 2018, by and between American Property Acquisitions VI, LLC (and assigned by operation of law to American Property Acquisition, LLC, the sole member of American Property Acquisitions VI, LLC, following the dissolution of American Property Acquisitions VI, LLC) and Brown Corporation,
4
securing the indebtedness evidenced by that certain Promissory Note, dated September 28, 2018, issued in connection therewith, which is secured by that certain facility leased by the Core Scientific Operating Company located in Dalton, Georgia.
1.31 “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, “legal holiday” (as defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a)), or day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized by law or other governmental action to close.
1.32 “B. Riley Unsecured Claims” means any Clam arising under or related to (i) that certain Bridge Promissory Note, dated April 7, 2022, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. and B. Riley Commercial Capital, LLC, as amended by that certain Amended and Restated Bridge Promissory Note, dated August 1, 2022, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. and B. Riley Commercial Capital, LLC and (ii) that certain Bridge Promissory Note, dated April 7, 2022, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. and BRF Finance Co, LLC, as amended by that certain Amended and Restated Bridge Promissory Note, dated August 1, 2022, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. and BRF Finance Co, LLC.
1.33 “Cash” means the legal tender of the United States of America.
1.34 “Causes of Action” means any action, claim, cross-claim, third-party claim, cause of action, controversy, dispute, proceeding, demand, right, lien, indemnity, contribution, guaranty, suit, obligation, liability, loss, debt, fee or expense, damage, interest, judgment, cost, account, defense, remedy, offset, power, privilege, proceeding, license and franchise of any kind or character whatsoever, known, unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereafter arising, contingent or non-contingent, matured or unmatured, suspected or unsuspected, liquidated or unliquidated, disputed or undisputed, secured or unsecured, assertable directly or derivatively (including any alter ego theories), choate or inchoate, reduced to judgment or otherwise, whether arising before, on, or after the Petition Date, in contract or in tort, in law or in equity or pursuant to any other theory of law (including, without limitation, under any state or federal securities laws). Causes of Action also includes: (a) any right of setoff, counterclaim or recoupment and any claim for breach of contract or for breach of duties imposed by law or in equity; (b) the right to object to Claims or Interests; (c) any claim pursuant to section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code; (d) any claim or defense including fraud, mistake, duress and usury and any other defenses set forth in section 558 of the Bankruptcy Code; (e) any state law fraudulent transfer claim; and (f) any Avoidance Actions.
1.35 “Chapter 11 Cases” means, with respect to a Debtor, such Debtor’s case under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code commenced on the Petition Date in the Bankruptcy Court, jointly administered with all other Debtors’ cases under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.36 “Claim” has the meaning set forth in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, as against any Debtor.
1.37 “Claim Objection Deadline” means the deadline for objecting to Filed Proofs of Claim or scheduled claims, which shall be, unless otherwise extended pursuant to the Plan (a) the one hundred eightieth (180th) day following the later of (i) the Effective Date and (ii) the date that a Proof of Claim is Filed or amended or a Claim is otherwise asserted or amended in writing by or on behalf of a Holder of such Claim; or (b) such later date as may be fixed by the Bankruptcy Court; provided, however, that the Debtors may extend the Claim Objection Deadline for an additional ninety (90) days in their sole discretion upon the filing of a notice with the Bankruptcy Court, with further extensions thereafter permitted after notice and a hearing.
5
1.38 “Claims and Noticing Agent” means Stretto, Inc., the claims, noticing, and solicitation agent retained by the Debtors pursuant to the Order Authorizing the Employment and Retention of Stretto, Inc. as Claims, Noticing, and Solicitation Agent (Docket No. 28).
1.39 “Class” means any group of Claims or Interests classified as set forth in Article III of the Plan pursuant to sections 1122 and 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.40 “Collateral” means any Asset of an Estate that is subject to a Lien securing the payment or performance of a Claim, which Lien is not invalid and has not been avoided under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable nonbankruptcy law.
1.41 “Company” means, collectively, the Debtors and their non-Debtor Affiliates.
1.42 “Confirmation” means the entry of the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases.
1.43 “Confirmation Date” means the date on which the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order.
1.44 “Confirmation Date GUC Claims” means the total of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and Disputed General Unsecured Claims (in the full asserted amount of such Disputed General Unsecured Claims) as of the date of the Confirmation Order.
1.45 “Confirmation Hearing” means the hearing to be held by the Bankruptcy Court to consider Confirmation of the Plan, as such hearing may be adjourned or continued from time to time.
1.46 “Confirmation Order” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.47 “Convertible Noteholders” means Holders of the April Convertible Notes and/or the August Convertible Notes.
1.48 “Convertible Notes” means, collectively, the August Convertible Notes and the April Convertible Notes.
1.49 “Convertible Notes Agreements” means, collectively, the April NPA and the August NPA.
1.50 “Convertible Notes Secured Claims” means, collectively, the April Convertible Notes Secured Claims and the August Convertible Notes Secured Claims.
1.51 “Creditors’ Committee” means the official committee of unsecured creditors of the Debtors, appointed by the U.S. Trustee in these Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code on January 9, 2023 (Docket No. 256) and reconstituted on February 3, 2023 (Docket No. 456), the membership of which may be further reconstituted from time to time.
1.52 “Cure” means the payment of Cash by the Debtors, or the distribution of other property (as the parties may agree or the Bankruptcy Court may order), as necessary to (a) cure a monetary default by the Debtors in accordance with the terms of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease of the Debtors and (b) permit the Debtors to assume such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.
6
1.53 “Cure Amount” means the payment of Cash by the Debtors, or the distribution of other property (as the parties may agree or the Bankruptcy Court may order), as necessary to (a) cure a monetary default by the Debtors in accordance with the terms of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease of the Debtors and (b) permit the Debtors to assume such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.54 “Cure Notice” means a notice to parties to Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases to be assumed or assumed and assigned reflecting the Debtors’ intention to potentially assume or assume and assign the contract or lease in connection with the Plan and, where applicable, setting forth the proposed Cure Amount (if any).
1.55 “D&O Policy” means, collectively, all insurance policies (including any “tail policy”) issued or providing coverage to any of the Debtors for current or former directors’, managers’, and officers’ liability, and all agreements, documents, or instruments related thereto.
1.56 “Debtor or Debtors” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of the Plan.
1.57 “Debtors in Possession” means the Debtors in their capacity as debtors in possession in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 1101, 1107(a) and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.58 “Default GUC Treatment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.8 hereof.
1.59 “Default Miner Equipment Lender Treatment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3 hereof.
1.60 “Default Mortgage Treatment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6 hereof.
1.61 “Dell Agreements” means that certain Payment Agreement, dated February 25, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Dell Financial Services L.L.C.
1.62 “DIP Agent” means B. Riley Commercial Capital, LLC, solely in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the DIP Credit Agreement, its successors, assigns, or any replacement agent appointed pursuant to the terms of the DIP Credit Agreement.
1.63 “DIP Claims” means all Claims held by the DIP Lenders or the DIP Agent on account of, arising under, or relating to the DIP Credit Agreement, the DIP Facility, or the DIP Order, including Claims for all principal amounts outstanding, and any and all fees, interest, expenses, indemnification obligations, reimbursement obligations, and other amounts due under the DIP Loan Documents, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include all “Replacement DIP Obligations” as such term is defined in the DIP Order.
1.64 “DIP Commitment” shall have the meaning ascribed to the term “DIP Term Loan Commitment” in the DIP Credit Agreement.
1.65 “DIP Credit Agreement” means that certain Senior Secured Super-Priority Replacement Debtor-in-Possession Loan and Security Agreement, dated February 27, 2023, by and among Core Scientific, Inc., as borrower, the other guarantors party thereto, the DIP Agent, and the DIP Lenders, as approved by the DIP Order, as may be further amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.
7
1.66 “DIP Facility” means the multiple-draw term-loan credit facility with aggregate DIP Commitment of $70,000,000, as approved by the DIP Order.
1.67 “DIP Lenders” means the lenders from time to time party to the DIP Credit Agreement.
1.68 “DIP Loan Documents” means the Replacement DIP Loan Documents (as defined in the DIP Order).
1.69 “DIP Order” means, as applicable, the Final Order (I) Authorizing the Debtors to (A) Obtain Senior Secured Non-Priming Superpriority Replacement Postpetition Financing and (B) Use Cash Collateral, (II) Granting Liens and Providing Claims With Superpriority Administrative Expense Status, (III) Modifying the Automatic Stay, and (IV) Granting Related Relief (Docket No. 608) or the Order (I) Authorizing the Debtors on an Interim Basis to (A) Obtain Senior Secured Non-Priming Superpriority Replacement Postpetition Financing and (B) Use Cash Collateral, (II) Authorizing the Debtors to Refinance Existing Postpetition Financing on a Final Basis, (III) Granting Liens and Providing Claims With Superpriority Administrative Expense Status, (IV) Granting Adequate Protection to the Prepetition Secured Parties on a Final Basis, (V) Modifying the Automatic Stay, (VI) Scheduling a Final Hearing, and (VII) Granting Related Relief (Docket No. 447), authorizing the Debtors to enter into the DIP Credit Agreement and access the DIP Facility, as may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
1.70 “Disallowed” means any Claim, or any portion thereof, that (i) has been disallowed by Final Order or settlement; (ii) is scheduled at zero or as contingent, disputed, or unliquidated on the Schedules and as to which no Proof of Claim has been timely Filed or deemed timely Filed with the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to either the Bankruptcy Code or any Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, including any claims bar date order, or otherwise deemed timely Filed under applicable law; or (iii) is not scheduled on the Schedules and as to which no Proof of Claim has been timely Filed or deemed timely Filed with the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to either the Bankruptcy Code or any Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court or otherwise deemed timely Filed under applicable law. “Disallow” and “Disallowance” shall have correlative meanings.
1.71 “Disbursing Agent” means any Entity (including any applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor if it acts in such capacity) in its capacity as a disbursing agent under Article VI of the Plan.
1.72 “Disclosure Statement” means the disclosure statement for the Plan, as approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, and all exhibits, schedules, supplements, modifications, amendments, annexes, and attachments to such disclosure statement.
1.73 “Disclosure Statement Approval Order” means the [•] (Docket No. [•]).
1.74 “Disputed” means with respect to a Claim, (a) any Claim, which Claim is disputed under Section 7.1 of the Plan or as to which the Debtors have interposed and not withdrawn an objection or request for estimation that has not been determined by a Final Order; (b) any Claim, proof of which was required to be Filed by order of the Bankruptcy Court but as to which a Proof of Claim was not timely or properly Filed by the applicable claims bar date; (c) any Claim that is listed in the Schedules as unliquidated, contingent, or disputed, and as to which no request for payment or Proof of Claim has been Filed by the applicable claims bar date; or (d) any Claim that is otherwise disputed by any of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in accordance with applicable law or contract, which dispute has not been withdrawn, resolved or overruled by a Final Order. To the extent the Debtors dispute only the amount of a Claim, such Claim shall be deemed Allowed in the amount the Debtors do not dispute, if any, and Disputed as to the balance of such Claim.
8
1.75 “Disputed Claims Reserve” means any reserve for Disputed Claims established pursuant to section 7.9 of the Plan.
1.76 “Distribution Record Date” means the Effective Date.
1.77 “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company.
1.78 “Effective Date” means, with respect to the Plan, the date that is a Business Day selected by the Debtors on which: (i) no stay of the Confirmation Order is in effect; (ii) all conditions precedent specified in section 9.1 have been satisfied or waived (in accordance with section 9.3); and (iii) the Plan is declared effective. Without limiting the foregoing, any action to be taken on the Effective Date may be taken on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date.
1.79 “Employee Arrangements” means all employment or employee-related arrangements, agreements, programs, and policies, and all compensation and benefits plans, policies, award letters, key employee retention agreements, and programs of the Debtors applicable to their respective employees, retirees, consultants, contractors, and non-employee directors, including all agreements with professional employer organizations, savings plans, retirement plans, healthcare plans, disability plans, severance benefit plans, incentive plans (including equity and equity-based plans), welfare benefits plans, life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, and the Unvested RSUs.
1.80 “Enterprise Value” means the enterprise value of the Reorganized Debtors, which shall be [•].
1.81 “Entity” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, association, joint stock company, joint venture, estate, trust, unincorporated organization, government unit (as defined in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code) or any political subdivision thereof, or other person (as defined in section 101(41) of the Bankruptcy Code) or other entity.
1.82 “Equity Committee” means the official committee of equity security Holders, appointed by the U.S. Trustee in these Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code on March 23, 2023 (Docket No. 724), the membership of which may be reconstituted from time to time.
1.83 “Equity Incentive Plans” means (i) the MineCo Holdings, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan and (ii) the Core Scientific, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan.
1.84 “Estate or Estates” means individually or collectively, the estate or estates of the Debtors created under section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.85 “Executory Contract” means a contract to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under sections 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.86 “Existing Common Interests” means (i) the common stock issued by Core Scientific, Inc. that existed immediately prior to the Effective Date, including any restricted stock in Core Scientific, Inc. and (ii) any Vested RSUs.
1.87 “Exculpated Parties” means the Debtors, in their capacity as such and, in each case, to the maximum extent permitted by law.
1.88 “Federal Judgment Rate” means the interest rate of 4.64% per annum as provided under 28 U.S.C. § 1961(a), calculated as of the Petition Date.
9
1.89 “File,” “Filed,” or “Filing” means file, filed, or filing in the Chapter 11 Cases with the Bankruptcy Court or, with respect to the filing of a Proof of Claim or proof of Interest, with the Claims and Noticing Agent.
1.90 “Final Order” means as applicable, an order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court, or other court of competent jurisdiction with respect to the relevant subject matter, which has not been reversed, stayed, modified, or amended, including any order subject to appeal but for which no stay of such order has been entered, and as to which the time to appeal, seek certiorari, or move for a new trial, reargument, or rehearing has expired and as to which no appeal, petition for certiorari, or other proceeding for a new trial, reargument, or rehearing has been timely taken, or as to which any appeal that has been taken or any petition for certiorari that has been or may be Filed has been withdrawn with prejudice, resolved by the highest court to which the order or judgment was appealed or from which certiorari could be sought, or any request for new trial, reargument, or rehearing has been denied, resulted in no stay pending appeal or modification of such order, or has otherwise been dismissed with prejudice; provided, that no order or judgment shall fail to be a “Final Order” solely because of the possibility that a motion under rules 59 or 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure or any analogous Bankruptcy Rule (or any analogous rules applicable in another court of competent jurisdiction) or sections 502(j) or 1144 of the Bankruptcy Code has been or may be Filed with respect to such order or judgment.
1.91 “General Bar Date” means April 14, 2023, at 5:00 p.m. (prevailing Central Time), which is the deadline by which all Persons, except Governmental Units, were required to have Filed Proofs of Claim against the Debtors as established by the Bar Date Order.
1.92 “General Contract” means any agreement, contract, or purchase order between a Debtor that owns or leases real property and a General Contractor for the provision of labor, materials, equipment, and/or services in connection with the construction, development, or improvement of any real property owned or leased by such Debtor.
1.93 “General Contractor” means a Person contracting directly with any Debtor pursuant to a General Contract.
1.94 “General Contractor Unsecured Claim” means a Claim held by a General Contractor arising from a General Contract that is not a Secured Claim, which Claim shall be Allowed as a General Unsecured Claim in the amount set forth on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule in the column titled “Allowed Unsecured Claim Amount”.
1.95 “General Unsecured Claim” means all Claims, including the B. Riley Unsecured Claims, that are not a Secured Claim, Priority Tax Claim, Priority Non-Tax Claim, Professional Fee Claim, DIP Claim, Intercompany Claim, 510(b) Claim, or an Administrative Expense Claim. For the avoidance of doubt, except as otherwise provided herein, all Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claims, to the extent not waived in connection with a Holder electing Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 2 or treated in connection with a Holder electing Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 1, are General Unsecured Claims. Any interest accruing on General Unsecured Claims from the Petition Date through the Effective Date shall accrue at the Federal Judgment Rate.
1.96 “Governmental Bar Date” means June 19, 2023, at 5:00 p.m. (prevailing Central Time), which is the deadline by which all Governmental Units were required to have Filed Proofs of Claim against the Debtors, as established by Bankruptcy Local Rule 3003-1 and ratified by the Bar Date Order.
1.97 “Governmental Unit” has the meaning set forth in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.98 “GUC Claim A” has the meaning set forth in section 4.8 hereof.
10
1.99 “GUC Claim B” has the meaning set forth in section 4.8 hereof.
1.100 “GUC Treatment Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.8 hereof.
1.101 “Holder” means any Person holding (including as successor or assignee pursuant to a valid succession or assignment) a Claim or an Interest, as applicable, solely in its capacity as such.
1.102 “Holliwood Agreements” means that certain Purchase Money Mortgage, dated December 19, 2018, by and between American Property Acquisition, LLC and Holliwood LLC, securing the indebtedness evidenced by that certain Promissory Note, dated December 19, 2018, by and between American Property Acquisition, LLC and Holliwood LLC, which is secured by that certain facility owned by American Property Acquisition, LLC located in Calvert City, Kentucky.
1.103 “Impaired” means, with respect to a Claim, Interest, or Class of Claims or Interests, “impaired” within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.104 “Indemnification Obligation” means any existing or future obligation of any Debtor to indemnify current and former directors, officers, members, managers, agents or employees of any of the Debtors who served in such capacity, with respect to or based upon such service or any act or omission taken or not taken in any of such capacities, or for or on behalf of any Debtor, whether pursuant to agreement, the Debtors’ respective memoranda, articles or certificates of incorporation or formation, corporate charters, bylaws, operating agreements, limited liability company agreements, or similar corporate or organizational documents or other applicable contract or law in effect as of the Effective Date.
1.105 “Indigo Agreement” means that certain Equipment Schedule No. 1, dated December 10, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Core Scientific Holding Co. (now known as Core Scientific, Inc.), on one hand, and Liberty Commercial Finance LLC, on the other hand, issued in connection with the Liberty Master Lease Agreement and subsequently assigned by Liberty Commercial Finance LLC to Indigo Direct Lending, LLC pursuant to that certain Notice and Acknowledgement of Assignment.
1.106 “Initial DIP Loan Documents” means the DIP Loan Documents as defined in the Interim Order (I) Authorizing the Debtors to (A) Obtain Senior Secured Priming Superpriority Postpetition Financing and (B) Use Cash Collateral, (II) Granting Liens and Providing Claims with Superpriority Administrative Expense Status, (III) Granting Adequate Protection to the Prepetition Secured Parties, (IV) Modifying the Automatic Stay, (V) Scheduling a Final Hearing, and (VI) Granting Related Relief (Docket No. 130).
1.107 “Insured Litigation Claims” means any insured claims constituting General Unsecured Claims.
1.108 “Intercompany Claim” means any Claim against a Debtor held by another Debtor.
1.109 “Intercompany Interest” means an Interest in a Debtor held by another Debtor.
1.110 “Interests” means any equity in a Debtor as defined in section 101(16) of the Bankruptcy Code, including all ordinary shares, units, common stock, preferred stock, membership interest, partnership interest, or other instruments evidencing an ownership interest, or equity security (as defined in section 101(16) of the Bankruptcy Code) in any of the Debtors, whether or not transferable, and any restricted stock, warrant or right, contractual or otherwise, including, without limitation, equity-based employee incentives, grants, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, Vested RSUs, performance shares/units, incentive awards, or other instruments issued to employees of the Debtors, to acquire any such interests in a Debtor that existed immediately before the Effective Date (in each case whether or not arising under or in connection with any employment agreement); provided, that the foregoing shall not apply to any entitlement to participate in or receive any Interests of the Reorganized Debtors; provided, further, that Interests shall not include the Unvested RSUs.
1.111 “KERP Order” means the Order Approving and Authorizing Payments Under Key Employee Retention Plan (Docket No. 738).
11
1.112 “Liberty Master Lease Agreement” means that certain Master Equipment Lease Agreement #32109, dated June 3, 2021, by and between Liberty Commercial Finance LLC and Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company).
1.113 “Liberty Miner Agreement” means that certain Equipment Schedule No. 16, dated December 22, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Core Scientific Holding Co. (now known as Core Scientific, Inc.), on one hand, and Liberty Commercial Finance LLC, on the other hand, issued in connection with the Liberty Master Lease Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the Liberty Miner Agreement is not an Unexpired Lease and is a financing agreement and (ii) the equipment that is subject of the Liberty Miner Agreement are Assets of the applicable Debtor.
1.114 “Liberty Non-Miner Agreements” means, collectively, (i) that certain Equipment Schedule No. 6, dated July 16, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Liberty Commercial Finance LLC, issued in connection with the Liberty Master Lease Agreement, (ii) that certain Equipment Schedule No. 7, dated July 16, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Liberty Commercial Finance LLC, issued in connection with the Liberty Master Lease Agreement, (iii) that certain Equipment Schedule No. 14, dated December 29, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Core Scientific Holding Co. (now known as Core Scientific, Inc.), on one hand, and Liberty Commercial Finance LLC, on the other hand, issued in connection with the Liberty Master Lease Agreement, and (iv) that certain Equipment Schedule No. 15, dated December 29, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Core Scientific Holding Co. (now known as Core Scientific, Inc.), on one hand, and Liberty Commercial Finance LLC, on the other hand, issued in connection with the Liberty Master Lease Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the Liberty Non-Miner Agreements are not Unexpired Leases and are financing agreements and (ii) the equipment that is subject of the Liberty Non-Miner Agreements are Assets of the applicable Debtor.
1.115 “Lien” has the meaning set forth in section 101(37) of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.116 “Local Bankruptcy Rules” means the Bankruptcy Local Rules for the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas.
1.117 “M&M Lien” or “M&M Liens” means the mechanics’, materialmens’, workmens’, and repairmens’ Liens and other similar Liens and encumbrances arising under state law, including any Liens filed, asserted, or held by General Contractors and Subcontractors, encumbering any real property owned or leased by any Debtor, regardless of whether a Proof of Claim has been filed relating to such Liens, which Liens and encumbrances (i) may be determined to be validly perfected prepetition or may be deemed to be validly perfected prepetition pursuant to applicable state laws permitting relation back, in each case, if the applicable lienholder complied with the state law procedures required to perfect the same and (ii) allegedly satisfy the requirements of Bankruptcy Code section 546(b).
1.118 “M&M Lien Claims Schedule” means the schedule attached hereto as Exhibit J.
1.119 “M&M Lien Secured Claims” means, collectively, the Claims, the amount of which the Debtors’ books and records reflect are attributable to the provision by General Contractors and Subcontractors of labor, materials, equipment and/or services in connection with the construction, development or improvement of any real property owned or leased by any Debtor and for which such General Contractors and Subcontractors may be entitled to an M&M Lien, as set forth on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule in the column titled “Amount of Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim”, in each case held by the applicable Holder, secured by the applicable Collateral, and in the applicable amounts as set forth on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule.
12
1.120 “M&M Lien Settlement” means any settlement of an M&M Lien Secured Claim, each in accordance with the terms and provisions of the relevant settlement agreement.
1.121 “M&M Lien Takeback Debt” means the secured debt to be issued to each Holder of an M&M Lien Secured Claim by the applicable Debtor that owns or leases the real property encumbered by the applicable M&M Lien, in each case in the principal amount equal to the amount of the applicable M&M Lien Secured Claim, on the terms and conditions set forth in the New M&M Lien Debt Term Sheet. The M&M Lien Takeback Debt issued by a Debtor to each such Holder of an M&M Lien Secured Claim shall (i) evidence such Holder’s M&M Liens encumbering an applicable real property owned or leased by such Debtor, (ii) be pari passu to all other M&M Lien Takeback Debt issued by such Debtor in respect of, and secured by, M&M Liens encumbering such applicable real property owned or leased by such Debtor, and (iii) be senior to all other Liens encumbering such applicable real property owned or leased by such Debtor.
1.122 “Management Incentive Plan” means a post-emergence equity-based management incentive plan under which up to ten percent (10%) of the New Common Interests outstanding on a fully diluted basis issued on the Effective Date may be issued to members of the Reorganized Debtors’ management on the terms described in Section 5.14 of the Plan.
1.123 “MassMutual Agreements” means, collectively, (i) that certain Schedule No. 001, dated December 15, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and MassMutual Asset Finance LLC, issued in connection with that certain Master Lease Agreement, dated December 3, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and MassMutual Asset Finance LLC, and as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Schedule No. 001, dated August 12, 2022, by and between Core Operating Company and MassMutual Asset Finance LLC, (ii) that certain Schedule No. 002, dated December 15, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and MassMutual Asset Finance LLC, issued in connection with that certain Master Lease Agreement, dated December 3, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and MassMutual Asset Finance LLC, and as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Schedule No. 002, dated August 12, 2022, by and between Core Scientific Operating Company and MassMutual Asset Finance LLC, (iii) that certain Schedule No. 003, dated December 15, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and MassMutual Asset Finance LLC, issued in connection with that certain Master Lease Agreement, dated December 3, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and MassMutual Asset Finance LLC, and as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Schedule No. 003, dated August 12, 2022, by and between Core Scientific Operating Company and MassMutual Asset Finance LLC, (iv) that certain Schedule No. 004, dated December 15, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and MassMutual Asset Finance LLC, issued in connection with that certain Master Lease Agreement, dated December 3, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and MassMutual Asset Finance LLC, and as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Schedule No. 004, dated August 12, 2022, by and between Core Scientific Operating Company and MassMutual Asset Finance LLC, and (v) that certain Schedule No. 005, dated December 15, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and MassMutual Asset Finance LLC, issued in connection with that certain Master Lease Agreement, dated December 3, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and MassMutual Asset Finance LLC, and as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Schedule No. 005, dated August 12, 2022, by and between Core Scientific Operating Company and MassMutual Asset Finance LLC. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the MassMutual Agreements are not Unexpired Leases and are financing agreements and (ii) the equipment that is subject of the MassMutual Agreements are Assets of the applicable Debtor.
13
1.124 “Meridian Agreement” means that certain Equipment Lease Agreement, dated June 8, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Meridian Equipment Finance LLC. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the Meridian Agreement is not an Unexpired Lease and is a financing agreement and (ii) the equipment that is subject of the Meridian Agreement are Assets of the applicable Debtor.
1.125 “Miner Equipment Lender Agreements” means, collectively, the 36th Street Miner Agreement, the Anchorage Agreements, the Barings Agreements, the BlockFi Agreements, the Liberty Miner Agreements, the MassMutual Agreements, the Novak Agreements, the Stonebriar Agreement, the Trinity Agreements OpCo, and the Trinity Agreements Parent.
1.126 “Miner Equipment Lender Claims” means, collectively, the Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claims and Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claims and listed on the Miner Equipment Lender Claims Schedule, in each case, held by the applicable Holder, arising pursuant to the applicable Agreement(s), secured by the applicable Collateral, and in the applicable amounts as set forth the Miner Equipment Lender Claims Schedule. Any interest accruing on Miner Equipment Lender Claims from the Petition Date through the Effective Date shall accrue at the Federal Judgment Rate and shall be added to the Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claim, not the Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim.
1.127 “Miner Equipment Lender Claims Schedule” means the schedule attached hereto as Exhibit K.
1.128 “Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claims” means, collectively, the Miner Equipment Lender Claims that are not Secured Claims.
1.129 “Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claims” means, collectively, Miner Equipment Lender Claims that are Secured Claims.
1.130 “Miner Equipment Lender Takeback Debt (Default)” means the secured debt to be issued by the Debtor that is party to the applicable Miner Equipment Lender Agreement to each Holder of a Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim that is receiving the Default Miner Equipment Lender Treatment, in the principal amount of each applicable Holder’s Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim, on the terms and conditions set forth in the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents (Default), which shall contain terms consistent with the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Term Sheet (Default).
1.131 “Miner Equipment Lender Takeback Debt (Election 1)” means the secured debt to be issued by the Debtor that is party to the applicable Miner Equipment Lender Agreement to each Holder of a Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim that elects and is entitled to receive Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 1, in each case, in the principal amount of each applicable Holder’s Miner Equipment Lender Claim, on the terms and conditions set forth in the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents (Election 1), which shall contain terms consistent with the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Term Sheet (Election 1).
1.132 “Miner Equipment Lender Takeback Debt (Election 2)” means the secured debt to be issued by the Debtor that is party to the applicable Miner Equipment Lender Agreement to each Holder of a Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim that elects and is entitled to receive Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 2, in each case, in the principal amount of seventy-five percent (75%) of each applicable Holder’s Miner Equipment Lender Claim, on the terms and conditions set forth in the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents (Election 2), which shall contain terms consistent with the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Term Sheet (Election 2).
1.133 “Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 1” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3 hereof.
14
1.134 “Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 2” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3 hereof.
1.135 “Mortgage Agreements” means, collectively, the Holliwood Agreements and the Brown Agreement.
1.136 “Mortgage Takeback Debt” means, collectively, the Mortgage Takeback Debt (Holliwood) and Mortgage Takeback Debt (Brown).
1.137 “Mortgage Takeback Debt (Brown)” means the secured debt to be issued by Core Scientific Operating Company to Brown Corporation, if Brown Corporation does not elect the Mortgage Treatment Election, in the principal amount of Brown Corporation’s Allowed Secured Mortgage Claim, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Brown Agreement but with a maturity of December 31, 2025.
1.138 “Mortgage Takeback Debt (Holliwood)” means the secured debt to be issued by American Property Acquisition, LLC to Holliwood LLC, if Holliwood, LLC does not elect the Mortgage Treatment Election, in the principal amount of Holliwood, LLC’s Allowed Secured Mortgage Claim, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Holliwood Agreements but with a maturity of December 31, 2025.
1.139 “Mortgage Treatment Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6 hereof.
1.140 “New April Secured Notes (Option 1)” means the secured notes to be issued, if Class 1 is an Accepting Class, by Reorganized Parent and guaranteed by the applicable Debtors that are currently guarantors under the April NPA, in the principal amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Allowed April Convertible Notes Secured Claims, on the terms and conditions set forth in the New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 1), which shall contain terms consistent with the New April Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 1).
1.141 “New April Secured Notes (Option 2)” means the secured notes to be issued, if Class 1 is not an Accepting Class, by Reorganized Parent and guaranteed by the applicable Debtors that are currently guarantors under the April NPA, in the principal amount equal to the Allowed April Convertible Notes Secured Claims, on the terms and conditions set forth in the New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 2), which shall contain terms consistent with the New April Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 2).
1.142 “New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 1)” means, collectively, the New April Secured Notes Indenture (Option 1) and all other “Note Documents” (as defined in the New April Secured Notes Indenture (Option 1)), including all other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into pursuant thereto or in connection therewith (including any guarantee agreements and collateral documentation) (in each case, as amended, restated, modified, or supplemented from time to time), each of which shall, to the extent applicable, contain terms consistent with the New April Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 1).
1.143 “New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 2)” means, collectively, the New April Secured Notes Indenture (Option 2) and all other “Note Documents” (as defined in the New April Secured Notes Indenture (Option 2)), including all other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into pursuant thereto or in connection therewith (including any guarantee agreements and collateral documentation) (in each case, as amended, restated, modified, or supplemented from time to time), each of which shall, to the extent applicable, contain terms consistent with the New April Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 2).
15
1.144 “New April Secured Notes Indenture (Option 1)” means that certain indenture, dated as of the Effective Date (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof), which shall contain terms consistent with the New April Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 1).
1.145 “New April Secured Notes Indenture (Option 2)” means that certain indenture, dated as of the Effective Date (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof), which shall contain terms consistent with the New April Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 2).
1.146 “New April Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 1)” means that certain term sheet attached hereto as Exhibit A that sets forth the principal terms of the New April Secured Notes (Option 1).
1.147 “New April Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 2)” means that certain term sheet attached hereto as Exhibit B that sets forth the principal terms of the New April Secured Notes (Option 2).
1.148 “New August Secured Notes (Option 1)” means the secured notes to be issued, if Class 2 is an Accepting Class, by Reorganized Parent and guaranteed by the applicable Debtors that are currently guarantors under the August NPA, in the principal amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Allowed August Convertible Notes Secured Claims, on the terms and conditions set forth in the New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 1), which shall contain terms consistent with the New August Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 1).
1.149 “New August Secured Notes (Option 2)” means the secured notes to be issued, if Class 2 is not an Accepting Class, by Reorganized Parent and guaranteed by the applicable Debtors that are currently guarantors under the August NPA, in the principal amount equal to the Allowed August Convertible Notes Secured Claims, on the terms and conditions set forth in the New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 2), which shall contain terms consistent with the New August Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 2).
1.150 “New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 1)” means, collectively, the New August Secured Notes Indenture (Option 1) and all other “Note Documents” (as defined in the New August Secured Notes Indenture (Option 1)), including all other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into pursuant thereto or in connection therewith (including any guarantee agreements and collateral documentation) (in each case, as amended, restated, modified, or supplemented from time to time), each of which shall, to the extent applicable, contain terms consistent with the New August Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 1).
1.151 “New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 2)” means, collectively, the New August Secured Notes Indenture (Option 2) and all other “Note Documents” (as defined in the New August Secured Notes Indenture (Option 2)), including all other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into pursuant thereto or in connection therewith (including any guarantee agreements and collateral documentation) (in each case, as amended, restated, modified, or supplemented from time to time), each of which shall, to the extent applicable, contain terms consistent with the New August Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 2).
1.152 “New August Secured Notes Indenture (Option 1)” means that certain indenture, dated as of the Effective Date (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof), which shall contain terms consistent with the New August Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 1).
16
1.153 “New August Secured Notes Indenture (Option 2)” means that certain indenture, dated as of the Effective Date (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof), which shall contain terms consistent with the New August Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 2).
1.154 “New August Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 1)” means that certain term sheet attached hereto as Exhibit C that sets forth the principal terms of the New August Secured Notes (Option 1).
1.155 “New August Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 2)” means that certain term sheet attached hereto as Exhibit D that sets forth the principal terms of the New August Secured Notes (Option 2).
1.156 “New Board” means the board of directors or managers of Reorganized Parent.
1.157 “New Common Interests” means the new common equity of Reorganized Parent to be issued (a) on the Effective Date or thereafter under the Plan or (b) as otherwise permitted pursuant to the Plan and the New Corporate Governance Documents.
1.158 “New Secured Notes” means, as applicable, the New April Secured Notes (Option 1), if any, the New August Secured Notes (Option 1), if any, the New April Secured Notes (Option 2), if any, and/or the New August Secured Notes (Option 2), if any.
1.159 “New Secured Notes Documents” means, as applicable, the New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 1), if any, the New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 1), if any, the New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 2), if any, and/or the New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 2), if any.
1.160 “New Secured Notes Indentures” means, as applicable, the New April Secured Notes Indenture (Option 1), if any, the New August Secured Notes Indenture (Option 1), if any, the New April Secured Notes Indenture (Option 2), if any, and/or the New August Secured Notes Indenture (Option 2), if any.
1.161 “New Corporate Governance Documents” means the certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, bylaws, limited liability company agreements, shareholder agreement (if any), operating agreement or other similar organizational or formation documents, as applicable, of the Reorganized Debtors.
1.162 “New GUC Notes Documents” means, collectively, the New GUC Notes Indenture and all other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into pursuant thereto or in connection therewith (in each case, as amended, restated, modified, or supplemented from time to time), each of which shall, to the extent applicable, contain terms consistent with the New GUC Notes Term Sheet.
1.163 “New GUC Notes Indenture” means that certain indenture, dated as of the Effective Date (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof), which shall contain terms consistent with the New GUC Notes Term Sheet.
1.164 “New GUC Notes Term Sheet” means that certain term sheet attached hereto as Exhibit H that sets forth the principal terms of the New GUC Takeback Notes.
1.165 “New GUC Takeback Notes” means unsecured notes to be issued by Reorganized Parent as set forth in section 4.8(b) hereof on the terms and conditions set forth in the New GUC Notes Documents, which shall contain terms consistent with the New GUC Notes Term Sheet.
1.166 “New M&M Lien Debt Term Sheet” means that certain term sheet attached hereto as Exhibit I that sets forth the principal terms of the M&M Lien Takeback Debt.
1.167 “New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents” means, as applicable, the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents (Default), if any, the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents (Election 1), if any, and the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents (Election 2), if any.
1.168 “New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents (Default)” means, collectively, the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Facilities (Default) and all other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into pursuant thereto or in connection therewith (including any collateral documentation) (in each case, as amended, restated, modified, or supplemented from time to time), each of which shall, to the extent applicable, contain terms consistent with the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Term Sheet (Default).
1.169 “New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents (Election 1)” means, collectively, the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Facilities (Election 1) and all other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into pursuant thereto or in connection therewith (including any collateral
17
documentation) (in each case, as amended, restated, modified, or supplemented from time to time), each of which shall, to the extent applicable, contain terms consistent with the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Term Sheet (Election 1).
1.170 “New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents (Election 2)” means, collectively, the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Facilities (Election 2) and all other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into pursuant thereto or in connection therewith (including any collateral documentation) (in each case, as amended, restated, modified, or supplemented from time to time), each of which shall, to the extent applicable, contain terms consistent with the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Term Sheet (Election 2).
1.171 “New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Term Sheet (Default)” means that certain term sheet attached hereto as Exhibit E that sets forth the principal terms of the Miner Equipment Takeback Debt.
1.172 “New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Term Sheet (Election 1)” means that certain term sheet attached hereto as Exhibit F that sets forth the principal terms of the Miner Equipment Takeback Debt (Election 1).
1.173 “New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Term Sheet (Election 2)” means that certain term sheet attached hereto as Exhibit G that sets forth the principal terms of the Miner Equipment Takeback Debt (Election 2).
1.174 “New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Facilities (Default)” means those certain loan and security agreements, dated as of the Effective Date (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof), in each case, by and between the Debtor that is party to the applicable Miner Equipment Lender Agreement and the applicable Holder, which shall contain terms consistent with the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Term Sheet (Default).
1.175 “New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Facilities (Election 1)” means those certain loan and security agreements, dated as of the Effective Date (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof), in each case, by and between the Debtor that is party to the applicable Miner Equipment Lender Agreement and the applicable Holder, which shall contain terms consistent with the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Term Sheet (Election 1).
1.176 “New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Facilities (Election 2)” means those certain loan and security agreements, dated as of the Effective Date (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof), in each case, by and between the Debtor that is party to the applicable Miner Equipment Lender Agreement and the applicable Holder, which shall contain terms consistent with the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Term Sheet (Election 2).
18
1.177 “Non-Miner Equipment Lender Claim (36th Street)” means the Claim held by 36th Street Capital Partners, LLC arising from the 36th Street Non-Miner Agreements.
1.178 “Non-Miner Equipment Lender Claim (Bank of the West)” means the Claim held by Bank of the West arising from the Bank of the West Agreement.
1.179 “Non-Miner Equipment Lender Claim (Dell)” means the Claim held by Dell Financial Services L.L.C. arising from the Dell Agreements.
1.180 “Non-Miner Equipment Lender Claim (Indigo)” means the Claim held by Indigo Direct Lending, LLC arising from the Indigo Agreement.
1.181 “Non-Miner Equipment Lender Claim (Meridian)” means the Claim held by Meridian Equipment Finance LLC arising from the Meridian Agreement.
1.182 “Non-Miner Equipment Lender Claim (North Mill)” means the Claim held by North Mill Equipment Finance LLC arising from the North Mill Agreements.
1.183 “Non-Miner Equipment Lender Claim (North Star)” means the Claim held by North Star Leasing arising from the North Star Agreements.
1.184 “Non-Miner Equipment Lender Claim (Prime)” means the Claim held by Prime Alliance Bank, Inc. arising from the Prime Agreements.
1.185 “Non-Miner Equipment Lender Claim (Wingspire)” means the Claim held by Wingspire Equipment Finance LLC (f/k/a Liberty Commercial Finance LLC) arising from the Liberty Non-Miner Agreements.
1.186 “North Mill Agreements” means, collectively, the North Mill Agreement (Schedule 3) and the North Mill Agreement (Schedule 5). For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the North Mill Agreements are not Unexpired Leases and are financing agreements and (ii) the equipment that is subject of the North Mill Agreements are Assets of the applicable Debtor.
1.187 “North Mill Agreement (Schedule 3)” means that certain Equipment Schedule No. 3, dated November 16, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Liberty Commercial Finance LLC, issued in connection with the Liberty Master Lease Agreement and subsequently assigned by Liberty Commercial Finance LLC to North Mill Equipment Finance LLC pursuant to that certain Notice and Acknowledgement of Assignment.
1.188 “North Mill Agreement (Schedule 5)” means that certain Equipment Schedule No. 5, dated November 16, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating
19
Company) and Liberty Commercial Finance LLC, issued in connection with the Liberty Master Lease Agreement and subsequently assigned by Liberty Commercial Finance LLC to North Mill Equipment Finance LLC pursuant to that certain Notice and Acknowledgement of Assignment.
1.189 “North Star Agreements” means that certain Amended and Restated Equipment Schedule No. 4, dated November 16, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Liberty Commercial Finance LLC, issued in connection with the Liberty Master Lease Agreement and subsequently assigned by Liberty Commercial Finance LLC to North Star Leasing pursuant to that certain Notice and Acknowledgement of Assignment. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the North Star Agreements are not Unexpired Leases and are financing agreements and (ii) the equipment that is subject of the North Star Agreements are Assets of the applicable Debtor.
1.190 “Notes Agent” means U.S. Bank National Association, as note agent and collateral agent under the April NPA and the August NPA, and any successor in such capacity.
1.191 “Notes Agent Fees and Expenses” means the claims for reasonable fees, indemnities, compensation, expenses, disbursements, advancements, and any other amounts due to the Notes Agent or its predecessor arising under the April NPA or August NPA, including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, expenses and disbursements, incurred by the Notes Agent or its predecessor prior to the Petition Date and through and including the Effective Date, and reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with distributions made pursuant to the Plan or the cancellation and discharge of the Convertible Notes.
1.192 “Novak Agreements” means that certain Term Loan and Purchase Money Security Agreement, dated January 30, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Jack Novak, and that certain Promissory Note, dated January 30, 2021, issued in connection therewith.
1.193 “Other Beneficial Owner” means any current or former beneficial owner of equity securities of Core Scientific, Inc., purchased during the period from January 3, 2022 through December 20, 2022, inclusive.
1.194 “Other Secured Claims” means, collectively, the Bremer Secured Claim, Non-Miner Equipment Lender Claim (36th Street), Non-Miner Equipment Lender Claim (Bank of the West), Non-Miner Equipment Lender Claim (Dell), Non-Miner Equipment Lender Claim (Indigo), Non-Miner Equipment Lender Claim (Meridian), Non-Miner Equipment Lender Claim (North Mill), Non-Miner Equipment Lender Claim (North Star), Non-Miner Equipment Lender Claim (Prime), and Non-Miner Equipment Lender Claim (Wingspire).
1.195 “Other Secured Claims Agreements” means, collectively, the 36th Street Non-Miner Agreements, the Bremer Agreements, the Dell Agreements, the Indigo Agreement, the Liberty Non-Miner Agreements, the Meridian Agreement, the North Mill Agreements, the North Star Agreements, and the Prime Agreements.
1.196 “Other Secured Claims Schedule” means the schedule attached hereto as Exhibit L.
1.197 “Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, trust, estate, unincorporated organization, governmental unit (as defined in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code), or other Entity.
1.198 “Petition Date” means, with respect to a Debtor, the date on which such Debtor commenced its Chapter 11 Case.
20
1.199 “Plan” means this joint chapter 11 plan, including all appendices, exhibits, schedules, and supplements hereto (including, without limitation, any appendices, schedules, and supplements to the Plan contained in the Plan Supplement), as the same may be amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and the terms hereof.
1.200 “Plan Distribution” means the payment or distribution of consideration to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests under the Plan.
1.201 “Plan Documents” means any of the documents, other than the Plan, to be executed, delivered, assumed, or performed in connection with the occurrence of the Effective Date, including the documents to be included in the Plan Supplement.
1.202 “Plan Supplement” means a supplemental appendix to the Plan containing certain documents and forms of documents, schedules, and exhibits relevant to the implementation of the Plan, as may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules, which shall include, but not be limited to: (a) the New Corporate Governance Documents solely with respect to the Reorganized Parent; (b) the New April Secured Notes Indenture (Option 1); (c) the New August Secured Notes Indenture (Option 1); (d) the New April Secured Notes Indenture (Option 2); (e) New August Secured Notes Indenture (Option 2); (f) the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents; (g) the New GUC Notes Indenture; (h) to the extent known, information required to be disclosed in accordance with section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code; (i) the Restructuring Transactions Exhibit; (j) the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action; (k) the Schedule of Rejected Contracts; (l) the Schedule of Assumed Contracts; and (m) any Management Incentive Plan allocation and related documents, if applicable; provided, that through the Effective Date, the Debtors shall have the right to amend the Plan Supplement and any schedules, exhibits, or amendments thereto, in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
1.203 “Plan Supplement Date” means the Business Day that is at least ten (10) days before the Voting Deadline or such other later date determined by the Debtors.
1.204 “Plan Value” means the value of a New Common Interest taking into account Enterprise Value, total debt issued by the Reorganized Debtor under the Plan, and the total number of New Common Interests issued under the Plan to holders of Claims and Interests in Classes 1, 2, 8, 11, and 12 (but not including New Common Interests issued upon conversion, if any, of the New April Secured Notes (Option 1) or the New August Secured Notes (Option 1)); provided, however, Plan Value shall not take into account any New Common Shares issued under the Management Incentive Plan or any later issuance not specifically contemplated by the Plan.
1.205 “Prerequisite Condition” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 9.2 of the Plan.
1.206 “Prime Agreements” means, collectively, (i) that certain Equipment Schedule No. 2, dated November 16, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Liberty Commercial Finance LLC, issued in connection with the Liberty Master Lease Agreement and subsequently assigned by Liberty Commercial Finance LLC to Prime Alliance Bank, Inc. pursuant to that certain Notice and Acknowledgement of Assignment, (ii) that certain Equipment Schedule No. 8, dated December 10, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Core Scientific Holding Co. (now known as Core Scientific, Inc.), on one hand, and Liberty Commercial Finance LLC, on the other hand, issued in connection with the Liberty Master Lease Agreement and subsequently assigned by Liberty Commercial Finance LLC to Prime Alliance Bank, Inc. pursuant to that certain Notice and Acknowledgement of Assignment, and (iii) that certain Equipment
21
Schedule No. 9, dated December 10, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Core Scientific Holding Co. (now known as Core Scientific, Inc.), on one hand, and Liberty Commercial Finance LLC, on the other hand, issued in connection with the Liberty Master Lease Agreement and subsequently assigned by Liberty Commercial Finance LLC to Prime Alliance Bank, Inc. pursuant to that certain Notice and Acknowledgement of Assignment. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the Prime Agreements are not Unexpired Leases and are financing agreements and (ii) the equipment that is subject of the Prime Agreements are Assets of the applicable Debtor.
1.207 “Priority Non-Tax Claim” means any Claim other than an Administrative Expense Claim or a Priority Tax Claim, entitled to priority in payment as specified in section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.208 “Priority Tax Claim” means any Secured Claim or unsecured Claim of a Governmental Unit of the kind entitled to priority in payment as specified in sections 502(i) and 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.209 “Professional” means an Entity (i) employed pursuant to a Bankruptcy Court order in accordance with sections 327, 363, or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code and to be compensated for services rendered on or after the Petition Date and before or on the Effective Date pursuant to sections 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, or 363 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (ii) awarded compensation and reimbursement by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 503(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code that are not Restructuring Fees and Expenses.
1.210 “Professional Fee Claims” means all Claims for fees and expenses (including transaction and success fees) incurred by a Professional on or after the Petition Date and before or on the Effective Date to the extent such fees and expenses have not been paid pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court; provided, that any Professional Fee Claims of the Equity Committee shall be consistent with the Agreed Order Directing the Appointment of an Official Committee of Equity Security Holders (Docket No. 642).
1.211 “Professional Fee Claims Estimate” means the aggregate unpaid Professional Fee Claims through the Effective Date as estimated in accordance with section 2.7 of the Plan.
1.212 “Professional Fee Escrow” means an escrow account established and funded pursuant to Section 2.6 of the Plan.
1.213 “Pro Rata Share” means the proportion that an Allowed Claim or Interest in a particular Class bears to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims or Interest in that Class, or the proportion that Allowed Claims or Interests in a particular Class bear to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims and Disputed Claims or Allowed Interests and Disputed Interests in a particular Class and other Classes entitled to share in the same recovery as such Class under the Plan.
1.214 “Proof of Claim” means a proof of Claim Filed against any of the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases.
1.215 “Reduced GUC Claim Amount” has the meaning set forth in section 4.8 hereof.
1.216 “Reinstate, Reinstated, or Reinstatement” means, with respect to Claims and Interests, the treatment provided for in section 1124(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.217 “Related Parties” means with respect to a Person, that Person’s current and former Affiliates, and such Person’s and its current and former Affiliates’ current and former directors, managers,
22
officers, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), affiliated investment funds or investment vehicles, predecessors, participants, successors, and assigns, subsidiaries, and each of their respective current and former equity holders, officers, directors, managers, principals, members, employees, agents, fiduciaries, trustees, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, limited partners, general partners, attorneys, accountants, managed accounts or funds, management companies, fund advisors, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, and such Person’s respective heirs, executors, estates, and nominees, each in their capacity as such.
1.218 “Released Parties” means, collectively: (a) the Debtors; (b) the Reorganized Debtors; and (c) with respect to each of the foregoing Persons in clauses (a) through (b), all current and former Related Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Person that opts out of the releases set forth in Section 10.6(b) of the Plan shall not be deemed a Released Party thereunder.
1.219 “Releasing Parties” means collectively, and in each case solely in their capacity as such, (a) the Debtors; (b) the Reorganized Debtors; (c) with respect to each of the foregoing Persons in clauses (a) through (b), all Related Parties; (d) the Holders of all Claims or Interests that vote to accept the Plan; (e) the Holders of all Claims or Interests whose vote to accept or reject the Plan is solicited but that do not vote either to accept or to reject the Plan and do not opt out of granting the releases set forth herein; (f) the Holders of all Claims or Interests that vote, or are deemed, to reject the Plan or that are presumed to accept the Plan but do not opt out of granting the releases set forth herein; and (g) the Holders of all Claims and Interests and all Other Beneficial Owners that were given notice of the opportunity to opt out of granting the releases set forth herein but did not opt out.
1.220 “Reorganized Debtors” means a Debtor, or any successor or assign thereto, by merger, consolidation, reorganization, or otherwise, in the form of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, on and after the Effective Date, including Reorganized Parent.
1.221 “Reorganized Parent” means, Core Scientific, Inc., a Delaware corporation, on and after the Effective Date.
1.222 “Residual Equity Pool” means the New Common Interests remaining following any and all distributions of New Common Interests to (i) Holders of Allowed April Convertible Notes Secured Claims in Class 1 pursuant to section 4.1 hereof, (ii) Holders of Allowed August Convertible Notes Secured Claims in Class 2 pursuant to section 4.2 hereof, and (iii) Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims in Class 8 pursuant to section 4.8 hereof.
1.223 “Restructuring Fees and Expenses” means the reasonable and documented fees, costs and expenses of the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group Advisors and the DIP Lenders, in each case, in connection with the negotiation, formulation, preparation, execution, delivery, implementation, consummation and/or enforcement of the Plan and/or the transactions contemplated hereby and, to the extent applicable, consistent with the terms and provisions of the DIP Order.
1.224 “Restructuring Transactions” means one or more transactions to occur on the Plan Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, that may be necessary or appropriate to effect any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate the Plan, including: (i) the execution and delivery of any appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, amalgamation, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, formation, organization, dissolution, or liquidation containing terms that are consistent with the terms of the Plan, and that satisfy the requirements of applicable law and any other terms to which the applicable Persons may agree, including the documents comprising the Plan Supplement; (ii) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer,
23
assignment, assumption, or delegation of any asset, property, right, liability, debt, or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan and having other terms for which the applicable Persons agree; (iii) the filing of appropriate certificates or articles of incorporation, reincorporation, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, conversion, or dissolution pursuant to applicable state law; (iv) such other transactions that are required to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions Exhibit in the most tax efficient manner for the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, including any mergers, consolidations, restructurings, conversions, dispositions, transfers, formations, organizations, dissolutions, or liquidations; (v) the issuance of securities, all of which shall be authorized and approved in all respects, in each case, without further action being required under applicable law, regulation, order or rule; and (vi) all other actions that the applicable Persons determine to be necessary or appropriate, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable law.
1.225 “Restructuring Transactions Exhibit” means a memorandum setting forth the transactions that are required to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions contemplated by the Plan and included in the Plan Supplement.
1.226 “RSA” means that certain Restructuring Support Agreement, dated December 22, 2022, by and among Core Scientific, Inc. and the Consenting Creditors (as defined in the RSA), which was terminated on February 9, 2023.
1.227 “RSUs” shall mean the outstanding awards of restricted stock units granted pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plans and individual Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (or its predecessor in interest) and the grantees.
1.228 “Schedule of Assumed Contracts” means the schedule of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be assumed by the Debtors pursuant to the Plan, as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time.
1.229 “Schedule of Rejected Contracts” means the schedule of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be rejected by the Debtors pursuant to the Plan, if any, as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time.
1.230 “Schedule of Retained Causes of Action” means a schedule of Causes of Action to be retained by the Reorganized Debtors as set forth in the Plan Supplement.
1.231 “Schedules” means any schedules of assets and liabilities, schedules of executory contracts and unexpired leases, and statements of financial affairs Filed by the Debtors pursuant to section 521 of the Bankruptcy code, as the same may have been amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time.
1.232 “Section 510(b) Claims” means any Claim against any Debtor (i) arising from the rescission of a purchase or sale of an Interest of any Debtor or an Affiliate of any Debtor (including the Existing Common Interests); (ii) for damages arising from the purchase or sale of such Interest; or (iii) for reimbursement or contribution Allowed under section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code on account of such a Claim. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) any claims asserted or assertable against the Debtors in the Securities Class Action and (ii) Proofs of Claim Nos. 52, 54, 81, 82, 241, 351, and 556 shall, in each case, constitute Section 510(b) Claims.
1.233 “Secured Claim” means a Claim (a) secured by a Lien on Collateral to the extent of the value of such Collateral as (i) set forth in the Plan, (ii) agreed to by the Holder of such Claim and the Debtors, or (iii) determined by a Final Order in accordance with section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code exceeds the value of the Claim, or (b) secured by the amount of any right of setoff of the Holder thereof in accordance with section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.234 “Secured Mortgage Claim (Brown)” means the Secured Claim held by Brown Corporation arising from the Brown Agreement.
24
1.235 “Secured Mortgage Claim (Holliwood)” means the Secured Claim held by Holliwood LLC arising from the Holliwood Agreements.
1.236 “Secured Mortgage Claims” means, collectively, the Secured Mortgage Claim (Brown) and the Secured Mortgage Claim (Holliwood).
1.237 “Secured Mortgage Claims Schedule” means the schedule attached hereto as Exhibit M.
1.238 “Securities Class Action” means the class action pending in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, Austin Division, styled as Pang v. Levitt et al., Case No. 1:22-cv-01191.
1.239 “Security” means any Security, as such term is defined in section 101(49) of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.240 “SIR” means self-insured retention or similar deductible.
1.241 “Solicitation Materials” means materials used in connection with the solicitation of votes on the Plan, including the Disclosure Statement, the Disclosure Statement Approval Order, and any procedures established by the Bankruptcy Court with respect to solicitation of votes on the Plan.
1.242 “Stonebriar Agreement” means that certain Equipment Finance Agreement #50324, dated March 22, 2022, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. and Liberty Commercial Finance LLC, and subsequently assigned by Liberty Commercial Finance LLC to Stonebriar Commercial Finance LLC pursuant to that certain Notice and Acknowledgment of Assignment. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the Stonebriar Agreement is not an Unexpired Lease and is a financing agreement and (ii) the equipment that is subject of the Stonebriar Agreement are Assets of the applicable Debtor.
1.243 “Subcontractor” means a Person that labors or has furnished labor, materials equipment and/or services to fulfill an obligation to a General Contractor or to a Subcontractor of any tier to perform all or part of the work required by a General Contract.
1.244 “Subcontractor Claim” means a Claim held by a Subcontractor, which Claim shall be Disallowed.
1.245 “Subsequent Condition” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 9.2 of the Plan.
1.246 “Trading Order” means the order entered by the Bankruptcy Court, related to, among other things, certain transfers and rights to purchase or sell Interests in the Debtors.
1.247 “Trinity Agreements OpCo” means, collectively, (i) that certain Equipment Financing Schedule No. 1, dated August 31, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Trinity Capital Inc., issued in connection with that certain Master Equipment Financing Agreement, dated August 31, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Trinity Capital Inc., (ii) that certain Equipment Financing Schedule No. 2, dated August 31, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Trinity Capital Inc., issued in connection with that certain Master Equipment Financing Agreement, dated August 31, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Trinity Capital Inc., and (iii) that certain Equipment Financing Schedule No. 3, dated December 10, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Trinity Capital Inc., issued in connection with that certain Master Equipment Financing Agreement, dated August 31, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Trinity Capital Inc.
25
1.248 “Trinity Agreement Parent” means that certain Equipment Financing Schedule No. 4, dated February 9, 2022, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. and Trinity Capital Inc., issued in connection with that certain Master Equipment Financing Agreement, dated August 31, 2021, by and between Core Scientific, Inc. (now known as Core Scientific Operating Company) and Trinity Capital Inc.
1.249 “U.S. Trustee” means the United States Trustee for Region 7.
1.250 “Unexpired Lease” means a lease to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under sections 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.251 “Unimpaired” means, with respect to a Claim, Interest, or Class of Claims or Interests, not “impaired” within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
1.252 “Unvested RSUs” means RSUs that remain unvested as of the Effective Date.
1.253 “Vested RSUs” means RSUs that have vested in accordance with their terms as of the Effective Date.
1.254 “Voting Deadline” means the date and time as may be set by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Solicitation Materials.
1.255 “Workers’ Compensation Programs” has the meaning as set forth in the Final Order (I) Authorizing Debtors to (A) Continue Insurance Programs and Surety Bond, (B) Pay Certain Obligations with Respect Thereto; (II) Granting Relief from the Automatic Stay with Respect to Workers’ Compensation Claims; and (III) Granting Related Relief (Docket No. 118).
B. Interpretation; Application of Definitions and Rules of Construction.
For purposes herein: (i) in the appropriate context, each term, whether stated in the singular or the plural, shall include both the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine, and the neuter gender; (ii) except as otherwise provided herein, any reference herein to a contract, lease, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document being in a particular form or on particular terms and conditions means that the referenced document shall be substantially in that form or substantially on those terms and conditions; (iii) except as otherwise provided, any reference herein to an existing document or exhibit having been Filed or to be Filed shall mean that document or exhibit, as it may thereafter be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified in accordance with the Plan and/or the Confirmation Order, as applicable; (iv) unless otherwise specified herein, all references herein to “Articles” are references to Articles of the Plan or hereto; (v) unless otherwise stated herein, the words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereto” refer to the Plan in its entirety rather than to a particular portion of the Plan; (vi) captions and headings to Articles are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the interpretation hereof; (vii) the words “include” and “including,” and variations thereof, shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation, and shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (viii) unless otherwise specified, the rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code shall apply to the Plan; (ix) any term used in capitalized form herein that is not otherwise defined but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as the case may be; (x) any docket number references in the Plan shall refer to the docket number of any document Filed with the Bankruptcy Court in the Chapter 11 Cases; (xi) references to “Proofs of Claim,” “Holders of Claims,” “Disputed Claims,” and the like shall include “Proofs of Interest,” “Holders of Interests,” “Disputed Interests,” and the like as and to the extent applicable; (xii) references to “shareholders,” “directors,” and/or “officers” shall also include “members” and/or “managers,” as applicable, as such terms are defined under the applicable state limited liability company laws; (xiii) except as otherwise provided herein, any reference to a document or agreement that is to be issued or entered into that is dependent on an election to be made pursuant to the Plan or an event occurring shall be deemed to be followed by the words “if applicable”; (xiv) any immaterial effectuating provisions may be interpreted by the Debtors, or after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, in such a manner that is consistent
26
with the overall purpose and intent of the Plan all without further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity, provided that any effectuating provision that has an economic impact will not be considered “immaterial”; and (xv) except as otherwise provided, any references to the Effective Date shall mean the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter. To the extent that the treatment, allowance, or disallowance of any Claim herein is interpreted as a claim objection, the Plan shall be deemed a Claim objection to such Claim.
C. Computation of Time
Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply in computing any period of time prescribed or allowed herein. If the date on which a transaction may occur pursuant to the Plan shall occur on a day that is not a Business Day, then such transaction shall instead occur on the next Business Day but shall be deemed to have been completed as of the required date.
D. Reference to Monetary Figures.
All references in the Plan to monetary figures shall refer to the legal tender of the United States of America, unless otherwise expressly provided.
E. Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan to the contrary, references in the Plan to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall mean the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to the extent the context requires.
F. Controlling Document.
In the event of an inconsistency between the Plan and the Plan Supplement, the terms of the relevant document in the Plan Supplement shall control (unless stated otherwise in such Plan Supplement document or the Confirmation Order). In the event of an inconsistency between the Plan and any other instrument or document created or executed pursuant to the Plan, or between the Plan and the Disclosure Statement, the Plan shall control. The provisions of the Plan and of the Confirmation Order shall be construed in a manner consistent with each other so as to effect the purposes of each; provided, that, if there is determined to be any inconsistency between any Plan provision and any provision of the Confirmation Order that cannot be so reconciled, then, solely to the extent of such inconsistency, the provisions of the Confirmation Order shall govern and any such provision of the Confirmation Order shall be deemed a modification of the Plan.
ARTICLE II. ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CLAIMS, PROFESSIONAL FEE CLAIMS, DIP CLAIMS, AND PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS.
In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Expense Claims (including DIP Claims, Professional Fee Claims, Priority Tax Claims, and postpetition Intercompany Claims) have not been classified and, thus, are excluded from the classification of Claims and Interests set forth in Article III.
2.1. Administrative Expense Claims.
Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim agrees to different treatment, each Holder of an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim (other than a Professional Fee Claim or Restructuring Fees and Expenses) shall receive, in full and final satisfaction of such Claim,
27
Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Administrative Expense Claim on, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, the later of (i) the Effective Date and (ii) the first Business Day after the date that is thirty (30) calendar days after the date such Administrative Expense Claim becomes an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim or such other treatment consistent with the provisions of section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code; provided, however, Allowed Administrative Expense Claims representing liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business by the Debtors, as Debtors in Possession, shall be paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice and in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of any orders, course of dealing or agreements governing, instruments evidencing, or other documents relating to such transactions. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Expense Claim asserted by Celsius Mining LLC shall not be an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim unless and until Allowed by a Final Order.
2.2. Professional Fee Claims.
(a) All Professionals seeking approval by the Bankruptcy Court of Professional Fee Claims shall (i) File, on or before the date that is forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date (unless extended by the Reorganized Debtors), their respective applications for final allowances of compensation for services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred and (ii) be paid in full, in Cash, in such amounts as are Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court or authorized to be paid in accordance with the order(s) relating to or allowing any such Professional Fee Claims.
(b) The Reorganized Debtors are authorized to pay compensation for services rendered or reimbursement of expenses incurred after the Effective Date in the ordinary course and without the need for Bankruptcy Court approval.
2.3. Priority Tax Claims.
Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, each Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed Priority Tax Claim, at the sole option of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, (i) Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Priority Tax Claim on, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, the later of (a) the Effective Date, to the extent such Claim is an Allowed Priority Tax Claim on the Effective Date, (b) the first Business Day after the date that is thirty (30) calendar days after the date such Priority Tax Claim becomes an Allowed Priority Tax Claim, and (c) the date such Allowed Priority Tax Claim is due and payable in the ordinary course, or (ii) such other treatment reasonably acceptable to the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors (as applicable) and consistent with the provisions of section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code; provided that the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, are authorized in their absolute discretion, but not directed, to prepay all or a portion of any such amounts at any time without penalty or premium. For the avoidance of doubt, Holders of Allowed Priority Tax Claims will receive interest on such Allowed Priority Tax Claims after the Effective Date in accordance with sections 511 and 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code.
2.4. DIP Claims.
In full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of each Allowed DIP Claim, on the Effective Date, each holder of such Allowed DIP Claim shall receive either (a) payment in full in Cash or (b) such other treatment as to which the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the holder of such Allowed DIP Claims will have agreed upon in writing. On the Effective Date, all Liens granted to secure the Allowed DIP Claims shall be terminated and of no further force and effect.
28
2.5. Restructuring Fees and Expenses and Notes Agent Fees and Expenses.
(a) The Restructuring Fees and Expenses incurred, or estimated to be incurred, up to and including the Effective Date, shall be paid in full in Cash on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (to the extent not previously paid or satisfied during the course of the Chapter 11 Cases) without any requirement to File a fee application with the Bankruptcy Court or without any requirement for Bankruptcy Court review or approval. All Restructuring Fees and Expenses to be paid on the Effective Date shall be estimated prior to and as of the Effective Date and such estimates shall be delivered to the Debtors at least three (3) Business Days before the anticipated Effective Date; provided, however, that such estimates shall not be considered an admission or limitation with respect to such Restructuring Fees and Expenses. On the Effective Date, or as soon as practicable thereafter, final invoices for all Restructuring Fees and Expenses incurred prior to and as of the Effective Date shall be submitted to the Debtors.
(b) Pursuant to the August NPA and April NPA, all accrued and unpaid reasonable and documented Notes Agent Fees and Expenses incurred up to (and including) the Effective Date shall be paid in full in Cash on the Effective Date, in each case without (i) any reduction to recoveries of the holders of April Convertible Notes Secured Claims or August Convertible Notes Secured Claims, (ii) any requirement to File a fee application with the Bankruptcy Court, (iii) the need for itemized time detail, or (iv) any requirement for Bankruptcy Court review.
2.6. Professional Fee Escrow.
(a) As soon as reasonably practicable after the Confirmation Date and no later than the Effective Date, the Debtors shall establish and fund the Professional Fee Escrow with Cash equal to the Professional Fee Claims Estimate, and no Liens, Claims, or interests shall encumber the Professional Fee Escrow in any way. The Professional Fee Escrow (including funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow) (i) shall not be and shall not be deemed property of the Debtors, the Debtors’ Estates, or the Reorganized Debtors and (ii) shall be held in trust for the Professionals; provided that funds remaining in the Professional Fee Escrow after all Allowed Professional Fee Claims have been irrevocably paid in full shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors. Allowed Professional Fee Claims shall be paid in Cash to such Professionals from funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow when such Claims are Allowed by an order of the Bankruptcy Court; provided that the Debtors’ obligations with respect to Professional Fee Claims shall not be limited nor deemed to be limited in any way to the balance of funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow.
(b) If the amount of funds in the Professional Fee Escrow is insufficient to fund payment in full of all Allowed Professional Fee Claims and any other Allowed amounts owed to Professionals, the deficiency shall be promptly funded to the Professional Fee Escrow from the Debtors’ Estates without any further action or order of the Bankruptcy Court.
(c) Any objections to Professional Fee Claims shall be served and Filed no later than twenty-one (21) days after Filing of the final applications for compensation or reimbursement.
2.7. Professional Fee Claims Estimate.
Each Professional shall estimate in good faith its unpaid Professional Fee Claim and other unpaid fees and expenses incurred in rendering services to the Debtors, the Creditors’ Committee, or the Equity Committee, as applicable, before and as of the Effective Date and shall deliver such reasonable, good faith estimate to the Debtors no later than five (5) Business Days prior to the Effective Date; provided that such estimate shall not be deemed to limit the amount of the fees and expenses that are the subject of
29
the Professional’s final request for payment of Filed Professional Fee Claims. If a Professional does not provide an estimate, the Debtors shall estimate in good faith the unpaid and unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional.
2.8. Post-Effective Date Fees and Expenses.
(a) Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, on and after the Effective Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall, in the ordinary course of business and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, pay in Cash all reasonable legal, professional, or other fees and expenses related to implementation of the Plan incurred by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable.
(b) Upon the Effective Date, any requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327 through 331, 363, and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code in seeking retention for services rendered after such date shall terminate, and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may employ any Professional in the ordinary course of business without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
ARTICLE III. CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS.
3.1. Classification in General.
A Claim or Interest is placed in a particular Class for all purposes, including voting, confirmation, and distribution under the Plan and under sections 1122 and 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code; provided that a Claim or Interest is placed in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving Plan Distributions only to the extent that such Claim or Interest is an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest in that Class and such Claim or Interest has not been satisfied, released, or otherwise settled prior to the Effective Date. All of the potential Classes for the Debtors are set forth herein. Certain of the Debtors may not have Holders of Claims or Interests in a particular Class or Classes, and such Claims shall be treated as set forth in section 3.6.
3.2. Summary of Classification.
The following table designates the Classes of Claims against and Interests in each of the Debtors and specifies which of those Classes are (a) Impaired or Unimpaired by the Plan, (b) entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan in accordance with section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code, and (c) presumed to accept or deemed to reject the Plan. In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Expense Claims and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified. The classification of Claims and Interests set forth herein shall apply separately to each Debtor.
| Class |
Designation |
Treatment |
Entitled to Vote | |||
| 1 | April Convertible Notes Secured Claims |
Impaired | Yes | |||
| 2 | August Convertible Notes Secured Claims |
Impaired | Yes | |||
| 3 | Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claims |
Impaired | Yes | |||
| 4 | Other Secured Claims |
Unimpaired | No (Presumed to Accept) | |||
| 5 | M&M Lien Secured Claims |
Impaired | Yes | |||
| 6 | Secured Mortgage Claims |
Impaired | Yes | |||
30
| Class |
Designation |
Treatment |
Entitled to Vote | |||
| 7 | Priority Non-Tax Claims |
Unimpaired | No (Presumed to Accept) | |||
| 8 | General Unsecured Claims |
Impaired | Yes | |||
| 9 | Intercompany Claims |
Unimpaired/Impaired | No (Presumed to Accept/Deemed to Reject) | |||
| 10 | Intercompany Interests |
Unimpaired/Impaired | No (Presumed to Accept/Deemed to Reject) | |||
| 11 | Section 510(b) Claims |
Impaired | Yes | |||
| 12 | Existing Common Interests |
Impaired | Yes | |||
3.3. Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims.
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, nothing under the Plan shall affect, diminish, or impair the rights of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in respect of any Unimpaired Claims or Reinstated Claims, including all rights in respect of legal and equitable defenses to, or setoffs or recoupments against, any such Unimpaired Claims or Reinstated Claims; and, except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, nothing herein shall be deemed to be a waiver or relinquishment of any Claim, Cause of Action, right of setoff, or other legal or equitable defense that the Debtors had immediately prior to the Petition Date, against or with respect to any Claim that is Unimpaired (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Claim that is Reinstated) by the Plan. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the Reorganized Debtors shall have, retain, reserve, and be entitled to assert all such Claims, Causes of Action, rights of setoff, and other legal or equitable defenses that the Debtors had immediately prior to the Petition Date fully as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced, and all of the Reorganized Debtors’ legal and equitable rights with respect to any Reinstated Claim or Claim that is Unimpaired by this Plan may be asserted after the Confirmation Date and the Effective Date to the same extent as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced.
3.4. Elimination of Vacant Classes.
Any Class of Claims against or Interests in a Debtor that, as of the commencement of the Confirmation Hearing, does not have at least one Holder of a Claim or Interest that is Allowed in an amount greater than zero for voting purposes shall be considered vacant, deemed eliminated from the Plan of such Debtor for purposes of voting to accept or reject such Debtor’s Plan, and disregarded for purposes of determining whether such Debtor’s Plan satisfies section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to that Class.
3.5. No Waiver.
Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to waive a Debtor’s or other Person’s right to object on any basis to any Disputed Claim.
3.6. Voting Classes; Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes.
If a Class contains Claims or Interests eligible to vote and no Holders of Claims or Interests eligible to vote in such Class vote to accept or reject the Plan, the Plan shall be presumed accepted by the Holders of such Claims or Interests in such Class.
31
3.7. Confirmation Pursuant to Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
The Debtors shall seek Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any rejecting Class of Claims or Interests. The Debtors reserve the right to modify the Plan to the extent, if any, confirmation pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code requires modification, including to substantively consolidate two or more Debtors and/or implement a merger of two or more Debtor entities, the assignment of assets from one Debtor entity to one or more Debtor entities, or other transactions.
ARTICLE IV. TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS.
4.1. April Convertible Notes Secured Claims (Class 1).
(a) Classification: Class 1 consists of the April Convertible Notes Secured Claims.
(b) Allowance: The April Convertible Notes Secured Claims are Allowed pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code in the aggregate amount of (i) $239,626,200.28, which is the sum of the principal amount of April Convertible Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest at ten percent (10%) per annum through the Petition Date, plus (ii) accrued interest at ten percent (10%) from the Petition Date through the Effective Date.
(c) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed April Convertible Notes Secured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim, each such Holder shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Claim, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter:
(i) If Class 1 is an Accepting Class, (a) such Holder’s Pro Rata Share of New April Secured Notes (Option 1) and (b) New Common Interests with a value, based on Plan Value, equal to fifty-percent (50%) of such Holder’s Allowed April Convertible Notes Secured Claim.
(ii) If Class 1 is not an Accepting Class, such Holder’s Pro Rata Share of New April Secured Notes (Option 2).
(d) Impairment and Voting: Class 1 is Impaired, and the Holders of April Convertible Notes Secured Claims in Class 1 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
4.2. August Convertible Notes Secured Claims (Class 2).
(a) Classification: Class 2 consists of August Convertible Notes Secured Claims.
(b) Allowance: The August Convertible Notes Secured Claims are Allowed pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code in the aggregate amount of (i) $325,167,300.73, which is the sum of the principal amount of August Convertible Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest at ten percent (10%) per annum through the Petition Date, plus (ii) accrued interest at ten percent (10%) from the Petition Date through the Effective Date.
(c) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed August Convertible Notes Secured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim, each such Holder shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Claim, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter:
32
(i) If Class 2 is an Accepting Class, (a) such Holder’s Pro Rata Share of New August Secured Notes (Option 1) and (b) New Common Interests with a value, based on Plan Value, equal to fifty-percent (50%) of such Holder’s Allowed August Convertible Notes Secured Claim.
(ii) If Class 2 is not an Accepting Class, such Holder’s Pro Rata Share of New August Secured Notes (Option 2).
(d) Impairment and Voting: Class 2 is Impaired, and the Holders of August Convertible Notes Secured Claims in Class 2 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
4.3. Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claims (Class 3).
(a) Classification: Class 3 consists of Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claims. Each Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim shall be treated as a separate subclass of Class 3 for purposes of voting to accept or reject the Plan and receiving Plan Distributions.
(b) Allowance: Each Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim and Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claim is Allowed pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code in the amount set forth on the Miner Equipment Lender Claims Schedule.
(c) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim (i) agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim or (ii) in the event that both Class 1 and Class 2 are Accepting Classes, timely elects the Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 1 or Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 2 (each as set forth below) on or before the Voting Deadline, each such Holder shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Claim, on the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, such Holder’s applicable Miner Equipment Lender Takeback Debt (the “Default Miner Equipment Lender Treatment”), and such Holder’s Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claim shall be treated as a General Unsecured Claim in accordance with the terms and provisions set forth in section 4.8 of the Plan.
Each Holder of an Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim may elect on its Ballot to receive on the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, in lieu of the Default Miner Equipment Lender Treatment, in each case in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Holder’s Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Claim, one of the following settlement options; provided that if either Class 1 or Class 2 is not an Accepting Class, each holder of an Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim shall receive the Default Miner Equipment Lender Treatment, and the elections set forth below shall not be applicable:
(i) such Holder’s applicable Miner Equipment Lender Takeback Debt (Election 1) (“Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 1”); or
(ii) such Holder’s applicable Miner Equipment Lender Takeback Debt (Election 2) (“Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 2”).
For the avoidance of doubt, any Holder of a Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim that receives either Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 1 or Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 2 shall not be entitled to assert any Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claim as a General Unsecured Claim under the Plan.
33
(d) Impairment and Voting: Class 3 is Impaired, and the Holders of Miner Equipment Lender Claims in Class 3 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
4.4. Other Secured Claims (Class 4).
(a) Classification: Class 4 consists of Other Secured Claims. Each Other Secured Claim shall be treated as a separate subclass of Class 4 for purposes of voting to accept or reject the Plan and receiving Plan Distributions.
(b) Allowance: Each Other Secured Claim is Allowed pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code in the amounts set forth on the Other Secured Claims Schedule.
(c) Treatment: On the Effective Date, all Allowed Other Secured Claims shall (i) be reinstated in accordance with section 1124(2) of the Bankruptcy Code and the applicable Other Secured Claims Agreement and continued after the Effective Date in accordance with the terms and provisions of the applicable Other Secured Claims Agreement and (ii) receive Cash in an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid interest through the last interest payment date prior to the Effective Date under the applicable Other Secured Claims Agreement.
(d) Impairment and Voting: Class 4 is Unimpaired, and the Holders of Other Secured Claims in Class 4 are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
4.5. M&M Lien Secured Claims (Class 5).
(a) Classification: Class 5 consists of M&M Lien Secured Claims. Each M&M Lien Secured Claim shall be treated as a separate subclass of Class 5 for purposes of voting to accept or reject the Plan and receiving Plan Distributions.
(b) Allowance: Each M&M Lien Secured Claim is Allowed pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code in the amounts set forth on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule in the column titled “Amount of Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim”.
(c) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim or settles such Claim pursuant to an M&M Lien Settlement, each such Holder shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Claim, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, such Holder’s applicable M&M Lien Takeback Debt; provided that to the extent any Subcontractor has filed an M&M Lien against a Debtor’s real property with respect to amounts which are secured, in duplication, by an M&M Lien filed by a General Contractor and evidenced by such General Contractor’s M&M Secured Lien Claim, as set forth on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule, (i) the Holder of the M&M Lien Secured Claim shall be the General Contractor, (ii) such Subcontractor shall not be entitled to a separate M&M Secured Lien Claim with respect to any such amounts secured in duplication, (iii) the Reorganized Debtors shall issue M&M Lien Takeback Debt with respect to any such amounts secured in duplication in favor of the General Contractor only as the Holder of the M&M Lien Secured Claim, (iv) the Reorganized Debtors shall repay the M&M Lien Takeback Debt issued to each such General Contractor by making payments directly to the General Contractor and each Subcontractor, pro rata in the percentages set forth next to each such General Contractor and Subcontractor on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule in the column titled “Pro Rata Percentage of applicable M&M Lien Takeback Debt to be repaid to such General Contractor or Subcontractor”, and (v) each payment made directly to a Subcontractor shall reduce the amount of such General Contractor’s M&M Secured Lien Claim, such General Contractor’s M&M Lien, and such Subcontractor’s M&M Lien, in each case on a dollar-for-dollar basis; provided, however, that upon delivery to the Debtors of a final and unconditional lien waiver and release duly executed by a Subcontractor, in recordable form and substance sufficient to permanently waive and release such
34
Subcontractor’s M&M Liens, the Reorganized Debtors shall make all further payments on account of such M&M Lien Takeback Debt attributable to such Subcontractor’s pro rata percentages set forth next to such Subcontractor on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule directly to the Holder of such Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim.
Unless and until there is an Event of Default (as defined in the New M&M Lien Debt Term Sheet) under the terms of the applicable M&M Lien Takeback Debt, each Person asserting an M&M Lien shall be precluded from foreclosing or otherwise enforcing such M&M Lien or otherwise taking adverse action against the applicable Debtor with regard to the amounts secured by such M&M Lien.
Any M&M Lien (i) of a Subcontractor, (ii) of a General Contractor, or (iii) otherwise securing an Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim and/or M&M Lien Takeback Debt shall be (a) fixed, as of the Effective Date, in the amount set forth on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule in the column titled “Amount of Allowed M&M Lien”, (b) reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis in the amount of each payment made on account of such M&M Lien pursuant to the terms of the M&M Lien Takeback Debt, and (c) fully and finally extinguished upon the repayment in full of all amounts payable under the applicable M&M Lien Takeback Debt, which extinguishment may be evidenced by recording in the applicable real property records a final, unconditional lien waiver, release of lien, and such other documents or certificates required to fully and unconditionally release any such M&M Lien. The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, are hereby authorized to record (and granted power of attorney to effectuate such recordation) such final, unconditional lien waiver, release of lien, and such other documents or certificates required to fully and unconditionally release any such M&M Lien in the applicable real property records, and each applicable clerk is directed to accept such documentation.
Any M&M Lien not on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule is hereby extinguished.
The Debtors shall have no further interest, if any, in the goods in the possession of the General Contractor or Subcontractor set forth on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule opposite such Person’s name, and the amount of the applicable Holder’s Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim and M&M Lien has been reduced by the value of such equipment as set forth on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule.
For the avoidance of doubt, all General Contractor Unsecured Claims shall be General Unsecured Claims Allowed in the amounts set forth on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule in the column titled “Allowed Unsecured Claim Amount” and treated in accordance with section 4.8 hereof.
(d) Impairment and Voting: Class 5 is Impaired, and the Holders of M&M Lien Secured Claims in Class 5 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
4.6. Secured Mortgage Claims (Class 6).
(a) Classification: Class 6 consists of Secured Mortgage Claims. Each Secured Mortgage Claim shall be treated as a separate subclass of Class 6 for purposes of voting to accept or reject the Plan and receiving Plan Distributions.
(b) Allowance: Each Secured Mortgage Claim is Allowed pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code in the amounts set forth on the Secured Mortgage Claims Schedule.
(c) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Mortgage Claim (i) agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim or (ii) timely elects the Mortgage Treatment Election (as set forth below) on or before the Voting Deadline, each such Holder shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Claim, on the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, such Holder’s applicable Mortgage Takeback Debt (the “Default Mortgage Treatment”). The Mortgage Agreements of Holders of Allowed Secured Mortgage Claims receiving the Default Mortgage Treatment shall be deemed amended to include a maturity date of December 31, 2025. The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as applicable,
35
are hereby authorized to record (and granted power of attorney to effectuate such recordation) any memorandum or such other documents or certificates required to effectuate such deemed amendment in the applicable real property records, and each applicable clerk is directed to accept such documentation.
Each Holder of an Allowed Secured Mortgage Claim may elect on its Ballot to receive, no later than sixty (60) days following the Effective Date, in lieu of the Default Mortgage Treatment, in each case in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Holder’s Allowed Secured Mortgage Claim, Cash in an amount equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of such Holder’s Allowed Secured Mortgage Claim (the “Mortgage Treatment Election”).
(d) Impairment and Voting: Class 6 is Impaired, and the Holders of Secured Mortgage Claims in Class 6 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
4.7. Priority Non-Tax Claims (Class 7).
(a) Classification: Class 7 consists of Priority Non-Tax Claims.
(b) Treatment: The legal, equitable, and contractual rights of the Holders of Priority Non-Tax Claims are unaltered by the Plan. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim, at the option of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, (i) each such Holder shall receive payment in Cash in an amount equal to such Claim, (ii) such Holder’s Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim shall be Reinstated, or (iii) such Holder shall receive such other treatment so as to render such Holder’s Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim Unimpaired pursuant to section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.
(c) Impairment and Voting: Class 7 is Unimpaired, and the Holders of Priority Non-Tax Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Priority Non-Tax Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the votes of such Holders will not be solicited with respect to Priority Non-Tax Claims.
4.8. General Unsecured Claims (Class 8).
(a) Classification: Class 8 consists of General Unsecured Claims.
(b) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim (i) agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim or (ii) in the event that both Class 1 and Class 2 are Accepting Classes, timely elects the GUC Treatment Election (as set forth below) on or before the Voting Deadline, each such Holder shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Claim, on the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, New Common Interests with a value, based on Plan Value, equal to one-hundred percent (100%) of such Holder’s Allowed General Unsecured Claim (the “Default GUC Treatment”).
Each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim may elect on its Ballot to receive on the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, in lieu of the Default GUC Treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Claim, such Holder’s Pro Rata Share of the New GUC Takeback Notes (“GUC Treatment Election”); provided, however, that Holders electing the GUC Treatment Election shall be deemed to have agreed to reduce
36
such Holder’s General Unsecured Claim to seventy-five (75%) of its Allowed General Unsecured Claim (“Reduced GUC Claim Amount”).
Furthermore, if Holders holding, in the aggregate, more than $100,000,000 in Confirmation Date GUC Claims elect the GUC Treatment Election, each Holder electing the GUC Treatment Election shall have its General Unsecured Claim, prior to determination of the Reduced GUC Claim Amount, bifurcated into (i) an amount equal to its Allowed General Unsecured Claim or Disputed General Unsecured Claim times the quotient of $100 million and the total Confirmation Date GUC Claims (“GUC Claim A”) and (ii) the rest of its Allowed General Unsecured Claim or Disputed General Unsecured Claim (“GUC Claim B”), and shall receive in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such holder’s Allowed General Unsecured Claim, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, (x) such electing Holder’s Pro Rata Share (taking into account all GUC Claim As) of the New GUC Takeback Notes in respect of such Holder’s GUC Claim A and (y) New Common Interests with a value, based on Plan Value, equal to such holder’s GUC Claim B. For the avoidance of doubt, the distribution to GUC Claim A shall reflect the Reduced GUC Claim Amount and the distribution to GUC Claim B shall not reflect the Reduced GUC Claim Amount.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if either Class 1 or Class 2 is not an Accepting Class, each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall receive the Default GUC Treatment, and the GUC Treatment Election shall not be applicable.
For purposes of this section 4.8, the Allowed amount of any General Unsecured Claim shall include all interest accrued from the Petition Date through the date of distribution at the Federal Judgment Rate.
(c) Impairment and Voting: Class 8 is Impaired, and the Holders of General Unsecured Claims in Class 8 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
4.9. Intercompany Claims (Class 9).
(a) Classification: Class 9 consists of Intercompany Claims.
(b) Treatment: On the Effective Date, or as soon as practicable thereafter, all Intercompany Claims shall be adjusted, Reinstated, or discharged (each without any distribution) to the extent reasonably determined to be appropriate by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable.
(c) Impairment and Voting: Holders of Class 9 Claims are either (i) Unimpaired and such Holders are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, or (ii) Impaired and such Holders are conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Intercompany Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the votes of such Holders will not be solicited with respect to such Intercompany Claims.
4.10. Intercompany Interests (Class 10).
(a) Classification: Class 10 consists of Intercompany Interests.
(b) Treatment: On the Effective Date, and without the need for any further corporate or limited liability company action or approval of any board of directors, management, or shareholders
37
of any Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, all Intercompany Interests shall be unaffected by the Plan and continue in place following the Effective Date, solely for the administrative convenience of maintaining the existing corporate structure of the Debtors.
(c) Impairment and Voting: Class 10 are either (i) Unimpaired and such Holders are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code or (ii) Impaired, and such Holders are conclusively presumed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Intercompany Interests are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, and the votes of such Holders will not be solicited with respect to such Intercompany Interests.
4.11. Section 510(b) Claims (Class 11).
(a) Classification: Class 11 consists of Section 510(b) Claims.
(b) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed 510(b) Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Interest, each such Holder shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Claim, on the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, such Holder’s Pro Rata Share (taking into account Allowed Claims in Classes 11 and 12 and valuing the Allowed Interests in Class 12 as equal to one-hundred percent (100%) of the value of the New Common Interests in the Residual Equity Pool) of the Residual Equity Pool.
(c) Impairment and Voting: Section 510(b) Claims are Impaired, and the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims in Class 11 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
4.12. Existing Common Interests (Class 12).
(a) Classification: Class 12 consists of Existing Common Interests.
(b) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Existing Common Interest agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Interest, each such Holder shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Interest, on the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, such Holder’s Pro Rata Share (taking into account Allowed Claims in Classes 11 and 12 and valuing the Allowed Interests in Class 12 as equal to one-hundred percent (100%) of the value of the New Common Interests in the Residual Equity Pool) of the Residual Equity Pool; provided, that with respect to any Allowed Existing Common Interests that are (unvested) restricted stock, any New Common Interests distributed to Holders on account of such (unvested) restricted stock will be subject to the same restrictions/vesting conditions applicable to such (unvested) restricted stock as of the Effective Date.
(c) Impairment and Voting: Existing Common Interests are Impaired, and the Holders of Existing Common Interests in Class 12 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
ARTICLE V. MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION.
5.1. Compromise and Settlement of Claims, Interests, and Controversies.
Pursuant to sections 363 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the classification, distribution, releases, and other benefits provided under the Plan, upon the Effective Date, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims, Interests, and controversies relating to the contractual, legal, and subordination rights that a creditor or an Interest Holder may have with respect to any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest or any distribution to be made on account of such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, including pursuant to the
38
transactions set forth in the Restructuring Transactions Exhibit. Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the compromise or settlement of all such Allowed Claims, Allowed Interests, and controversies, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that such compromise, settlement, and transactions are in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, and Holders of Allowed Claims, Allowed Interests, and is fair, equitable, and is within the range of reasonableness. Subject to the provisions of this Plan governing distributions, all distributions made to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests in any Class are intended to be and shall be final.
5.2. Continued Corporate Existence; Effectuating Documents; Corporate Action; Restructuring Transactions.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Plan Documents, the Debtors shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as Reorganized Debtors as a separate corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form of entity, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form of entity, as the case may be, in accordance with the applicable laws of the respective jurisdictions in which they are incorporated or organized and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or other analogous formation documents) in effect before the Effective Date or the New Corporate Governance Documents, as applicable, except to the extent such certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or other analogous formation, constituent, or governance documents) are amended by the Plan or otherwise, and to the extent any such document is amended, such document is deemed to be amended pursuant to the Plan and requires no further action or approval (other than any requisite filings required under applicable state or federal law).
(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, on or about the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall take all actions set forth in and contemplated by the Restructuring Transactions Exhibit, and enter into any transaction and may take all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the transactions described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary or appropriate to effectuate the Plan, including the Restructuring Transactions.
(c) Upon the Effective Date, all actions contemplated by the Plan shall be deemed authorized and approved in all respects, including (i) the assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases as provided herein, (ii) the selection of the managers, directors, or officers for the Reorganized Debtors, (iii) the distribution of the New Common Interests, (iv) the entry into or execution of the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents, New GUC Notes Documents, and New Secured Notes Documents, as applicable, in each case, including definitive documentation related thereto, (v) any necessary action with respect to the Management Incentive Plan in accordance with Section 5.14 hereof, and (vi) all other actions contemplated by the Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date), in each case in accordance with and subject to the terms hereof.
(d) The Confirmation Order shall and shall be deemed to, pursuant to sections 363, 1123, and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, authorize and direct parties, as applicable, among other things, to take all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate the Plan, including the Restructuring Transactions.
(e) Each officer, member of the board of directors, or manager of the Debtors is (and each officer, member of the board of directors, or manager of the Reorganized Debtors shall be) authorized and directed to issue, execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, securities, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or
39
appropriate to effectuate, implement, and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan and the securities issued pursuant to the Plan in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, all of which shall be authorized and approved in all respects, in each case, without the need for any approvals, authorization, consents, or any further action required under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule (including, without limitation, any action by the stockholders or directors or managers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors) except for those expressly required pursuant to the Plan.
(f) All matters provided for in the Plan involving the corporate or limited liability company structure of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, and any corporate or limited liability company action required by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be in effect, without any requirement of further action by the security holders, directors, managers, or officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors or by any other stakeholder, and with like effect as though such action had been taken unanimously by the stockholders, directors, managers, or officers, as applicable, of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors.
5.3. Intercompany Interests; Corporate Reorganization.
On the Effective Date, the Intercompany Interests (a) shall be Reinstated for the ultimate benefit of the Holders of Claims that receive New Common Interests under the Plan, and shall receive no recovery or distribution, and (b) without the need for any further corporate action or approval of any board of directors, board of managers, managers, management, or stockholders of any Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, the certificates and all other documents representing the Intercompany Interests shall be deemed to be in full force and effect.
5.4. Authorization and Issuance of New April Secured Notes (Option 1).
(a) On the Effective Date, if Class 1 is an Accepting Class, the Reorganized Parent shall issue the New April Secured Notes (Option 1) on the terms set forth in the Plan and the New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 1).
(b) On the Effective Date, if Class 1 is an Accepting Class, the New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 1) shall be executed and delivered. The Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized to execute, deliver, and enter into and perform under the New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 1) (including the issuance of New Common Interests upon conversion of the New April Secured Notes (Option 1)) without the need for any further corporate or limited liability company action and without further action by the holders of Claims or Interests. The New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 1) shall constitute legal, valid, binding, and authorized obligations of the Reorganized Parent, enforceable in accordance with their terms, and, except as provided for thereunder, such obligations shall not be enjoined or subject to discharge, impairment, release, avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) under applicable law, the Plan, or the Confirmation Order and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable nonbankruptcy law.
(c) Confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed (i) approval of the New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 1), and all transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred by applicable Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith and (ii) authorization to enter into and perform under the New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 1).
40
(d) On the Effective Date, all Liens and security interests granted pursuant to, or in connection with the New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 1) (i) shall be deemed to be approved and shall, without the necessity of the execution, recordation, or filing of mortgages, security agreements, control agreements, pledge agreements, financing statements, or other similar documents, be valid, binding, fully perfected, fully enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the property described in the New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 1), with the priorities established in respect thereof under applicable non-bankruptcy law, and (ii) shall not be enjoined or subject to discharge, impairment, release, avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy law, the Plan, or the Confirmation Order.
(e) The Reorganized Debtors and the Persons granted Liens and security interests under the New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 1) are authorized to make all filings and recordings and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, provincial, federal, or other law (whether domestic or foreign) that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date without the need for any filings or recordings) and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.
5.5. Authorization and Issuance of New August Secured Notes (Option 1).
(a) On the Effective Date, if Class 2 is an Accepting Class, the Reorganized Parent shall issue the New August Secured Notes (Option 1) on the terms set forth in the Plan and the New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 1).
(b) On the Effective Date, if Class 2 is an Accepting Class, the New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 1) shall be executed and delivered. The Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized to execute, deliver, and enter into and perform under the New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 1) (including the issuance of New Common Interests upon conversion of the New August Secured Notes (Option 1)) without the need for any further corporate or limited liability company action and without further action by the holders of Claims or Interests. The New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 1) shall constitute legal, valid, binding, and authorized obligations of the Reorganized Parent, enforceable in accordance with their terms, and, except as provided for thereunder, such obligations shall not be enjoined or subject to discharge, impairment, release, avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) under applicable law, the Plan, or the Confirmation Order and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable nonbankruptcy law.
(c) Confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed (i) approval of the New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 1), and all transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred by applicable Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith and (ii) authorization to enter into and perform under the New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 1).
(d) On the Effective Date, all Liens and security interests granted pursuant to, or in connection with the New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 1) (i) shall be deemed to be
41
approved and shall, without the necessity of the execution, recordation, or filing of mortgages, security agreements, control agreements, pledge agreements, financing statements, or other similar documents, be valid, binding, fully perfected, fully enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the property described in the New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 1), with the priorities established in respect thereof under applicable non-bankruptcy law, and (ii) shall not be enjoined or subject to discharge, impairment, release, avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy law, the Plan, or the Confirmation Order.
(e) The Reorganized Debtors and the Persons granted Liens and security interests under the New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 1) are authorized to make all filings and recordings and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, provincial, federal, or other law (whether domestic or foreign) that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date without the need for any filings or recordings) and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.
5.6. Authorization and Issuance of New April Secured Notes (Option 2).
(a) On the Effective Date, if Class 1 is not an Accepting Class, the Reorganized Parent shall issue the New April Secured Notes (Option 2) on the terms set forth in the Plan and the New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 2).
(b) On the Effective Date, if Class 1 is not an Accepting Class, the New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 2) shall be executed and delivered. The Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized to execute, deliver, and enter into and perform under the New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 2) without the need for any further corporate or limited liability company action and without further action by the holders of Claims or Interests. The New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 2) shall constitute legal, valid, binding, and authorized obligations of the Reorganized Parent, enforceable in accordance with their terms, and, except as provided for thereunder, such obligations shall not be enjoined or subject to discharge, impairment, release, avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) under applicable law, the Plan, or the Confirmation Order and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable nonbankruptcy law.
(c) Confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed (i) approval of the New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 2), and all transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred by applicable Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith and (ii) authorization to enter into and perform under the New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 2).
(d) On the Effective Date, all Liens and security interests granted pursuant to, or in connection with the New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 2) (i) shall be deemed to be approved and shall, without the necessity of the execution, recordation, or filing of mortgages, security agreements, control agreements, pledge agreements, financing statements, or other similar documents, be valid, binding, fully perfected, fully enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the property
42
described in the New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 2), with the priorities established in respect thereof under applicable non-bankruptcy law, and (ii) shall not be enjoined or subject to discharge, impairment, release, avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy law, the Plan, or the Confirmation Order.
(e) The Reorganized Debtors and the Persons granted Liens and security interests under the New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 2) are authorized to make all filings and recordings and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, provincial, federal, or other law (whether domestic or foreign) that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date without the need for any filings or recordings) and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.
5.7. Authorization and Issuance of New August Secured Notes (Option 2).
(a) On the Effective Date, if Class 2 is not an Accepting Class, the Reorganized Parent shall issue the New August Secured Notes (Option 2) on the terms set forth in the Plan and the New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 2).
(b) On the Effective Date, if Class 2 is not an Accepting Class, the New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 2) shall be executed and delivered. The Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized to execute, deliver, and enter into and perform under the New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 2) without the need for any further corporate or limited liability company action and without further action by the holders of Claims or Interests. The New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 2) shall constitute legal, valid, binding, and authorized obligations of the Reorganized Parent, enforceable in accordance with their terms, and, except as provided for thereunder, such obligations shall not be enjoined or subject to discharge, impairment, release, avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) under applicable law, the Plan, or the Confirmation Order and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable nonbankruptcy law.
(c) Confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed (i) approval of the New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 2), and all transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred by applicable Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith and (ii) authorization to enter into and perform under the New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 2).
(d) On the Effective Date, all Liens and security interests granted pursuant to, or in connection with the New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 2) (i) shall be deemed to be approved and shall, without the necessity of the execution, recordation, or filing of mortgages, security agreements, control agreements, pledge agreements, financing statements, or other similar documents, be valid, binding, fully perfected, fully enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the property described in the New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 2), with the priorities established in respect thereof under applicable non-bankruptcy law, and (ii) shall not be enjoined or subject to discharge, impairment, release, avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable
43
subordination) for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy law, the Plan, or the Confirmation Order.
(e) The Reorganized Debtors and the Persons granted Liens and security interests under the New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 2) are authorized to make all filings and recordings and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, provincial, federal, or other law (whether domestic or foreign) that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date without the need for any filings or recordings) and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.
5.8. Authorization and Issuance of the New GUC Takeback Notes.
(a) On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Parent shall issue the New GUC Takeback Notes, if any, on the terms set forth in the Plan and the New GUC Notes Documents.
(b) On the Effective Date, the New GUC Notes Documents, if any, shall be executed and delivered. The Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized to execute, deliver, and enter into and perform under the New GUC Notes Documents without the need for any further corporate or limited liability company action and without further action by the holders of Claims or Interests. The New GUC Notes Documents shall constitute legal, valid, binding, and authorized obligations of the Reorganized Parent, enforceable in accordance with their terms, and, except as provided for thereunder, such obligations shall not be enjoined or subject to discharge, impairment, release, avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) under applicable law, the Plan, or the Confirmation Order and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable nonbankruptcy law.
(c) Confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed (i) approval of the New GUC Notes Documents, and all transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred by applicable Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith and (ii) authorization to enter into and perform under the New GUC Notes Documents.
5.9. New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Facilities.
(a) On the Effective Date, in accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions of the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents, the Debtors will enter into the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents. All Liens and security interests, if any, granted pursuant to the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents shall be (i) valid, binding, perfected, and enforceable Liens and security interests in the personal and real property described in and subject to such document, with the priorities established in respect thereof under applicable non-bankruptcy law, and (ii) not subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination under any applicable law, the Plan or the Confirmation Order.
(b) On or before (as applicable) the Effective Date, the Debtors shall be authorized to execute, deliver, and enter into and perform under the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents without further (a) notice to or order or other approval of the Bankruptcy Court, (b) act or
44
omission under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule, (c) vote, consent, authorization, or approval of any Person, or (d) action by the Holders of Claims or Interests. The New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents shall constitute legal, valid, binding and authorized obligations of the applicable Reorganized Debtors, enforceable in accordance with its terms and such obligations shall not be enjoined or subject to discharge, impairment, release, avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination under applicable law, the Plan or the Confirmation Order. The New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents (and other definitive documentation related thereto) are reasonable and are being entered into in good faith.
(c) The Reorganized Debtors and the Persons granted Liens and security interests under the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents are authorized to make all filings and recordings and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, provincial, federal, or other law (whether domestic or foreign) that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order without the need for any filings or recordings) and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.
5.10. Section 1145 Exemption.
(a) The offer, issuance, and distribution of the New Common Interests, the New GUC Takeback Notes, the New Secured Notes, and the New Common Interests issued upon conversion thereof, if any, shall be exempt, pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, without further act or action by any Entity, from registration under (i) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) any state or local law requiring registration for the offer, issuance, or distribution of Securities.
(b) The New Common Interests, New GUC Takeback Notes, New Secured Notes, and the New Common Interests issued upon conversion thereof, if any, may be resold without registration under the Securities Act or other federal securities laws pursuant to the exemption provided by section 4(a)(1) of the Securities Act, subject to: (i) the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act of 1933; (ii) compliance with any rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such securities or instruments; (iii) applicable regulatory approval; and (iv) the transfer provisions, if any, and other applicable provisions set forth in, as applicable, the New Corporate Governance Documents, the New GUC Notes Documents, and the New Secured Notes Documents.
(c) The Reorganized Debtors may elect, on or after the Effective Date, to reflect all or any portion of the ownership of New Common Interests, New GUC Takeback Notes, the New Secured Notes, and the New Common Interests issued upon conversion thereof, if any, through the facilities of DTC. If the Reorganized Debtors make such election, they shall not be required to provide any further evidence other than the Plan or Confirmation Order with respect to the treatment of such applicable portion of New Common Interests, New GUC Takeback Notes, New Secured Notes, or the New Common Interests issued upon conversion thereof, if any, and such Plan or Confirmation Order shall be deemed to be legal and binding obligations of the Reorganized Debtors in all respects.
(d) DTC and all other Persons shall be required to accept and conclusively rely upon the Plan and the Confirmation Order in lieu of a legal opinion regarding whether the New Common Interests, the New GUC Takeback Notes, the New Secured Notes, or the New Common Interests issued upon conversion thereof, if any, are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC book-entry delivery, settlement, and depository services.
45
(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or otherwise, no Person or Entity (including, for the avoidance of doubt, DTC) may require a legal opinion regarding the validity of any transaction contemplated by the Plan, including, for the avoidance of doubt, whether the New Common Interests, the New GUC Takeback Notes, the New Secured Notes, or and the New Common Interests issued upon conversion thereof, if any, are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC book-entry delivery, settlement, and depository services or validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable.
5.11. Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements.
Except for the purpose of evidencing a right to a distribution under the Plan and except as otherwise set forth in the Plan, including with respect to Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that shall be assumed by the Reorganized Debtors, on the Effective Date, all agreements, instruments, notes, certificates, mortgages, security documents, and any other instruments or documents evidencing any Claim or Interest (other than Intercompany Interests that are not modified by the Plan and the Reinstated Other Secured Claims in Class 4) and any rights of any Holder in respect thereof shall be deemed cancelled, discharged, and of no force or effect and the obligations of the Debtors thereunder shall be deemed fully and finally satisfied, settled, released, and discharged. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any provision in any document, instrument, lease, or other agreement that causes or effectuates, or purports to cause or effectuate, a default, termination, waiver, or other forfeiture of, or by, the Debtors or their interests, as a result of the cancellations, terminations, satisfaction, releases, or discharges provided for in this section shall be deemed null and void and shall be of no force and effect, and the Debtors shall be entitled to continue to use (in accordance with the remaining provisions of such document, instrument, lease, or other agreement) any land, facilities, improvements, or equipment financed with the proceeds of the Mortgage Agreements, Miner Equipment Lender Agreements, or the Convertible Notes Agreements, as applicable. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to cancel, terminate, release, or discharge the obligation of the Debtors or any of their counterparties (i) under any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to the extent such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease has been assumed by the Debtors pursuant to a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court or hereunder, (ii) relating to the Reinstated Other Secured Claims in Class 4, (iii) relating to allowing the Notes Agent to enforce its rights, claims, and interest vis-à-vis any party other than the Debtors or any Released Party, (iv) relating to allowing the Notes Agent to make distributions in accordance with the Plan (if any), as applicable, (v) relating to preserving any rights of the Notes Agent to payment of fees, expenses and indemnification obligations as against any money or property distributable to holders of April Convertible Secured Notes Claims or August Convertible Secured Notes Claims, (vi) relating to allowing the Notes Agent to enforce any obligations owed to it under the Plan and perform any rights or duties, if any, related thereto, (vii) relating to allowing the Notes Agent to appear in the Chapter 11 Cases or in any proceeding in the Bankruptcy Court or any other court; and (viii) relating to permitting the Notes Agent to perform any functions that are necessary to effectuate the forgoing; provided, further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this section 5.11 shall affect the discharge of Claims or Interests pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, the Confirmation Order, or the Plan or result in any expense or liability to the Reorganized Debtors, except to the extent set forth in or provided for under the Plan.
5.12. Cancellation of Liens.
(a) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, including sections 4.4 and 4.6 hereof, all notes, instruments, certificates evidencing debt of the Debtors and Existing Common Interests will be cancelled and obligations of the Debtors thereunder will be discharged and of no further force or effect, except for the purpose of allowing the applicable agents and trustees to receive distributions from the Debtors under the Plan and to make any further distributions to the applicable Holders on account of their Claims and Interests.
46
(b) After the Effective Date and (i) the distributions to Holders on account of Allowed Convertible Notes Secured Claims and Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claims and/or (ii) with regard to Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claims, satisfaction of the applicable M&M Lien Takeback Debt, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, at their expense, may, in their sole discretion, take any action necessary to terminate, cancel, extinguish, and/or evidence the release of any and all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, and other security interests with respect to the Convertible Notes Secured Claims, Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claims, and M&M Lien Secured Claims, including, without limitation, the preparation and filing of any and all documents necessary to terminate, satisfy, or release any mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, and other security interests held by the Holders of the M&M Lien Secured Claims, Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claims, the Notes Agent, and/or Convertible Noteholders, including, without limitation, UCC-3 termination statements.
5.13. Officers and Boards of Directors.
(a) On or after the Effective Date, the members of the New Board shall be appointed to serve pursuant to the terms of the applicable New Corporate Governance Documents. The current chief executive officer of Core Scientific, Inc. shall serve as a member of the New Board. The composition of each board of directors or managers of a Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, and, to the extent applicable, the officers of each Reorganized Debtor, shall be disclosed prior to the Confirmation Hearing in accordance with section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.
(b) The officers of the respective Debtors immediately before the Effective Date, as applicable, shall serve as the initial officers of each of the respective Reorganized Debtors on and after the Effective Date and in accordance with any employment agreement with the Reorganized Debtors and applicable non-bankruptcy law. After the Effective Date, the selection of officers of the Reorganized Debtors shall be as provided by their respective organizational documents.
(c) Except to the extent that a member of the board of directors or a manager, as applicable, of a Debtor continues to serve as a director or manager of such Debtor on and after the Effective Date, the members of the board of directors or managers of each Debtor prior to the Effective Date, in their capacities as such, shall have no continuing obligations to the Reorganized Debtors on or after the Effective Date and each such director or manager will be deemed to have resigned or shall otherwise cease to be a director or manager of the applicable Debtor on the Effective Date. Commencing on the Effective Date, each of the directors and managers of each of the Reorganized Debtors shall be elected and serve pursuant to the terms of the applicable organizational documents of such Reorganized Debtor and may be replaced or removed in accordance with such organizational documents.
5.14. Management Incentive Plan.
On or after the Effective Date, but in event no later than thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, the New Board shall adopt the Management Incentive Plan. Up to ten percent (10%) of the New Common Interests on the Effective Date, on a fully diluted basis (including shares issuable under any employee incentive plan), will be reserved for issuance under the Management Incentive Plan.
5.15. Authorization, Issuance, and Delivery of New Common Interests; New Listing.
(a) On the Effective Date, Reorganized Parent is authorized to issue or cause to be issued and shall issue the New Common Interests for distribution in accordance with the terms of the
47
Plan without the need for any further board, stockholder or other corporate action. All of the New Common Interests issuable under the Plan, including, but not limited to, New Common Interests that may be issued upon conversion of the New Secured Notes, if any, in accordance with the terms and provisions of the applicable New Secured Notes Indenture, when so issued, shall be duly authorized and validly issued. Reorganized Parent shall issue or reserve for issuance a sufficient number of common equity issuances to effectuate all issuances of New Common Interests contemplated by the Plan, including, but not limited to, the Management Incentive Plan, issuances to Holders of Disputed Claims following the allowance of such Claims, and any additional issuances following the Effective Date to the extent necessary to ensure that each Holder of an Allowed Claim in Classes 1, 2, and 8 that is entitled to receive New Common Interests pursuant to section 4.1(c)(i), 4.2(c)(i), or 4.8(b) of the Plan, as applicable, receives a distribution of New Common Interests equal to the value to which such Holder is entitled pursuant to sections 4.1(c)(i), 4.2(c)(i), or 4.8(b) of the Plan, as applicable. Additionally, on the Effective Date, each holder of New Common Interests shall be deemed, without further notice or action, to have agreed to be bound by the New Corporate Governance Documents, which shall be deemed to be valid, binding, and enforceable in accordance with their terms, as the same may be amended from time to time following the Effective Date in accordance with their terms, and in each case without the need for execution by any party thereto other than Reorganized Parent. The New Corporate Governance Documents shall be binding on all Entities receiving New Common Interests (and their respective successors and assigns), whether received pursuant to the Plan or otherwise and regardless of whether such Entity executes or delivers a signature page to any New Corporate Governance Document.
(b) Upon the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors anticipate that they will continue to be a reporting company under the Exchange Act, 15 U.S.C. §§ 78(a)–78(pp). The Reorganized Debtors anticipate using commercially reasonable efforts to have the New Common Interests listed on the NASDAQ, NYSE, or another nationally recognized exchange, as soon as reasonably practicable, subject to meeting applicable listing requirements following the Effective Date.
5.16. Nonconsensual Confirmation.
The Debtors intend to undertake to have the Bankruptcy Court confirm the Plan under section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code as to any Classes that reject or are deemed to reject the Plan.
5.17. Closing of the Chapter 11 Cases.
After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized, but not directed, to submit an order to Bankruptcy Court under certification of counsel that is in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the U.S. Trustee that closes and issues a final decree for each of the Chapter 11 Cases.
5.18. Notice of Effective Date.
As soon as practicable, the Debtors shall File a notice of the occurrence of the Effective Date with the Bankruptcy Court.
ARTICLE VI. DISTRIBUTIONS.
6.1. Distributions Generally.
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Disbursing Agent shall make all applicable Plan Distributions to the appropriate Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests in accordance with
48
the terms of the Plan. The Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized to cause partial distributions to be made on account of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests before all Claims and Interests are Allowed. The Reorganized Debtors shall also be authorized to cause distributions of New Common Interests following the Effective Date to carry out the terms of the Plan, including causing distributions to Holders of Disputed Claims that become Allowed Claims and subsequent distributions to the extent necessary to ensure that each Holder of an Allowed Claim in Classes 1, 2, and 8 that is entitled to receive New Common Interests pursuant to section 4.1(c)(i), 4.2(c)(i), or 4.8(b) of the Plan, as applicable, receives a distribution of New Common Interests equal to the value to which such Holder is entitled pursuant to sections 4.1(c)(i), 4.2(c)(i), or 4.8(b) of the Plan, as applicable.
6.2. Distribution Record Date.
As of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date, the various transfer registers for each of the Classes of Claims or Interests as maintained by the Debtors or their respective agents, shall be deemed closed, and there shall be no further changes in the record holders of any of the Claims or Interests. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall have no obligation to recognize any transfer of the Claims or Interests occurring on or after the Distribution Record Date. In addition, with respect to payment of any Cure Amounts or disputes over any Cure Amounts, neither the Debtors nor the applicable Disbursing Agent shall have any obligation to recognize or deal with any party other than the non-Debtor party to the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease as of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date, even if such non-Debtor party has sold, assigned, or otherwise transferred its Claim for a Cure Amount.
All distributions to Convertible Noteholders shall be deemed to be made to or by the Notes Agent. Regardless of whether such distributions are made by the Notes Agent or by the Disbursing Agent at the reasonable direction of the Notes Agent, the charging liens shall attach to the property to be distributed to the Convertible Noteholders in the same manner as if such distributions were made through the Notes Agent.
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, in connection with any distribution under the Plan to be effected through the facilities of DTC (whether by means of book-entry exchange, free delivery, or otherwise), the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be entitled to recognize and deal for all purposes under the Plan with Holders of Claims in each Class to the extent consistent with the customary practices of DTC used in connection with such distributions. All New Common Interests, New GUC Takeback Notes, or New Secured Notes to be distributed under the Plan pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code shall be issued in the names of such holders or their nominees in accordance with DTC’s book-entry exchange procedures or on the books and records of a transfer agent; provided that such New Common Interests, New GUC Takeback Notes, or New Secured Notes will only be issued in accordance with DTC book-entry procedures if the same are permitted to be held through DTC’s book-entry system.
6.3. Date of Distributions.
Except as otherwise provided in this Plan (including payments made in the ordinary course of the Debtors’ business) or as paid pursuant to a prior Bankruptcy Court order, on the Effective Date or, if a Claim or Interest is not Allowed on the Effective Date, on the date that such Claim or Interest becomes Allowed, or, in each case, as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, or as otherwise determined in accordance with the Plan and Confirmation Order, including, without limitation, the treatment provisions of Article IV of the Plan, each Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest shall receive the full amount of the distributions that the Plan provides for Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests in the applicable Class provided in the Plan; provided that the Reorganized Debtors may implement periodic distribution dates to
49
the extent they determine them to be appropriate; provided, further, that the Reorganized Debtors may make distributions of New Common Interests following the Effective Date, including to Holders of Disputed Claims that become Allowed Claims and subsequent distributions to the extent necessary to ensure that each Holder of an Allowed Claim in Classes 1, 2, and 8 that is entitled to receive New Common Interests pursuant to section 4.1(c)(i), 4.2(c)(i), or 4.8(b) of the Plan, as applicable, receives a distribution of New Common Interests equal to the value to which such Holder is entitled pursuant to sections 4.1(c)(i), 4.2(c)(i), or 4.8(b) of the Plan, as applicable. If and to the extent that there are Disputed Claims, distributions on account of any such Disputed Claims shall be made pursuant to the provisions set forth in Article VII; provided that any New Common Interest that is issuable to Holders of Allowed Claims but is withheld from distribution on account of a Holder of a Disputed Claim shall not be issued until such time such Disputed Claim is resolved and the shares are to be distributed. Except as specifically provided in the Plan, Holders of Claims shall not be entitled to interest, dividends, or accruals on the distributions provided for in the Plan, regardless of whether such distributions are delivered on or at any time after the Effective Date.
6.4. Disbursing Agent.
All distributions under the Plan shall be made by the applicable Reorganized Debtor or applicable Disbursing Agent on or after the Effective Date or as otherwise provided herein. A Disbursing Agent shall not be required to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of its duties, and all reasonable fees and expenses incurred by such Disbursing Agent directly related to distributions hereunder shall be reimbursed by the Reorganized Debtors.
6.5. Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent.
(a) From and after the Effective Date, each Disbursing Agent, solely in its capacity as Disbursing Agent, shall be exculpated by all Entities, including, without limitation, Holders of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors and other parties in interest, from any and all Claims, Causes of Action, and other assertions of liability arising out of the discharge of the powers and duties conferred upon such Disbursing Agent by the Plan or any order of the Bankruptcy Court entered pursuant to or in furtherance of the Plan, or applicable law, except for actions or omissions to act arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct, fraud, malpractice, criminal conduct, or ultra vires acts of such Disbursing Agent. No Holder of a Claim or Interest or other party in interest shall have or pursue any Claim or Cause of Action vested in a Disbursing Agent by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to the Plan, or as deemed by such Disbursing Agent to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions hereof.
(b) Powers of Disbursing Agent. Each Disbursing Agent shall be empowered to: (i) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments, and other documents necessary to perform its duties under the Plan; (ii) make all applicable distributions or payments provided for under the Plan; (iii) employ professionals to represent it with respect to its responsibilities; and (iv) exercise such other powers (A) as may be vested in such Disbursing Agent by order of the Bankruptcy Court (including any Final Order issued after the Effective Date) or pursuant to the Plan or (B) as deemed by such Disbursing Agent to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions of the Plan.
(c) Expenses Incurred on or After the Effective Date. Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court and subject to the written agreement of the Reorganized Debtors, the amount of any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by a Disbursing Agent on or after the Effective Date (including taxes) and any reasonable compensation and expense reimbursement Claims (including for reasonable attorneys’ and other professional fees and expenses) made by the Disbursing Agent shall be paid in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors in the ordinary course of business.
50
6.6. Expenses of Disbursing Agent.
Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, any reasonable and documented fees and expenses incurred by a Disbursing Agent acting in such capacity (including reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees and expenses) on or after the Effective Date shall be paid in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors in the ordinary course of business.
6.7. No Postpetition Interest on Claims.
Except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or another order of the Bankruptcy Court, postpetition interest shall not accrue or be paid on any Claims, and no Holder of a Claim shall be entitled to interest accruing on such Claim on or after the Petition Date.
6.8. Delivery of Distributions.
Subject to Bankruptcy Rule 9010, all distributions to any Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest shall be made to a Disbursing Agent, which shall transmit such distribution to the applicable Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests as and when required by the Plan at (i) the address of such Holder on the books and records of the Debtors or their agents or (ii) at the address in any written notice of address change delivered to the Debtors or the Disbursing Agent, including any addresses including on any transfers of Claim Filed pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3001. In the event that any distribution to any Holder is returned as undeliverable, no further distributions shall be made to such Holder unless and until such Disbursing Agent is notified in writing of such Holder’s then-current address, at which time, or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable, all currently-due, missed distributions shall be made to such Holder without interest. Nothing herein shall require any Disbursing Agent to attempt to locate Holders of undeliverable distributions and, if located, assist such Holders in complying with Section 6.19 of the Plan.
Distributions of the New Common Interests, New GUC Takeback Notes, or New Secured Notes to be distributed under the Plan pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code will be made through the facilities of DTC in accordance with DTC’s customary practices; provided that such New Common Interests, New GUC Takeback Notes, or New Secured Notes will only be issued in accordance with DTC book-entry procedures if the same are permitted to be held through DTC’s book-entry system. To the extent distributions are to be made through the facilities of DTC, any distribution that otherwise would be made to any holder eligible to receive a distribution who does not own or hold an account eligible to receive such a distribution through DTC on a relevant distribution date will be forfeited. For the avoidance of doubt, DTC shall be considered a single holder for purposes of distributions.
6.9. Distributions after Effective Date.
Distributions made after the Effective Date to (i) Holders of Disputed Claims that are not Allowed Claims as of the Effective Date but which later become Allowed Claims or (ii) Holders of Allowed Claims in Classes 1, 2, and 8 that are entitled to receive New Common Interests pursuant to section 4.1(c)(i), 4.2(c)(i)), or 4.8(b) of the Plan, as applicable, that are necessary to ensure that each such Holder receives a distribution of New Common Interests equal to the value to which such Holder is entitled pursuant to sections 4.1(c)(i), 4.2(c)(i), or 4.8(b) of the Plan, as applicable, shall, in each case, be deemed to have been made on the Effective Date.
51
6.10. Unclaimed Property.
One year from the later of (i) the Effective Date and (ii) the date that is ten (10) Business Days after the date of a distribution on an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, all distributions payable on account of such Claim that are undeliverable or otherwise unclaimed shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors or their successors or assigns, and all claims of any other Person (including the Holder of a Claim in the same Class) to such distribution shall be discharged and forever barred. The Reorganized Debtors and the Disbursing Agent shall have no obligation to attempt to locate any Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest other than by reviewing the Debtors’ books and records and the Bankruptcy Court’s Filings.
6.11. Time Bar to Cash Payments.
Checks issued by a Disbursing Agent in respect of Allowed Claims shall be null and void if not negotiated within ninety (90) days after the date of first issuance thereof. Thereafter, the amount represented by such voided check shall irrevocably revert to the Reorganized Debtors, and any Claim in respect of such voided check shall be discharged and forever barred, notwithstanding any federal or state escheat laws to the contrary. Requests for re-issuance of any check shall be made to the applicable Disbursing Agent by the Holder of the Allowed Claim to which such check was originally issued, prior to the expiration of the ninety (90) day period.
6.12. Manner of Payment under Plan.
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, at the option of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, any Cash payment to be made hereunder by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may be made by a check or wire transfer or as otherwise required or provided in applicable agreements or customary practices of the Debtors.
6.13. Satisfaction of Claims.
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, any distributions and deliveries to be made on account of Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests under the Plan shall be in complete and final satisfaction, release, settlement, and discharge of and exchange for such Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests.
6.14. Fractional Stock and Notes.
No fractional New Common Interests shall be distributed. If any distributions of New Common Interests pursuant to the Plan would result in the issuance of a fractional share of New Common Interests, then the number of shares of New Common Interests to be issued in respect of such distribution will be calculated to one decimal place and rounded up or down to the closest whole share (with a half share or greater rounded up and less than a half share rounded down). The total number of shares of New Common Interests to be distributed in connection with the Plan shall be adjusted as necessary to account for the rounding provided for in this Section 6.14. No consideration shall be provided in lieu of fractional shares that are rounded down. Neither the Reorganized Debtors nor the Disbursing Agent shall have any obligation to make a distribution that is less than one (1) share of New Common Interests. Fractional shares of New Common Interests that are not distributed in accordance with this section shall be returned to, and the ownership thereof shall vest in, the Reorganized Debtors. The New Secured Notes and New GUC Takeback Notes each shall be issued in a denomination of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 and any other amounts shall be rounded down.
52
6.15. Minimum Cash Distributions.
A Disbursing Agent shall not be required to make any distribution of Cash less than one hundred dollars ($100) to any Holder of an Allowed Claim; provided, however, that if any distribution is not made pursuant to this Section 6.15, such distribution shall be added to any subsequent distribution to be made on behalf of the Holder’s Allowed Claim.
6.16. Setoffs and Recoupments.
(a) Each Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, or such entity’s designee as instructed by such Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, may, but shall not be required to, set off or recoup against any Claim, and any distribution to be made pursuant to the Plan on account of such Claim, any and all claims, rights, and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever that a Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, or its successors may have against the Holder of such Claim; provided, however, that neither the failure to do so nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release by a Debtor, a Reorganized Debtor, or its successor of any claims, rights, or Causes of Action that a Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, or its successor or assign may possess against the Holder of such Claim.
(b) In no event shall any Holder of Claims be entitled to set off any such Claim against any claim, right, or Cause of Action of the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, unless (i) the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, have consented or (ii) such Holder has Filed a motion with the Bankruptcy Court requesting the authority to perform such setoff on or before the Confirmation Date, and notwithstanding any indication in any Proof of Claim or otherwise that such Holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this paragraph does not create any new rights to setoff or recoupment that did not exist under any applicable law or agreement in existence prior to the Effective Date.
6.17. Allocation of Distributions between Principal and Interest.
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan and subject to section 6.7 of the Plan or as otherwise required by law (as reasonably determined by the Reorganized Debtors), distributions with respect to an Allowed Claim shall be allocated first to the principal portion of such Allowed Claim (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes) and, thereafter, to the remaining portion of such Allowed Claim, if any.
6.18. No Distribution in Excess of Amount of Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest.
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, no Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest shall receive, on account of such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, Plan Distributions in excess of the Allowed amount of such Claim (plus any postpetition interest on such Claim solely to the extent permitted by the Plan) or Interest.
6.19. Withholding and Reporting Requirements.
(a) Withholding Rights. In connection with the Plan, any Person issuing any instrument or making any distribution described in the Plan (or any other related agreement) or payment in connection therewith shall comply with all applicable withholding and reporting requirements imposed by any federal, state, local or non-U.S. taxing authority, and, notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, any such Person shall be authorized to take all actions
53
necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding and reporting requirements, including liquidating a portion of any distribution or payment to be made under or in connection with the Plan (or any other related agreement) to generate sufficient funds to pay applicable withholding taxes, using its own funds to pay any applicable withholding taxes and retaining a portion of the applicable distribution, withholding distributions pending receipt of information necessary or appropriate to facilitate such distributions or establishing any other mechanisms it believes are reasonable and appropriate. Any amounts withheld shall be deemed to have been distributed to and received by the applicable recipient for all purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest or any other Person that receives a distribution pursuant to the Plan or payment in connection therewith shall have the sole and exclusive responsibility for the satisfaction and payment of any tax obligations imposed by any governmental unit, including, without limitation, income, withholding, and other taxes, on account of such distribution. Any party issuing any instrument or making any distribution pursuant to the Plan has the right, but not the obligation, to not make a distribution until such Holder has made arrangements satisfactory to such issuing or disbursing party for payment of any such tax obligations. The Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to allocate all distributions made under the Plan in compliance with applicable wage garnishments, alimony, child support, and other spousal awards, Liens, and encumbrances.
(b) Forms. Any party entitled to receive any property as an issuance or distribution under the Plan shall, upon request, deliver to the applicable Disbursing Agent or such other Person designated by the Reorganized Debtors (which Person shall subsequently deliver to the applicable Disbursing Agent any applicable Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8 or Form W-9 received) an appropriate IRS Form W-9 or an appropriate IRS Form W-8 and any other forms or documents reasonably requested by any Reorganized Debtor to reduce or eliminate any withholding required by any federal, state, or local taxing authority. If such request is made by the Reorganized Debtors, the Disbursing Agent, or such other Person designated by the Reorganized Debtors or a Disbursing Agent and such party fails to comply before the date that is 180 days after the request is made, the amount of such distribution shall irrevocably revert to the applicable Reorganized Debtor and any Claim in respect of such distribution shall be discharged and forever barred from assertion against such Reorganized Debtor or its respective property.
ARTICLE VII. PROCEDURES FOR DISPUTED CLAIMS.
7.1. Disputed Claims Generally.
Except as expressly provided in the Plan or in any order entered in the Chapter 11 Cases before the Effective Date (including the Confirmation Order), no Claim shall become an Allowed Claim unless and until such Claim is deemed Allowed pursuant to the Plan or Final Order, including the Confirmation Order (when it becomes a Final Order) Allowing such Claim. Except insofar as a Claim is Allowed under the Plan or was Allowed prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses such Debtor has with respect to any Disputed Claim. Any objections to Claims shall be served and Filed on or before the Claim Objection Deadline. All Disputed Claims not objected to by the end of such period shall be deemed Allowed unless such period is extended upon approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
7.2. Objections to Claims.
Except insofar as a Claim is Allowed under the Plan, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be entitled to object to Claims. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan and notwithstanding any requirements that may be imposed pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have the authority (a) to file, withdraw, or litigate to
54
judgment objections to Claims; (b) to settle or compromise any Disputed Claim without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Bankruptcy Court; and (c) to administer and adjust the Debtors’ claims register to reflect any such settlements or compromises without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Bankruptcy Court.
7.3. Estimation of Claims.
The Debtor or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may at any time request that the Bankruptcy Court estimate any contingent, unliquidated, or Disputed Claim pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code regardless of whether the Debtors previously objected to such Claim or whether the Bankruptcy Court has ruled on any such objection, and the Bankruptcy Court will retain jurisdiction to estimate any Claim at any time during litigation concerning any objection to any Claim, including, without limitation, during the pendency of any appeal relating to any such objection. In the event that the Bankruptcy Court estimates any contingent, unliquidated, or Disputed Claim, the amount so estimated shall constitute either the Allowed amount of such Claim or a maximum limitation on such Claim, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court. If the estimated amount constitutes a maximum limitation on the amount of such Claim, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may pursue supplementary proceedings to object to the allowance of such Claim. Notwithstanding section 502(j) of the Bankruptcy Code, in no event shall any Holder of a Claim that has been estimated pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise be entitled to seek reconsideration of such estimation unless such Holder has Filed a motion requesting the right to seek such reconsideration on or before twenty-one (21) days after the date on which such Claim is estimated.
7.4. Adjustment to Claims Register Without Objection.
Any duplicate Claim or Interest or any Claim or Interest that has been paid or satisfied, or any Claim that has been amended or superseded, may be adjusted or expunged on the claims register by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, upon stipulation between the parties in interest without a Claims objection having to be Filed and without any further notice or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
7.5. Disallowance of Claims.
Any Claims held by Entities from which property is recoverable under sections 542, 543, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or that is a transferee of a transfer avoidable under sections 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed Disallowed pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and Holders of such Claims may not receive any distributions on account of such Claims until such time as such Causes of Action against that Entity have been settled or a Bankruptcy Court order with respect thereto has been entered and all sums due, if any, to the Debtors by that Entity have been turned over or paid to the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable.
7.6. No Distributions Pending Allowance.
If an objection, motion to estimate, or other challenge to a Claim or Interest is Filed, no payment or distribution provided under the Plan shall be made on account of such Claim or Interest unless and until (and only to the extent that) such Claim or Interest becomes an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest.
55
7.7. Distributions after Allowance.
To the extent that a Disputed Claim ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim, distributions (if any) shall be made to the Holder of such Allowed Claim in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, including the treatment provisions provided in Article IV of the Plan.
7.8. Claim Resolution Procedures Cumulative.
All of the Claims, objection, estimation, and resolution procedures in the Plan are intended to be cumulative and not exclusive of one another. Claims may be estimated and subsequently settled, compromised, withdrawn, or resolved in accordance with the Plan without further notice or Bankruptcy Court approval.
7.9. Disputed Claims Reserves.
(a) The Debtors, Reorganized Debtors or Disbursing Agent, as applicable, shall establish one or more reserves with respect to amounts that would otherwise be distributable to Holders of Claims that are Disputed Claims as of the Distribution Record Date, which reserves shall be administered by the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, or Disbursing Agent, as applicable. In the case of New Common Interests, there shall be withheld from the New Common Interests (which withheld New Common Interests shall not be issued by the Reorganized Debtor until such time as the respective Disputed Claims are resolved) an amount of New Common Interests that would be distributable to Holders of Disputed Claims had such Disputed Claims been Allowed on the Effective Date. In the case of cash and other property (other than New Common Interests), the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors or Disbursing Agent shall hold such assets in such reserve(s) in trust for the benefit of those Holders, if any, of Claims that are Disputed Claims as of the Distribution Record Date to whom such assets would be distributed has such Disputed Claims been Allowed Claims as of the Effective Date. As and when (or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter) any Disputed Claims are resolved by a Final Order or agreed to by settlement for which New Common Interests or other amounts have been withheld, (i) the Reorganized Debtors shall issue as appropriate such New Common Interests and (ii) the Reorganized Debtor or the Disbursing Agent, as applicable, shall distribute such New Common Interests (and any dividends that would have been payable on such New Common Interests had such New Common Interests been issued and distributed on the Effective Date) or other amounts (net of any expenses, including any allocable taxes incurred or payable by the Disputed Claims Reserve(s), including in connection with such distribution) on account of such Claims as such New Common Interests or other amounts would have been distributable had such Disputed Claims been resolved as of the Effective Date under Articles IV and VI of the Plan, solely to the extent of any New Common Interests so issued and such other amounts available in the applicable Disputed Claims Reserve(s).
(b) At such time as all Claims that are Disputed Claims as of the Distribution Record Date have been resolved, any remaining assets in the Disputed Claims Reserve(s) (net of any expenses, including any allocable taxes incurred or payable by the Disputed Claims Reserve(s), including in connection with such distribution) shall be distributed to Holders of Allowed Claims in accordance with the terms of Article IV of the Plan and, thereafter, to the Reorganized Debtors.
(c) Subject to definitive guidance from the Internal Revenue Service or a court of competent jurisdiction to the contrary, or the receipt of a determination by the Internal Revenue Service, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or the Disbursing Agent, as applicable, shall treat any cash and other property (other than the New Common Interests) held in the Disputed Claims Reserve(s) established under this section 7.9 of the Plan as one or more “disputed ownership funds” governed by Treasury Regulation section 1.468B-9 and, to the extent permitted by applicable law,
56
report consistently with the foregoing for state and local income tax purposes. For the avoidance of doubt, New Common Interests which are not issued and outstanding until Disputed Claims are resolved shall not be treated as held by a disputed ownership fund for U.S. federal income tax purposes; rather, such New Common Interests shall be issued by the Reorganized Debtor and distributed by the Reorganized Debtor or the Disbursing Agent, as applicable, to the applicable claimant. All parties (including the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Disbursing Agent, and the Holders of Disputed Claims) shall be required to report for tax purposes consistently with the foregoing. The Reorganized Debtors or the Disbursing Agent, as applicable, may request an expedited determination of taxes under section 505(b) of the Bankruptcy Code for all returns filed for or on behalf of the Disputed Claims Reserve(s) for all taxable periods through the date on which final distributions are made.
(d) Each Disputed Claims Reserve shall be responsible for payment, out of the assets of such reserve, of any taxes imposed on the Disputed Claims Reserve or its assets. In the event, and to the extent, any Cash in the Disputed Claims Reserve is insufficient to pay the portion of any such taxes attributable to the taxable income arising from the assets of such reserve (including any income that may arise upon the distribution of the assets in such reserve) or other expenses, assets of the Disputed Claims Reserve may be sold to pay such taxes or other expenses.
7.10. Single Satisfaction of Claims and Interests.
In no case shall the aggregate value of all property received or retained under the Plan on account of any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest exceed 100 percent of the underlying Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest plus applicable interest required to be paid hereunder, if any.
7.11. Amendments to Claims.
On or after the Effective Date, except as provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, a Claim may not be Filed or amended without the prior authorization of (i) the Bankruptcy Court or (ii) the Reorganized Debtors.
ARTICLE VIII. EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES.
8.1. General Treatment.
(a) As of and subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date and the payment of any applicable Cure Amount, and subject to Section 8.5 of the Plan, all Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to which any of the Debtors are parties shall be deemed assumed, unless such contract or lease (i) was previously assumed or rejected by the Debtors, pursuant to Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, (ii) previously expired or terminated pursuant to its own terms or by agreement of the parties thereto, (iii) is the subject of a motion to reject Filed by the Debtors on or before the Confirmation Date, or (iv) is specifically designated as a contract or lease to be rejected on the Schedule of Rejected Contracts.
(b) Subject to (i) satisfaction of the conditions set forth in section 8.1(a) of the Plan, (ii) resolution of any disputes in accordance with section 8.2 of the Plan with respect to the Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases subject to such disputes, and (iii) the occurrence of the Effective Date, entry of the Confirmation Order by the Bankruptcy Court shall constitute approval of the assumptions or rejections provided for in the Plan pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. Each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease assumed or assumed and assigned pursuant to the Plan shall vest in and be fully enforceable by the applicable Reorganized Debtor or assignee in accordance
57
with its terms, except as modified by any provision of the Plan, any order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and providing for its assumption or assumption and assignment, or applicable law.
(c) To the maximum extent permitted by law, to the extent any provision in any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease assumed pursuant to the Plan restricts or prevents, or purports to restrict or prevent, or is breached or deemed breached by, the assumption of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (including any “change of control” provision), then such provision shall be deemed modified such that the transactions contemplated by the Plan shall not entitle the non-Debtor party thereto to terminate such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or to exercise any other default-related rights with respect thereto.
(d) The Debtors reserve the right, on or before the Effective Date, to amend the Schedule of Rejected Contracts or the Schedule of Assumed Contracts to add or remove any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease; provided that the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may amend the Schedule of Rejected Contracts or Schedule of Assumed Contracts to add or delete any Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases after such date to the extent agreed with the relevant counterparties and entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court.
8.2. Determination of Assumption and Cure Disputes and Deemed Consent.
(a) The Debtors shall File, as part of the Plan Supplement, the Schedule of Rejected Contracts and the Schedule of Assumed Contracts. At least ten (10) days before the deadline to object to Confirmation of the Plan, the Debtors shall serve a notice on parties to Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases to be assumed, assumed and assigned, or rejected reflecting the Debtors’ intention to potentially assume, assume and assign, or reject the contract or lease in connection with the Plan and, where applicable, setting forth the proposed Cure Amount (if any). If a counterparty to any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, intend to assume or assume and assign is not listed on such a notice, the proposed Cure amount for such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed to be Zero Dollars ($0). Any objection by a counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to the proposed assumption, assumption and assignment, or related Cure Amount must be Filed, served, and actually received by the Debtors within fourteen (14) days of the service of the assumption notice, or such shorter period as agreed to by the parties or authorized by the Bankruptcy Court. Any counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that does not timely object to the notice of the proposed assumption of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed to have assented to assumption of the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease notwithstanding any provision thereof that purports to (i) prohibit, restrict, or condition the transfer or assignment of such contract or lease; (ii) terminate or modify, or permit the termination or modification of, a contract or lease as a result of any direct or indirect transfer or assignment of the rights of any Debtor under such contract or lease or a change, if any, in the ownership or control to the extent contemplated by the Plan; (iii) increase, accelerate, or otherwise alter any obligations or liabilities of any Debtor or any Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, under such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease; or (iv) create or impose a Lien upon any property or Asset of any Debtor or any Reorganized Debtor, as applicable. Each such provision shall be deemed to not apply to the assumption of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan and counterparties to assumed Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that fail to object to the proposed assumption in accordance with the terms set forth in this section 8.2(a), shall forever be barred and enjoined from objecting to the proposed assumption or to the validity of such assumption (including with respect to any Cure Amounts or the provision of adequate assurance of future performance), or taking actions prohibited by the foregoing or the Bankruptcy Code on account of transactions contemplated by the Plan.
58
(b) If there is an Assumption Dispute pertaining to assumption of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (other than a dispute pertaining to a Cure Amount), such dispute shall be heard by the Bankruptcy Court prior to such assumption being effective; provided that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may settle any dispute regarding the Cure Amount or the nature thereof without any further notice to any party or any action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
(c) To the extent an Assumption Dispute relates solely to the Cure Amount, the Debtors may assume and/or assume and assign the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease prior to the resolution of the Assumption Dispute; provided that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve Cash in an amount sufficient to pay the full amount reasonably asserted as the required cure payment by the non-Debtor party to such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (or such smaller amount as may be fixed or estimated by the Bankruptcy Court or otherwise agreed to by such non-Debtor party and the applicable Reorganized Debtor).
(d) Subject to resolution of any dispute regarding any Cure Amount, all Cure Amounts shall be satisfied promptly, or otherwise as soon as practicable, by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be, upon assumption or assumption and assignment, as applicable, of the underlying Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases. Assumption or assumption and assignment, as applicable, of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan, or otherwise, shall result in the full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of any Claims or defaults, subject to satisfaction of the Cure Amount, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including defaults of provisions restricting the change in control or ownership interest composition or other bankruptcy-related defaults, arising under any assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at any time before the effective date of the assumption or assumption and assignment, as applicable. Any proofs of claim Filed with respect to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that has been assumed or assumed and assigned, as applicable, shall be deemed disallowed and expunged, without further notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity, upon the deemed assumption of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease.
8.3. Rejection Claims.
Unless otherwise provided by an order of the Bankruptcy Court, proofs of claim with respect to Claims arising from the rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, if any, must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court by the later of thirty (30) days from (i) the date of entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving such rejection, (ii) the effective date of the rejection of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, and (iii) the Effective Date. Any Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease not Filed within such time shall be Disallowed pursuant to the Confirmation Order or such other order of the Bankruptcy Court, as applicable, forever barred from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against, as applicable, the Debtors, the Estates, the Reorganized Debtors, or property of the foregoing parties, without the need for any objection by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or further notice to, or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity, and any Claim arising out of the rejection of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged, notwithstanding anything in the Schedules, if any, or a Proof of Claim to the contrary. Claims arising from the rejection of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases shall be classified as General Unsecured Claims and may be objected to in accordance with the provisions of section 7.2 of the Plan and applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules.
59
8.4. Survival of the Debtors’ Indemnification Obligations.
(a) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan (including Section 10.3 of the Plan), all Indemnification Obligations shall (a) remain in full force and effect, (b) not be discharged, impaired, or otherwise affected in any way, including by the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Confirmation Order, (c) not be limited, reduced or terminated after the Effective Date, and (d) survive unimpaired and unaffected irrespective of whether such Indemnification Obligation is owed for an act or event occurring before, on or after the Petition Date; provided that the Reorganized Debtors shall not indemnify officers, directors, members, or managers, as applicable, of the Debtors for any claims or Causes of Action that are not indemnified by such Indemnification Obligation. All such obligations shall be deemed and treated as Executory Contracts to be assumed by the Debtors under the Plan and shall continue as obligations of the Reorganized Debtors. Any Claim based on the Debtors’ Indemnification Obligations shall not be a Disputed Claim or subject to any objection, in either case, by reason of section 502(e)(1)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code.
(b) In accordance with the foregoing, the Reorganized Debtors shall cooperate with current and former officers, directors, members, managers, agents, or employees in relation to the Indemnification Obligations assumed under the Plan, including responding to reasonable requests for information and providing access to attorneys, financial advisors, accountants, and other professionals with knowledge of matters relevant to any such claim covered by an Indemnification Obligation assumed under the Plan, including any claim or Cause of Action arising under any state or federal securities laws.
8.5. Employee Arrangements and Employee Obligations.
(a) All Employee Arrangements, including any key employee retention agreements outstanding pursuant to the KERP Order, shall be treated as Executory Contracts under the Plan and deemed assumed on the Effective Date pursuant to sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code (which assumption shall include any modifications to such employments agreements). Any assumption of the Employee Arrangements hereunder shall not trigger any applicable change of control, immediate vesting, termination, or similar provisions therein. No participant shall have rights under the Employee Arrangements assumed pursuant to the Plan other than those existing immediately before such assumption.
(b) As of the Effective Date, the Equity Plans will be terminated and no new equity awards may be granted under the Equity Plans. For the avoidance of doubt, Vested RSUs and all outstanding awards of restricted stock under the Equity Plans shall be treated as Interests for purposes of the Plan. Unvested RSUs shall be adjusted such that the number (or fraction) of New Common Interests deliverable on account of each Unvested RSU, if and when such Unvested RSU vests, shall be equal to the number (or fraction) of New Common Interests that a Holder of an Allowed Existing Common Interest receives as a Plan Distribution per Interest (in accordance with the treatment prescribed to Class 12).
(c) As of the Effective Date, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall continue to honor their obligations under all applicable Workers’ Compensation Programs and in accordance with all applicable workers’ compensation Laws in states in which the Reorganized Debtors operate. Any Claims arising under Workers’ Compensation Programs shall be deemed withdrawn once satisfied without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court; provided that nothing in this Plan shall limit, diminish, or otherwise alter the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’ defenses, Causes of Action, or other rights under applicable Law, including non-bankruptcy Law, with respect to any such Workers’ Compensation Programs; provided, further, that nothing herein shall be
60
deemed to impose any obligations on the Debtors in addition to what is provided for under applicable state Law.
(d) Any amounts outstanding under the Debtors’ key employee retention program for certain key employees, as approved by the KERP Order, shall be paid within fifteen (15) days of the Effective Date, consistent with the KERP Order.
8.6. Insurance Policies/Claims Payable By Third Parties.
(a) All insurance policies to which any Debtor is a party as of the Effective Date, including any D&O Policy, shall be deemed to be and treated as Executory Contracts and shall be assumed by the applicable Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors and shall continue in full force and effect thereafter in accordance with their respective terms, and all such insurance policies shall vest in the Reorganized Debtors. Coverage for defense and indemnity under the D&O Policy shall remain available to all individuals within the definition of “Insured Persons” in any D&O Policy.
(b) In addition, after the Effective Date, all officers, directors, agents, or employees who served in such capacity at any time before the Effective Date shall be entitled to the full benefits of any D&O Policy (including any “tail” policy) for the full term of such policy regardless of whether such officers, directors, agents, and/or employees remain in such positions after the Effective Date, in each case, to the extent set forth in such policies.
(c) In addition, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall not terminate or otherwise reduce the coverage under any D&O Policy (including any “tail policy”) in effect as of the Petition Date, and any current and former directors, officers, members, managers, agents or employees of any of the Debtors who served in such capacity at any time prior to the Effective Date shall be entitled to the full benefits of any such D&O Policy for the full term of such policy regardless of whether such members, managers, directors, and/or officers remain in such positions after the Effective Date to the extent set forth in such policies.
(d) No distributions under the Plan shall be made on account of an Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtors’ insurance policies until the Holder of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy. To the extent that one or more of the Debtors’ insurers agrees to satisfy in full or in part a Claim (if and to the extent adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction), then immediately upon such insurers’ agreement, the applicable portion of such Claim may be expunged without a Claim objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. If an applicable insurance policy has a SIR, the Holder of an Insured Litigation Claim shall have an Allowed General Unsecured Claim against the applicable Debtor’s Estate solely up to the amount of the SIR that may be established upon the liquidation of the Insured Litigation Claim. Such SIR shall be considered satisfied pursuant to the Plan through allowance of the General Unsecured Claim solely in the amount of the applicable SIR, if any; provided, however that nothing herein obligates the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors to otherwise satisfy any SIR under any insurance policy. Any recovery on account of the Insured Litigation Claim in excess of the SIR established upon the liquidation of the Claim shall be recovered solely from the Debtors’ insurance coverage, if any, and only to the extent of available insurance coverage and any proceeds thereof. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to limit, extinguish, or diminish the insurance coverage that may exist or shall be construed as a finding that liquidated any Claim payable pursuant to an insurance policy. Nothing herein relieves any Entity from the requirement to timely File a Proof of Claim by the applicable claims bar date.
61
8.7. Intellectual Property Licenses and Agreements.
All intellectual property contracts, licenses, royalties, or other similar agreements to which the Debtors have any rights or obligations in effect as of the date of the Confirmation Order shall be deemed and treated as Executory Contracts pursuant to the Plan and shall be assumed by the respective Debtors and Reorganized Debtors and shall continue in full force and effect unless any such intellectual property contract, license, royalty, or other similar agreement otherwise is specifically rejected pursuant to a separate order of the Bankruptcy Court or is the subject of a separate rejection motion Filed by the Debtors in accordance with the Plan. Unless otherwise noted hereunder, all other intellectual property contracts, licenses, royalties, or other similar agreements shall vest in the Reorganized Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors may take all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to ensure such vesting as contemplated herein.
8.8. Assignment.
To the extent provided under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable law, any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease transferred and assigned hereunder shall remain in full force and effect for the benefit of the transferee or assignee in accordance with its terms, notwithstanding any provision in such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (including, without limitation, those of the type set forth in section 365(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code) that prohibits, restricts, or conditions such transfer or assignment. To the extent provided under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable law, any provision that prohibits, restricts, or conditions the assignment or transfer of any such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that terminates or modifies such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or allows the counterparty to such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to terminate, modify, recapture, impose any penalty, condition renewal or extension, or modify any term or condition upon any such transfer and assignment, constitutes an unenforceable anti-assignment provision and is void and of no force or effect.
8.9. Modifications, Amendments, Supplements, Restatements, or Other Agreements.
Unless otherwise provided herein or by separate order of the Bankruptcy Court, each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease that is assumed shall include any and all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other agreements made directly or indirectly by any agreement, instrument, or other document that in any manner affects such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, without regard to whether such agreement, instrument, or other document is listed in the notice of assumed contracts.
8.10. Reservation of Rights.
(a) Neither the exclusion nor inclusion of any contract or lease by the Debtors on any exhibit, schedule, or other annex to the Plan or in the Plan Supplement, nor anything contained in the Plan, will constitute an admission by the Debtors that any such contract or lease is or is not in fact an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors or their respective Affiliates has any liability thereunder.
(b) Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, nothing in the Plan will waive, excuse, limit, diminish, or otherwise alter any of the defenses, Claims, Causes of Action, or other rights of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors under any executory or non-Executory Contract or any unexpired or expired lease.
62
(c) Nothing in the Plan will increase, augment, or add to any of the duties, obligations, responsibilities, or liabilities of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors under any executory or non-Executory Contract or any unexpired or expired lease.
(d) If there is a dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or unexpired at the time of assumption or rejection under the Plan, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have sixty (60) days following entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute to alter their treatment of such contract or lease by filing a notice indicating such altered treatment.
ARTICLE IX. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVE DATE.
9.1. Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date.
The following are conditions precedent to the Effective Date of the Plan:
(a) The Plan Supplement shall have been Filed;
(b) The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order and such Confirmation Order shall not have been reversed, stayed, amended, modified, dismissed, vacated or reconsidered;
(c) all conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents, the New GUC Notes Documents, and the New Secured Notes Documents, if any, shall have been satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms thereof, and the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents, the New GUC Notes Documents, and the New Secured Notes Documents, if any, shall be in full force and effect and binding on all parties thereto;
(d) the New Common Interests shall have been issued by the Reorganized Parent;
(e) the Professional Fee Escrow shall have been established and funded in Cash;
(f) no court of competent jurisdiction (including the Bankruptcy Court) or other competent governmental or regulatory authority shall have issued a final and non-appealable order making illegal or otherwise restricting, limiting, preventing, prohibiting, or materially affecting the consummation of any of the Restructuring Transactions;
(g) the Restructuring Fees and Expenses shall have been paid in full;
(h) the Debtors shall have implemented the Restructuring Transactions in a manner consistent in all material respects with the Plan; and
(i) all governmental and third-party approvals and consents necessary, if any, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Plan shall have been obtained, not be subject to unfulfilled conditions, and be in full force and effect, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority that would restrain, prevent, or otherwise impose materially adverse conditions on such transactions.
63
9.2. Timing of Conditions Precedent.
Notwithstanding when a condition precedent to the Effective Date occurs, unless otherwise specified in the Plan or any Plan Supplement document, for the purposes of the Plan, such condition precedent shall be deemed to have occurred simultaneously upon the completion of the applicable conditions precedent to the Effective Date; provided that to the extent a condition precedent (the “Prerequisite Condition”) may be required to occur prior to another condition precedent (a “Subsequent Condition”) then, for purposes of the Plan, the Prerequisite Condition shall be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the applicable Subsequent Condition regardless of when such Prerequisite Condition or Subsequent Condition shall have occurred.
9.3. Waiver of Conditions Precedent.
(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, all actions required to be taken on the Effective Date shall take place and shall be deemed to have occurred simultaneously and no such action shall be deemed to have occurred prior to the taking of any other such action. Each of the conditions precedent of the Plan may be waived by the Debtors.
(b) The stay of the Confirmation Order pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3020(e) shall be deemed waived by and upon the entry of the Confirmation Order, and the Confirmation Order shall take effect immediately upon its entry.
9.4. Effect of Failure of a Condition.
If the Effective Date does not occur, the Plan shall be null and void in all respects and nothing contained in the Plan or the Disclosure Statement shall (a) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by or against or any Interests in the Debtors, (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of any Person, or (c) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking by the Debtors or any other Person.
ARTICLE X. EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF PLAN.
10.1. Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors.
Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or any Plan Document, on the Effective Date, pursuant to section 1141(b) and (c) of the Bankruptcy Code, all Assets of the Estates, including all claims, rights, and Causes of Action and any property acquired by the Debtors under or in connection with the Plan, shall vest in each respective Reorganized Debtor free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, or other interests or encumbrances unless expressly provided otherwise by the Plan or Confirmation Order. In addition, all rights, benefits, and protections provided to any of the Creditors’ Committee, the Debtors, or their Estates pursuant to the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Confirmation Order including, but not limited to, the release, exculpation, and injunction provisions provided in Article X of the Plan, shall vest in each respective Reorganized Debtor unless expressly provided otherwise by the Plan or the Confirmation Order. On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided herein, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, or dispose of property and pursue, compromise or settle any Claims (including any Administrative Expense Claims), Interests, and Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules. Without limiting the foregoing, the Reorganized Debtors may pay the charges that they incur on or after the Effective Date for professional fees, disbursements, expenses, or related support services without application to the Bankruptcy Court.
64
10.2. Binding Effect.
As of the Effective Date, the Plan shall bind all Holders of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors and their respective successors and assigns, notwithstanding whether any such Holders were (a) Impaired or Unimpaired under the Plan, (b) deemed to accept or reject the Plan, (c) failed to vote to accept or reject the Plan, or (d) voted to reject the Plan.
10.3. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests.
Pursuant to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or in a contract, instrument, or other agreement or document executed pursuant to the Plan, the distributions, rights, and treatment that are provided in the Plan shall be in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge, effective as of the Effective Date, of all Claims, Interests, and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever, including any interest accrued on Claims or Interests from and after the Petition Date, whether known or unknown, against, liabilities of, Liens on, obligations of, rights against, and interests in, the Debtors or any of their Assets or properties, regardless of whether any property shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to the Plan on account of such Claims and Interests, including demands, liabilities, and Causes of Action that arose before the Effective Date, any contingent or non-contingent liability on account of representations or warranties issued on or before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case whether or not (i) a Proof of Claim based upon such debt or right is Filed or deemed Filed pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code; (ii) a Claim or Interest based upon such debt, right, or Interest is Allowed pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (iii) the Holder of such a Claim or Interest has voted to accept the Plan. Any default or “event of default” by the Debtors with respect to any Claim or Interest that existed immediately before or on account of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases shall be deemed cured (and no longer continuing) as of the Effective Date with respect to a Claim that is Unimpaired by the Plan. The Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of the discharge of all Claims and Interests subject to the Effective Date occurring.
10.4. Term of Injunctions or Stays.
Unless otherwise provided herein or in a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, all injunctions or stays arising under or entered during the Chapter 11 Cases under section 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, and in existence on the Confirmation Date, shall remain in full force and effect until the later of the Effective Date and the date indicated in the order providing for such injunction or stay. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trading Order shall remain enforceable beyond the Effective Date. The Trading Order has no applicability or effect with respect to the trading of New Common Interests, New Secured Notes, or New GUC Takeback Notes.
10.5. Injunction.
Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or for distributions required to be paid or delivered pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order, all Entities that have held, hold, or may hold Claims or Interests that have been released pursuant to Section 10.6(a) or Section 10.6(b), shall be discharged pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Plan, or are subject to exculpation pursuant to Section 10.7, and all Subcontractors and all other parties in interest are permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from taking any of the following actions against, as applicable, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Released Parties, and/or the Exculpated Parties (to the extent of the exculpation provided pursuant to Section 10.7 with respect to the Exculpated Parties): (i) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests;
65
(ii) enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order against such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (iii) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any Lien or encumbrance of any kind against such Entities or the property or the estates of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (iv) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due from such Entities or against the property of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests unless (x) such Entity has timely asserted such setoff right either in a Filed Proof of Claim, or in another document Filed with the Bankruptcy Court explicitly preserving such setoff or that otherwise indicates that such entity asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of setoff pursuant to applicable law or otherwise or (y) such right to setoff arises under a postpetition agreement with the Debtors or an Executory Contract that has been assumed by the Debtors as of the Effective Date; and (v) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests released, settled, and/or treated, entitled to a distribution, or cancelled pursuant to the Plan or otherwise Disallowed; provided that such persons who have held, hold, or may hold Claims against, or Interests in, a Debtor, a Reorganized Debtor, or an Estate shall not be precluded from exercising their rights and remedies, or obtaining the benefits, solely pursuant to and consistent with the terms of the Plan.
Subject in all respects to Section 11.1, no entity or person may commence or pursue a Claim or Cause of Action of any kind against any Released Party or Exculpated Party that arose or arises from, in whole or in part, the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors, the governance, management, transactions, ownership, or operation of the Debtors, the purchase, sale or rescission of any security of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (which includes, for the avoidance of doubt, all claims and Causes of Action asserted or assertable in the Securities Class Action), the DIP Facility, the Convertible Notes Agreements, the Miner Equipment Lender Agreements, the Mortgage Agreements, the General Contracts, any and all agreements relating to M&M Liens, and any and all related agreements, instruments, and/or other documents, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, solicitation, negotiation, entry into, or filing of the Plan (including the Plan Supplement), the Disclosure Statement, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (including any legal opinion requested by any Entity regarding any transaction, contract instrument, document, or other agreement contemplated by the Plan or the reliance by any Released Party on the Plan or Confirmation Order in lieu of such legal opinion) created or entered into in connection with the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents, the New Secured Notes Documents, the New GUC Notes Documents, the Initial DIP Loan Documents, the RSA, the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of confirmation and consummation of the Plan, the administration and implementation of the Plan or Confirmation Order, including the issuance or distribution of securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan, or any other agreement, act or omission, transaction, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date related or relating to the foregoing without the Bankruptcy Court (i) first determining, after notice and a hearing, that such Claim or Cause of Action represents a claim of willful misconduct, fraud or gross negligence against a Released Party or Exculpated Party and (ii) specifically authorizing such Entity or Person to bring such Claim or Cause of Action against any such Released Party or Exculpated Party. The Bankruptcy Court shall have sole and exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a Claim or Cause of Action is colorable and, only to the extent legally permissible and as provided for in Section 11.1, shall have jurisdiction to adjudicate the underlying colorable Claim or Cause of Action.
66
10.6. Releases.
(a) Releases by the Debtors.
Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, as of the Effective Date, pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, for good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which is hereby confirmed, including the obligations of the Debtors under the Plan and the contributions of the Released Parties to facilitate and implement the Plan, except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, on and after the Effective Date, the Released Parties are deemed conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably, released and discharged by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Estates from any and all Claims, obligations, rights, suits, damages, Causes of Action, remedies, and liabilities whatsoever, including any derivative claims, asserted or assertable on behalf of the Debtors, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity, or otherwise, that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Estates, or their Affiliates would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the Holder of any Claim or Interest or other Person, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors, the governance, management, transactions, ownership, or operation of the Debtors, the purchase, sale or rescission of any security of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (which includes, for the avoidance of doubt, all claims and Causes of Action asserted or assertable in the Securities Class Action), the DIP Facility, the Convertible Notes Agreements, the Miner Equipment Lender Agreements, the Mortgage Agreements, the General Contracts, any and all agreements relating to M&M Liens, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, solicitation, negotiation, entry into, or filing of the Plan (including the Plan Supplement), the Disclosure Statement, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (including any legal opinion requested by any Entity regarding any transaction, contract instrument, document, or other agreement contemplated by the Plan or the reliance by any Released Party on the Plan or Confirmation Order in lieu of such legal opinion) created or entered into in connection with the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents, the New GUC Notes Documents, the New Secured Notes Documents, the Initial DIP Loan Documents, the RSA, the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of confirmation and consummation of the Plan, the administration and implementation of the Plan or Confirmation Order, including the issuance or distribution of securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan, or any other agreement, act or omission, transaction, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth in this Section 10.6(a) (i) shall only be applicable to the maximum extent permitted by law; (ii) shall not be construed as (a) releasing any Released Party from Claims or Causes of Action arising from an act or omission that is judicially determined by a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud (provided that actual fraud shall not exempt from the scope of these Debtor releases any Claims or Causes of Action arising under sections 544 or 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or state laws governing fraudulent or otherwise avoidable transfers or conveyances), willful misconduct, or gross negligence, or (b) releasing any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, the Confirmation Order, any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan. This section 10.6(a) is subject to approval of the Special Committee of the Board of Directors of Core Scientific, Inc.
(b) Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests.
Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, as of the Effective Date, for good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which is hereby confirmed, except as
67
otherwise provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, as such law may be extended or integrated after the Effective Date, each Releasing Party, shall be deemed to have conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, and forever, released, and discharged the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Released Parties from any and all Claims, obligations, rights, suits, damages, Causes of Action, remedies, and liabilities whatsoever, including any derivative Claims or Causes of Action asserted or that may be asserted on behalf of the Debtors or their Estates, that such Entity would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the Holder of any Claim or Interest, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity, or otherwise, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, any act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date, including any Claims or Causes of Action based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors, the governance, management, transactions, ownership, or operation of the Debtors, the purchase, sale or rescission of any security of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (which includes, for the avoidance of doubt, all claims and Causes of Action asserted or assertable in the Securities Class Action), the DIP Facility, the Convertible Notes Agreements, the Miner Equipment Lender Agreements, the Mortgage Agreements, the General Contracts, any and all agreements relating to M&M Liens, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, solicitation, negotiation, entry into, or filing of the Plan (including the Plan Supplement), the Disclosure Statement, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (including any legal opinion requested by any Entity regarding any transaction, contract instrument, document, or other agreement contemplated by the Plan or the reliance by any Released Party on the Plan or Confirmation Order in lieu of such legal opinion) created or entered into in connection with the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents, the New GUC Notes Documents, the Initial DIP Loan Documents, the RSA, the New Secured Notes Documents, the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of confirmation and consummation of the Plan, the administration and implementation of the Plan or Confirmation Order, including the issuance or distribution of securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan, or any other agreement, act or omission, transaction, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth in this Section 10.6(b) (i) shall only be applicable to the maximum extent permitted by law; and (ii) shall not be construed as (a) releasing any Released Party from Claims or Causes of Action arising from an act or omission that is judicially determined by a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud (provided that actual fraud shall not exempt from the scope of these third-party releases any Claims or Causes of Action arising under sections 544 or 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or state laws governing fraudulent or otherwise avoidable transfers or conveyances), willful misconduct, or gross negligence, or (b) releasing any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan.
10.7. Exculpation.
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no Exculpated Party shall have or incur liability for, and each Exculpated Party is hereby released and exculpated from, any Cause of Action for any claim related to any act or omission in connection with, relating to, or arising out, in whole or in part, from the Petition Date through the Effective Date, of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors, the governance, management, transactions, ownership, or operation of the Debtors, the purchase, sale or rescission of any security of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the DIP Facility, the Convertible Notes Agreements, the Miner Equipment Lender Agreements, the Mortgage Agreements, the General Contracts, any and all agreements relating to M&M Liens, and related
68
agreements, instruments, or other documents, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, solicitation, negotiation, entry into, or filing of the Plan (including the Plan Supplement), the Disclosure Statement, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (including any legal opinion requested by any Entity regarding any transaction, contract instrument, document, or other agreement contemplated by the Plan or the reliance by any Released Party on the Plan or Confirmation Order in lieu of such legal opinion) created or entered into in connection with the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents, the New GUC Notes Documents, the New Secured Notes Documents, the Initial DIP Loan Documents, the RSA, the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of confirmation and consummation of the Plan, the administration and implementation of the Plan or Confirmation Order, including the issuance or distribution of securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan, or any other related agreement, except for Claims or Causes of Action arising from an act or omission that is judicially determined in a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence, but in all respects, such Exculpated Parties shall be entitled to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities. The Exculpated Parties have, and upon completion of the Plan, shall be deemed to have, participated in good faith and in compliance with all applicable laws with regard to the solicitation and distribution of, consideration pursuant to the Plan and, therefore, are not, and on account of such distributions shall not be, liable at any time for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or such distributions made pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the exculpations set forth in this Section 10.7 (i) shall only be applicable to the maximum extent permitted by law; and (ii) shall not be construed as (a) exculpating any Exculpated Party from Claims or Causes of Action arising from an act or omission that is judicially determined by a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud (provided that actual fraud shall not exempt from the scope of these exculpations any Claims or Causes of Action arising under sections 544 or 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or state laws governing fraudulent or otherwise avoidable transfers or conveyances), willful misconduct, or gross negligence, or (b) exculpating any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan.
10.8. Retention of Causes of Action/Transfer of Causes of Action and Reservation of Rights.
In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, but subject in all respects to this Article X, the Reorganized Debtors shall have, retain, reserve and be entitled to assert, and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue, as appropriate, any and all claims or Causes of Action, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, and such rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date. The Reorganized Debtors shall have, retain, reserve, and be entitled to assert all rights of setoff or recoupment, and other legal or equitable defenses as fully as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced, and all of the Debtors’ legal and equitable rights in respect of any Unimpaired Claim may be asserted after the Confirmation Date and Effective Date to the same extent as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Causes of Action against any Entity not released pursuant to the Plan.
10.9. Ipso Facto and Similar Provisions Ineffective.
Any term of any prepetition policy, prepetition contract, or other prepetition obligation applicable to a Debtor shall be void and of no further force or effect with respect to any Debtor to the extent
69
that such policy, contract, or other obligation is conditioned on, creates an obligation of the Debtor as a result of, or gives rise to a right of any Entity based on any of the following: (a) the insolvency or financial condition of a Debtor; (b) the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases; (c) the Confirmation or consummation of the Plan, including any change of control that shall occur as a result of such consummation; or (d) the restructuring.
10.10. Solicitation of Plan.
As of the Confirmation Date (a) the Debtors shall be deemed to have solicited acceptances of the Plan in good faith and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including without limitation, sections 1125(a) and (e) of the Bankruptcy Code, and any applicable non-bankruptcy law, rule, or regulation governing the adequacy of disclosure in connection with such solicitation and (b) the Debtors and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, agents, financial advisors, investment bankers, professionals, accountants, and attorneys shall be deemed to have participated in good faith and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code in the offer and issuance of any securities under the Plan, and therefore are not, and on account of such offer, issuance, and solicitation will not be, liable at any time for any violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or the offer and issuance of any Securities under the Plan.
10.11. Corporate and Limited Liability Company Action.
Upon the Effective Date, all actions contemplated by the Plan shall be deemed authorized and approved in all respects, including (a) the assumption of all employee compensation and Employee Arrangements of the Debtors as provided herein, (b) the selection of the managers, directors, and officers for the Reorganized Debtors, (c) the distribution of the New Common Interests, (d) the entry into the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents, the New GUC Notes Documents, the New Secured Notes Documents, the M&M Lien Takeback Debt, and the Mortgage Takeback Debt, and (e) all other actions contemplated by the Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date), in each case in accordance with and subject to the terms hereof. All matters provided for in the Plan involving the corporate or limited liability company structure of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, and any corporate or limited liability company action required by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be in effect, without any requirement of further action by the Security holders, directors, managers, or officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors. On or (as applicable) before the Effective Date, the appropriate officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be authorized and directed to issue, execute, and deliver the agreements, documents, securities, and instruments contemplated by the Plan (or necessary or desirable to effect the transactions contemplated by the Plan) in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, including, but not limited to, (v) the New Corporate Governance Documents, (w) the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents, (x) the New Secured Notes Documents, (y) the New GUC Notes Documents, and (z) any and all other agreements, documents, securities, and instruments relating to the foregoing. The authorizations and approvals contemplated by this Section 10.11 shall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under non-bankruptcy law.
ARTICLE XI. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION.
11.1. Retention of Jurisdiction.
On and after the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain exclusive jurisdiction over all matters arising in, arising under, and related to the Chapter 11 Cases for, among other things, the following purposes:
70
(a) to hear and determine motions and/or applications for the assumption, assumption and assignment, or rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, including Assumption Disputes, and the allowance, classification, priority, compromise, estimation, or payment of Claims resulting therefrom;
(b) to determine any motion, adversary proceeding, proceeding, application, contested matter, and/or other litigated matter pending on or commenced after the Confirmation Date;
(c) to hear and resolve any disputes arising from or related to (i) any orders of the Bankruptcy Court granting relief under Bankruptcy Rule 2004 or (ii) any protective orders entered by the Bankruptcy Court in connection with the foregoing;
(d) to ensure that distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests are accomplished as provided for in the Plan and Confirmation Order and to adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to distributions under the Plan;
(e) to consider the allowance, classification, priority, compromise, estimation, or payment of any Claim or any counterclaim related thereto;
(f) to enter, implement or enforce such orders as may be appropriate in the event the Confirmation Order is for any reason stayed, reversed, revoked, modified, or vacated;
(g) to issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, and take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any Person with the consummation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or any other order of the Bankruptcy Court;
(h) to hear and determine any application to modify the Plan in accordance with section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code, to remedy any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, or any order of the Bankruptcy Court, including the Confirmation Order, in such a manner as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and effects thereof;
(i) to hear and determine all Professional Fee Claims;
(j) to hear and determine disputes arising in connection with the interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Confirmation Order, any transactions or payments in furtherance of either, or any agreement, instrument, or other document governing or relating to any of the foregoing;
(k) to take any action and issue such orders, including any such action or orders as may be necessary after entry of the Confirmation Order or the occurrence of the Effective Date, as may be necessary to construe, interpret, enforce, implement, execute, and consummate the Plan;
(l) to determine such other matters and for such other purposes as may be provided in the Confirmation Order;
(m) to hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code (including any requests for expedited determinations under section 505(b) of the Bankruptcy Code);
71
(n) to hear, adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters related to Article X of the Plan, including, without limitation, the releases, discharge, exculpations, and injunctions issued thereunder;
(o) to resolve disputes concerning Disputed Claims or the administration thereof;
(p) to resolve any disputes concerning whether a Person had sufficient notice of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Disclosure Statement, any solicitation conducted in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, any claims bar date established in the Chapter 11 Cases, or any deadline for responding or objecting to a Cure Amount, in each case, for the purpose of determining whether a Claim or Interest is discharged hereunder or for any other purposes;
(q) to hear and determine any other matters related to the Chapter 11 Cases and not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code or title 28 of the United States Code;
(r) to enter a final decree closing the Chapter 11 Cases;
(s) to recover all Assets of the Debtors and property of the Debtors’ Estates, wherever located; and
(t) to hear and determine any rights, Claims, or Causes of Action held by or accruing to the Debtors pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or pursuant to any federal statute or legal theory.
11.2. Courts of Competent Jurisdiction.
If the Bankruptcy Court abstains from exercising, or declines to exercise, jurisdiction or is otherwise without jurisdiction over any matter arising out of the Plan, such abstention, refusal, or failure of jurisdiction shall have no effect upon and shall not control, prohibit, or limit the exercise of jurisdiction by any other court having competent jurisdiction with respect to such matter.
ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.
12.1. Payment of Statutory Fees.
All fees due and payable pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1930(a) prior to the Effective Date shall be paid by the Debtors in full in Cash on the Effective Date. The Debtors shall File all monthly operating reports through the Effective Date. On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors or any Disbursing Agent shall pay any and all such fees in full in Cash when due and payable, and shall File with the Bankruptcy Court quarterly reports in a form reasonably acceptable to the U.S. Trustee. Each Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, shall remain obligated to pay quarterly fees to the U.S. Trustee until the earliest of that particular Debtor’s, or Reorganized Debtor’s, as applicable, case being closed, dismissed, or converted to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the U.S. Trustee shall not be required to File a Proof of Claim or any other request for payment of quarterly fees.
12.2. Substantial Consummation of the Plan.
On the Effective Date, the Plan shall be deemed to be substantially consummated under sections 1101 and 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
72
12.3. Request for Expedited Determination of Taxes.
The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall have the right to request an expedited determination under section 505(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to tax returns filed, or to be filed, for any and all taxable periods ending after the Petition Date through the Effective Date.
12.4. Exemption from Certain Transfer Taxes.
Pursuant to section 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code, (a) the issuance, transfer or exchange of any securities, instruments or documents, (b) the creation, filing or recording of any Lien, mortgage, deed of trust, or other security interest, (c) the making, assignment, filing or recording of any lease or sublease or the making or delivery of any deed, bill of sale, assignment or other instrument of transfer under, pursuant to, in furtherance of, or in connection with the Plan, including, without limitation, any deeds, bills of sale, or assignments executed in connection with any of the transactions contemplated under the Plan or the reinvesting, transfer, or sale of any real or personal property of the Debtors pursuant to, in implementation of or as contemplated in the Plan and Restructuring Transactions Exhibit (whether to one or more of the Reorganized Debtors or otherwise), (d) the grant of collateral under the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents, the New Secured Notes Documents, the M&M Lien Takeback Debt, and the Mortgage Takeback Debt, and (e) the issuance, renewal, modification, or securing of indebtedness by such means, and the making, delivery or recording of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with, the Plan, including, without limitation, the Confirmation Order, shall constitute a “transfer under a plan” within the purview of section 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code and shall not be subject to or taxed under any law imposing any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, or other similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, Uniform Commercial Code filing or recording fee, regulatory filing or recording fee, sales tax, use tax, or other similar tax or governmental assessment. Consistent with the foregoing, each recorder of deeds or similar official for any county, city, or governmental unit in which any instrument hereunder is to be recorded shall, pursuant to the Confirmation Order, be ordered and directed to accept such instrument without requiring the payment of any filing fees, documentary stamp tax, deed stamps, stamp tax, transfer tax, intangible tax, or similar tax.
12.5. Amendments.
(a) Plan Modifications. The Plan may be amended, modified, or supplemented by the Debtors in the manner provided for by section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code or as otherwise permitted by law without additional disclosure pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code. In addition, after the Confirmation Date, so long as such action does not materially and adversely affect the treatment of Holders of Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests pursuant to the Plan, the Debtors may remedy any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistencies in the Plan or the Confirmation Order with respect to such matters as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of effects of the Plan, and any Holder of a Claim or Interest that has accepted the Plan shall be deemed to have accepted the Plan as amended, modified, or supplemented.
(b) Other Amendments. Prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors may make appropriate technical adjustments and modifications to the Plan and the documents contained in the Plan Supplement without further order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
12.6. Effectuating Documents and Further Transactions.
Each of the officers of the Reorganized Debtors is authorized, in accordance with his or her authority under the resolutions of the applicable member(s), board of directors or managers, to execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents
73
and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan.
12.7. Revocation or Withdrawal of the Plan.
The Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan prior to the Effective Date as to any or all of the Debtors. If, with respect to a Debtor, the Plan has been revoked or withdrawn prior to the Effective Date, or if confirmation or the occurrence of the Effective Date as to such Debtor does not occur on the Effective Date, then, with respect to such Debtor: (a) the Plan shall be null and void in all respects; (b) any settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan (including the fixing or limiting to an amount any Claim or Interest or Class of Claims or Interests), assumption of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases affected by the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to the Plan shall be deemed null and void; and (c) nothing contained in the Plan shall (i) constitute a waiver or release of any Claim by or against, or any Interest in, such Debtor or any other Person, (ii) prejudice in any manner the rights of such Debtor or any other Person, or (iii) constitute an admission of any sort by any Debtor or any other Person.
12.8. Severability of Plan Provisions.
If, before the entry of the Confirmation Order, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court, at the request of the Debtors, shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, and such term or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted. Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated by such holding, alteration, or interpretation. The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is (a) valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms, (b) integral to the Plan and may not be deleted or modified without the consent of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (as the case may be), and (c) nonseverable and mutually dependent.
12.9. Governing Law.
Except to the extent that the Bankruptcy Code or other federal law is applicable, or to the extent a Plan Document provides otherwise, the rights, duties, and obligations arising under the Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.
12.10. Time.
In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by the Plan, unless otherwise set forth herein or determined by the Bankruptcy Court, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006 shall apply.
12.11. Dates of Actions to Implement the Plan.
In the event that any payment or act under the Plan is required to be made or performed on a date that is not a Business Day, then the making of such payment or the performance of such act may be completed on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the next succeeding Business Day, but shall be deemed to have been completed as of the required date.
74
12.12. Immediate Binding Effect.
Notwithstanding any Bankruptcy Rule providing for a stay of the Confirmation Order or Plan, including Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(h), 7062, or otherwise, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan and Plan Supplement shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Debtors, the Holders of Claims and Interests, the Released Parties, each of their respective successors and assigns, including, without limitation, the Reorganized Debtors, all Entities that are parties to or are subject to the settlements, compromises, releases, and injunctions described in the Plan, and any and all non-Debtor parties to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases with the Debtors. All Claims shall be as fixed, adjusted, or compromised, as applicable, pursuant to the Plan regardless of whether any Holder of a Claim, Interest, or debt has voted on the Plan.
12.13. Deemed Acts.
Subject to and conditioned on the occurrence of the Effective Date, whenever an act or event is expressed under the Plan to have been deemed done or to have occurred, it shall be deemed to have been done or to have occurred without any further act by any party, by virtue of the Plan and the Confirmation Order.
12.14. Successor and Assigns.
The rights, benefits, and obligations of any Person named or referred to in the Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of any heir, executor, administrator, successor, or permitted assign, if any, of each Entity.
12.15. Entire Agreement.
On the Effective Date, the Plan, the Plan Supplement, and the Confirmation Order shall supersede all previous and contemporaneous negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and representations on such subjects, all of which have become merged and integrated into the Plan.
12.16. Exhibits to Plan.
All exhibits, schedules, supplements, and appendices to the Plan (including the Plan Supplement) are incorporated into and are a part of the Plan as if set forth in full herein.
12.17. Dissolution of Creditors’ Committee and Equity Committee.
On the Effective Date, any official committees appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases, including the Creditors’ Committee and the Equity Committee, shall dissolve; provided that following the Effective Date, any such committees, including the Creditors’ Committee and the Equity Committee, shall continue in existence solely for the purposes of (i) Filing and prosecuting applications for allowance of Professional Fee Claims and (ii) seeking removal of the committee as a party in interest in any proceeding on appeal. Upon the dissolution of any official committees appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases, including the Creditors’ Committee and the Equity Committee, such committee members and their respective Professionals shall cease to have any duty, obligation, or role arising from or related to the Chapter 11 Cases and shall be released and discharged from all rights and duties from or related to the Chapter 11 Cases; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, any Claims or Causes of Action asserted by the Creditors’ Committee or the Equity Committee, whether direct or derivative (including any Claims seeking declaratory judgments) shall be withdrawn with prejudice and/or vest in the Debtors’ Estates, to be immediately fully and indefensibly released in accordance with Section 10.6 of the Plan.
75
12.18. Notices.
All notices, requests, and demands to or upon the Debtors to be effective shall be in writing (including by electronic transmission) and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when actually delivered or addressed as follows:
| (a) | if to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors: |
Core Scientific, Inc.
210 Barton Springs Road, Suite 300
Austin, Texas 78704
Attn: Todd DuChene
Email: tduchene@corescientific.com
- and -
Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
767 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10153
Attn: Ray C. Schrock
Ronit J. Berkovich
Email: ray.schrock@weil.com
ronit.berkovich@weil.com
- and -
700 Louisiana Street, Suite 1700
Houston, Texas 77002
Attn: Alfredo R. Pérez
Clifford W. Carlson
Email: alfredo.perez@weil.com
clifford.carlson@weil.com
| (b) | if to the Creditors’ Committee |
Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10019
Attn: Brett H. Miller
Todd M. Goren
James H. Burbage
Email: bmiller@willkie.com
tgoren@willkie.com
jburbage@willkie.com
- and -
600 Travis Street
Houston, Texas 77002
Attn: Jennifer J. Hardy
76
Email: jhardy2@willkie.com
| (c) | if to the Equity Committee |
Vinson & Elkins LLP
1114 Avenue of the Americas, 32nd Floor
New York, New York 10036
Attn: David S. Meyer
Lauren R. Kanzer
Zachary A. Paiva
Email: dmeyer@velaw.com
lkanzer@velaw.com
zpaiva@velaw.com
- and -
845 Texas Avenue, Suite 4700
Houston, Texas 77002
Attn: Paul E. Heath
Harry A. Perrin
Kiran Vakamudi
Email: pheath@velaw.com
hperrin@velaw.com
kvakamudi@velaw.com
| (d) | if to the DIP Agent: |
B. Riley Commercial Capital, LLC
11100 Santa Monica Blvd., Suite 800
Los Angeles, California 90025
Attn: Perry Mandarino
Email: pmandarino@brileyfin.com
- and -
Choate, Hall & Stewart LLP
Two International Place, 34th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Attn: John Ventola
Email: jventola@choate.com
| (e) | If to the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group: |
Paul Hastings LLP
600 Travis Street, 58th Floor
Houston, Texas 77002
Attn: James T. Grogan III
Email: jamesgrogan@paulhastings.com
- and -
77
200 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10166
Attn: Kristopher M. Hansen
Sayan Bhattacharyya
Erez E. Gilad
Joanne Lau
Email: krishansen@paulhastings.com
sayanbhattacharyya@paulhastings.com
erezgilad@paulhastings.com
joannelau@paulhastings.com
| (f) | If to the U.S. Trustee: |
Office of the United States Trustee
515 Rusk Avenue, Suite 3516
Houston, Texas 77002
Attn: Jayson B. Ruff
Alicia Barcomb
Email: Jayson.b.ruff@usdoj.gov
aliciabarcomb@usdoj.gov
After the Effective Date, the Debtors have authority to send a notice to Entities providing that, to continue to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002, they must File a renewed request to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002. After the Effective Date, the Debtors are authorized to limit the list of Entities receiving documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002 to those Entities who have Filed such renewed requests.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
78
Dated: June 20, 2023
Bellevue, Washington
| Respectfully submitted, | ||
| By: | /s/ Michael Bros | |
| Name: Michael Bros | ||
| Title: Authorized Signatory | ||
| On behalf of Core Scientific, Inc. and each of its Debtor affiliates | ||
Exhibit A
New April Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 1)
Terms of New April Secured Notes (Option 1)
Set forth below is a summary of certain key terms for the New April Secured Notes (Option 1), to be issued by the Issuer (as defined below) to each Holder of April Convertible Notes Secured Claims, if Class 1 is an Accepting Class, pursuant to that certain joint chapter 11 plan, including all appendices, exhibits, schedules, and supplements hereto (including, without limitation, any appendices, schedules, and supplements to the Plan contained in the Plan Supplement), (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and the terms thereof, the “Plan”). This summary of proposed terms and conditions does not purport to summarize all of the terms, conditions, representations and other provisions with respect to the transactions referred to herein, which will be set forth in the New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 1). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Plan.
| Issuer: |
Reorganized Parent (the “Issuer”). | |
| Security Description: |
Secured convertible notes (the “New April Secured Notes (Option 1)”). | |
| Guarantors: |
Same guarantors that guarantee the pre-petition Convertible Notes (the “April 2021 Convertible Notes”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated April 19, 2021 (the “April NPA”). | |
| Principal Amount: |
Fifty percent (50%) of the Allowed April Convertible Notes Secured Claims. | |
| Initial Conversion Price: |
Calculated based on a 37.5% premium to Plan Value (the “Conversion Price”) assuming for the purposes of such calculation that all of the New Secured Notes have been converted pursuant to the terms thereof as of the Effective Date, subject to adjustment for issuances of New Common Interests to Holders of Disputed Claims pursuant to the Disputed Claims Reserves and as otherwise specified herein. | |
| Interest Rate: |
Each New April Secured Note (Option 1) will bear interest at a fixed rate equal to 4.0% for cash interest (“Cash Interest”) or 6.0% for payment-in-kind interest (“PIK Toggle Interest”). The Issuer will elect on each payment interest date whether to pay Cash Interest or the PIK Toggle Interest on the next interest payment date; provided, however, for PIK Toggle Interest, the New April Secured Notes (Option 1) will accrue interest at the rate for PIK Toggle Interest, and be payable in-kind, if the Issuer has not made such election. | |
| Maturity Date: |
Seven (7) years from the Effective Date. | |
| Amortization: |
None. | |
| Security: | (A) First lien in all perfected collateral securing the April 2021 Convertible Notes as of the Petition Date (the “April 2021 Convertible Notes Collateral”), excluding for the avoidance of doubt, (i) any money and bank accounts, and (ii) any property acquired after the Petition Date that was not constituting proceeds of the disposition of April 2021 Convertible Notes Collateral, including any new contracts executed after the Petition Date and any bitcoin mined after such date or the proceeds of any bitcoin sold after the Petition Date; and (B) any additional collateral to be discussed with the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group. | |
| Ranking: | Same as the April 2021 Convertible Notes. | |
| Conversion at Option of Holders: | Holders may elect to convert their New April Secured Notes (Option 1) into New Common Interests at any time prior to maturity at the then applicable Conversion Price. The Issuer may elect to deliver cash, New Common Interests or a combination of both upon any holder conversion election.
No holder drag-along rights. | |
| Conversion at Option of the Company: | From and after the Effective Date, the Company may, at its option, cause outstanding New April Secured Notes (Option 1) (including accrued but unpaid interest) to convert into a number of New Common Interests at the then applicable Conversion Price if the volume weighted average price of the New Common Interests exceeds 150% of the per share Plan Value for at least 20 trading days in a 30 consecutive day period. The Issuer may elect to deliver cash, New Common Interests or a combination of both. | |
| Anti-Dilution Protection: | Customary adjustments to the Conversion Price for stock splits, stock dividends, rights offerings at discount, asset or other distribution on the New Common Interests, tender offers or exchange offers a premium, including customary exceptions. | |
| Repurchase at Option of Holders: | At the option of each holder, for all or part of its New April Secured Notes (Option 1), right to put New April Secured Notes (Option 1) to Issuer in the event of a Fundamental Change (such defined term to be customary for convertible notes issued by other public companies) at the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the repurchase date. | |
| Redemption: | Redemption terms to be agreed between the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group and the Company. | |
| Other Covenants: | Covenants to be agreed between the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group and the Company. | |
| Tradability / Liquidity: | The offer, issuance, and distribution of New April Secured Notes (Option 1) (and the issuance of the New Common | |
2
| Interests upon conversion thereunder) will be exempt, pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code from registration under the Securities Act and the New April Secured Notes (Option 1) (and the issuance of New Common Interests upon conversion thereunder) will be freely tradable on the Effective Date, subject to any contractual limitations or restrictions for “control securities” under the U.S. securities laws, if applicable. |
3
Exhibit B
New April Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 2)
Terms of New April Secured Notes (Option 2)
Set forth below is a summary of certain key terms for the New April Secured Notes (Option 2), to be issued by the Issuer (as defined below) to each Holder of April Convertible Notes Secured Claims, if Class 1 is not an Accepting Class, pursuant to that certain joint chapter 11 plan, including all appendices, exhibits, schedules, and supplements hereto (including, without limitation, any appendices, schedules, and supplements to the Plan contained in the Plan Supplement), (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and the terms thereof, the “Plan”). This summary of proposed terms and conditions does not purport to summarize all of the terms, conditions, representations and other provisions with respect to the transactions referred to herein, which will be set forth in the New April Secured Notes Documents (Option 2). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Plan.
| Issuer: |
Reorganized Parent (the “Issuer”). | |
| Security Description: |
Secured notes (the “New April Secured Notes (Option 2)”). | |
| Guarantors: |
Same guarantors that guarantee the pre-petition Convertible Notes (the “April 2021 Convertible Notes”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated April 19, 2021 (the “April NPA”). | |
| Principal Amount: |
One hundred percent (100%) of the Allowed April Convertible Notes Secured Claims. | |
| Interest Rate: |
Each New April Secured Note (Option 2) will bear interest at a fixed rate equal to 4.0% for Cash Interest (“Cash Interest”) or 6.0% for PIK Toggle payment-in-kind interest (“PIK Toggle Interest”). The Issuer will elect on each payment interest date whether to pay Cash Interest or the PIK Toggle Interest on the next interest payment date; provided, however, for PIK Toggle Interest, the New April Secured Notes (Option 2) will accrue interest at the rate for PIK Toggle Interest, and be payable in-kind, if the Issuer has not made such election. | |
| Maturity Date: |
Ten (10) years from the Effective Date. | |
| Amortization: |
None. | |
| Security: |
First lien in all perfected collateral securing the April 2021 Convertible Notes as of the Petition Date (the “April 2021 Convertible Notes Collateral”), excluding for the avoidance of doubt, (i) any money and bank accounts, and (ii) any property acquired after the Petition Date that was not constituting proceeds of the disposition of April 2021 Convertible Notes Collateral, including any new contracts executed after the Petition Date and any bitcoin mined after such date or the proceeds of any bitcoin sold after the Petition Date. | |
| Ranking: |
Same as the April 2021 Convertible Notes. | |
| Repurchase at Option of Holders: | At the option of each holder, for all or part of its New April Secured Notes (Option 2), right to put New April Secured Notes (Option 2) to Issuer in the event of a Change of Control (such defined term to be customary for nonconvertible notes issued by other public companies) at 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest to the repurchase date. | |
| Redemption: |
Redemption terms to customary for secured nonconvertible notes issued by other public companies. | |
| Other Covenants: |
Consistent with the existing covenants in the April 2021 Convertible Notes following a Conversion Event (as defined in the April NPA) with modifications to allow for additional flexibility for the incurrence of secured debt and disposition of collateral. | |
| Tradability / Liquidity: |
The offer, issuance, and distribution of New April Secured Notes (Option 2) will be exempt, pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code from registration under the Securities Act and the New April Secured Notes (Option 2) will be freely tradable on the Effective Date, subject to any contractual limitations or restrictions for “control securities” under the U.S. securities laws, if applicable. | |
2
Exhibit C
New August Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 1)
Terms of New August Secured Notes (Option 1)
Set forth below is a summary of certain key terms for the New August Secured Notes (Option 1), to be issued by the Issuer (as defined below) to each Holder of August Convertible Notes Secured Claims, if Class 2 is an Accepting Class, pursuant to that certain joint chapter 11 plan, including all appendices, exhibits, schedules, and supplements hereto (including, without limitation, any appendices, schedules, and supplements to the Plan contained in the Plan Supplement), (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and the terms thereof, the “Plan”). This summary of proposed terms and conditions does not purport to summarize all of the terms, conditions, representations and other provisions with respect to the transactions referred to herein, which will be set forth in the New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 1). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Plan.
| Issuer: | Reorganized Parent (the “Issuer”). | |
| Security Description: | Secured convertible notes (the “New August Secured Notes (Option 1)”) | |
| Guarantors: | Same guarantors that guarantee the pre-petition Convertible Notes (the “August 2021 Convertible Notes”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated August 20, 2021(the “August NPA”). | |
| Principal Amount: | Fifty percent (50%) of the Allowed August Convertible Notes Secured Claims. | |
| Initial Conversion Price: | Calculated based on a 37.5% premium to Plan Value (the “Conversion Price”) assuming for the purposes of such calculation that all of the New Secured Notes have been converted pursuant to the terms thereof as of the Effective Date, subject to adjustment for issuances of New Common Interests to Holders of Disputed Claims pursuant to the Disputed Claims Reserves and as otherwise specified herein. | |
| Interest Rate: | Each New August Secured Note (Option 1) will bear interest at a fixed rate equal to 4.0% for cash interest (“Cash Interest”) or 6.0% for payment-in-kind interest (“PIK Toggle Interest”). The Issuer will elect on each payment interest date whether to pay Cash Interest or the PIK Toggle Interest on the next interest payment date; provided, however, for PIK Toggle Interest, the New August Secured Notes (Option 1) will accrue interest at the rate for PIK Toggle Interest, and be payable in-kind, if the Issuer has not made such election. | |
| Maturity Date: | Seven (7) years from the Effective Date. | |
| Amortization: | None. | |
| Security: | (A) Lien (priority to be agreed) on all perfected collateral securing the August 2021 Convertible Notes as of the Petition Date (the “August 2021 Convertible Notes Collateral”), excluding for the avoidance of doubt, (i) any money and bank accounts, and (ii) any property acquired after the Petition Date that was not constituting proceeds of the disposition of August 2021 Convertible Notes Collateral, including any new contracts executed after the Petition Date and any bitcoin mined after such date or the proceeds of any bitcoin sold after the Petition Date; and (B) any additional collateral to be discussed with the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group. | |
| Ranking | Same as the August 2021 Convertible Notes. | |
| Conversion at Option of Holders: | Holders may elect to convert their New August Secured Notes (Option 1) into New Common Interests at any time prior to maturity at the then applicable Conversion Price. The Issuer may elect to deliver cash, New Common Interests or a combination of both upon any holder conversion election.
No holder drag-along rights. | |
| Conversion at Option of the Company: | From and after the Effective Date, the Company may, at its option, cause outstanding New August Secured Notes (Option 1) (including accrued but unpaid interest) to convert into a number of New Common Interests at the then applicable Conversion Price if the volume weighted average price of the New Common Interests exceeds 150% of the per share Plan Value for at least 20 trading days in a 30 consecutive day period. The Issuer may elect to deliver cash, New Common Interests or a combination of both. | |
| Anti-Dilution Protection: | Customary adjustments to the Conversion Price for stock splits, stock dividends, rights offerings at discount, asset or other distribution on the New Common Interests, tender offers or exchange offers a premium, including customary exceptions. | |
| Repurchase at Option of Holders: | At the option of each holder, for all or part of its New August Secured Notes (Option 1), right to put New August Secured Notes (Option 1) to Issuer in the event of a Fundamental Change (such defined term to be customary for convertible notes issued by other public companies) at the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the repurchase date. | |
| Redemption: | Redemption terms to be agreed between the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group and the Company. | |
| Other Covenants: | Covenants to be agreed between the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group and the Company. | |
| Tradability / Liquidity: | The offer, issuance, and distribution of New August Secured Notes (Option 1) (and the issuance of the New Common | |
2
| Interests upon conversion thereunder) will be exempt, pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code from registration under the Securities Act and the New August Secured Notes (Option 1) (and the issuance of New Common Interests upon conversion thereunder) will be freely tradable on the Effective Date, subject to any contractual limitations or restrictions for “control securities” under the U.S. securities laws, if applicable. |
3
Exhibit D
New August Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 2)
Terms of New August Secured Notes (Option 2)
Set forth below is a summary of certain key terms for the New August Secured Notes (Option 2), to be issued by the Issuer (as defined below) to each Holder of August Convertible Notes Secured Claims, if Class 2 is not an Accepting Class, pursuant to that certain joint chapter 11 plan, including all appendices, exhibits, schedules, and supplements hereto (including, without limitation, any appendices, schedules, and supplements to the Plan contained in the Plan Supplement), (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and the terms thereof, the “Plan”). This summary of proposed terms and conditions does not purport to summarize all of the terms, conditions, representations and other provisions with respect to the transactions referred to herein, which will be set forth in the New August Secured Notes Documents (Option 2). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Plan.
| Issuer: | Reorganized Parent (the “Issuer”). | |
| Security Description: | Secured notes (the “New August Secured Notes (Option 2)”). | |
| Guarantors: | Same guarantors that guarantee the pre-petition Convertible Notes (the “August 2021 Convertible Notes”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated August 20, 2021 (the “August NPA”). | |
| Principal Amount: | One hundred percent (100%) of the Allowed August Convertible Notes Secured Claims. | |
| Interest Rate: | Each New August Secured Note (Option 2) will bear interest at a fixed rate equal to 4.0% for Cash Interest (“Cash Interest”) or 6.0% for PIK Toggle payment-in-kind interest (“PIK Toggle Interest”). The Issuer will elect on each payment interest date whether to pay Cash Interest or the PIK Toggle Interest on the next interest payment date; provided, however, for PIK Toggle Interest, the New August Secured Notes (Option 2) will accrue interest at the rate for PIK Toggle Interest, and be payable in-kind, if the Issuer has not made such election. | |
| Maturity Date: | Ten (10) years from the Effective Date. | |
| Amortization: | None. | |
| Security: | Second priority lien in all perfected collateral securing the August 2021 Convertible Notes as of the Petition Date (the “August 2021 Convertible Notes Collateral”), excluding for the avoidance of doubt, (i) any money and bank accounts, and (ii) any property acquired after the Petition Date that was not constituting proceeds of the disposition of August 2021 Convertible Notes Collateral, including any new contracts executed after the Petition Date and any bitcoin mined after such date or the proceeds of any bitcoin sold after the Petition Date. | |
| Ranking: | Same as the August 2021 Convertible Notes. | |
| Repurchase at Option of Holders: | At the option of each holder, for all or part of its New August Secured Notes (Option 2), right to put New August Secured Notes (Option 2) to Issuer in the event of a Change of Control (such defined term to be customary for nonconvertible notes issued by other public companies) at 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest to the repurchase date. | |
| Redemption: | Redemption terms to customary for secured nonconvertible notes issued by other public companies. | |
| Other Covenants: | Consistent with the existing covenants in the August 2021 Convertible Notes following a Conversion Event (as defined in the August NPA) with modifications to allow for additional flexibility for the incurrence of secured debt and disposition of collateral. | |
| Tradability / Liquidity: | The offer, issuance, and distribution of New August Secured Notes (Option 2) will be exempt, pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code from registration under the Securities Act and the New August Secured Notes (Option 2) will be freely tradable on the Effective Date, subject to any contractual limitations or restrictions for “control securities” under the U.S. securities laws, if applicable. | |
2
Exhibit E
New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Term Sheet (Default)
New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Term Sheet (Default)
Set forth below is a summary of certain key terms for the Miner Equipment Loans (as defined below), to be issued by the New Equipment Borrower (as defined below) to each Miner Equipment Lender (as defined below) that (i) is an existing lender under a Miner Equipment Lender Agreement described in the Plan (as defined below) and (ii) does not elect either Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 1 or Miner Equipment Lender Election 2 (each as defined in the Plan), pursuant to that certain joint chapter 11 plan, including all appendices, exhibits, schedules, and supplements hereto (including, without limitation, any appendices, schedules, and supplements to the Plan contained in the Plan Supplement), (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and the terms thereof, the “Plan”). This summary of proposed terms and conditions does not purport to summarize all of the terms, conditions, representations and other provisions with respect to the transactions referred to herein, which will be set forth in the Miner Equipment Facility Documents (as defined below). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Plan.
| Borrower: | The Debtor that is party to the applicable Miner Equipment Lender Agreement (as defined in the Plan), a [●] [corporation] (the “New Equipment Borrower”). | |
| Lender: | The Holder of a Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim (the “Miner Equipment Lender”). | |
| Closing Date: | The Effective Date. | |
| Principal Amount: | The amount listed next to a Miner Equipment Lender’s name under the column “Principal of New Debt – Default Miner Equipment Lender Treatment” on Exhibit K of the Plan (the “Miner Equipment Facility Loan Amount”). | |
| Miner Equipment Facility: | A senior secured U.S. dollar denominated term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount equal to the applicable Miner Equipment Facility Loan Amount (the “Miner Equipment Facility”; the loans made thereunder, the “Miner Equipment Loans”) to be deemed issued in full and final satisfaction of the Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claims upon the Effective Date. | |
| Maturity Date: | The Miner Equipment Loans will mature five (5) years from the Closing Date. | |
| Miner Equipment Facility Agreement Documents: | The Miner Equipment Facility will be documented in a loan and security agreement (the “Miner Equipment Facility Agreement”) and will be secured pursuant thereto. The document referred to in the preceding sentence and documents ancillary or related thereto are referred to as the “Miner Equipment Facility Documents.” The Miner Equipment Facility Documents will be in form and substance satisfactory to the New Equipment Borrower. | |
| Interest Rate: | 10.00%. Interest shall be payable in cash on the applicable interest payment date (each, a “Payment Date”) subject to a five (5)-day grace period. | |
| Scheduled Amortization | None. | |
| Optional Prepayments: | No restrictions on optional prepayment, and the Miner Equipment Loans may be prepaid at any time and from time to time without premium or penalty. | |
| Mandatory Prepayments | Limited to net cash proceeds from sales of Equipment Collateral and net cash proceeds of casualty events; provided that, at the New Equipment Borrower’s option, such disposed Equipment Collateral may be replaced by equipment the value of which shall not exceed the reasonably equivalent value of the replaced Equipment Collateral. | |
| Prepayment / Make Whole Premium: | None. | |
| Equipment Collateral: | The Collateral securing the Miner Equipment Lender’s existing equipment loan/lease. | |
| Conditions Precedent: | The Miner Equipment Facility will become effective and the Miner Equipment Loans will be issued upon satisfaction (or waiver) of conditions precedent acceptable to the Miner Equipment Lenders limited to: (i) the Miner Equipment Lender not timely electing Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 1 or Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 2 pursuant to the Plan, or such Miner Equipment Lender making one of such elections but such elections becoming unavailable pursuant to the terms of the Plan; and (ii) the occurrence of the Effective Date. | |
| Covenants | Usual and customary for an equipment loan, limited to use of Equipment Collateral, no further encumbrance, limitations on sales and dispositions of Equipment Collateral to be agreed, fees and taxes, insurance, and further assurances. | |
| Financial Covenants: | None. | |
| Representations and Warranties | Limited to existence, requisite power and authority, no consents, enforceability and no violation of law. | |
| Reporting: | Customary for an equipment loan. | |
| Events of Default: | Limited to customary events of default including cross-acceleration to material debt. | |
| Governing Law and Submission to Exclusive Jurisdiction: | State of New York. | |
2
Exhibit F
New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Term Sheet (Election 1)
New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Term Sheet (Election 1)
Set forth below is a summary of certain key terms for the Miner Equipment Loans (as defined below), to be issued by the New Equipment Borrower (as defined below) to each Miner Equipment Lender (as defined below) that (i) is an existing lender under a Miner Equipment Lender Agreement described in the Plan (as defined below) and (ii) elects Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 1 (as defined in the Plan), pursuant to that certain joint chapter 11 plan, including all appendices, exhibits, schedules, and supplements hereto (including, without limitation, any appendices, schedules, and supplements to the Plan contained in the Plan Supplement), (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and the terms thereof, the “Plan”). This summary of proposed terms and conditions does not purport to summarize all of the terms, conditions, representations and other provisions with respect to the transactions referred to herein, which will be set forth in the Miner Equipment Facility Documents (as defined below). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Plan.
| Borrower: | The Debtor that is party to the applicable Miner Equipment Lender Agreement (as defined in the Plan), a [●] [corporation] (the “New Equipment Borrower”). | |
| Lender: | The Holder of a Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim (the “Miner Equipment Lender”). | |
| Closing Date: | The Effective Date. | |
| Principal Amount: | The amount listed next to a Miner Equipment Lender’s name under the column “Principal of New Debt – Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 1” on Exhibit K of the Plan (the “Miner Equipment Facility Loan Amount”). | |
| Miner Equipment Facility: | A senior secured U.S. dollar denominated term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount equal to the applicable Miner Equipment Facility Loan Amount (the “Miner Equipment Facility”; the loans made thereunder, the “Miner Equipment Loans”) to be deemed issued in full and final satisfaction of the Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claims upon the Effective Date. | |
| Maturity Date: | The Miner Equipment Loans will mature twelve (12) years from the Closing Date. | |
| Miner Equipment Facility Agreement Documents: | The Miner Equipment Facility will be documented in a loan and security agreement (the “Miner Equipment Facility Agreement”) and will be secured pursuant thereto. The document referred to in the preceding sentence and documents ancillary or related thereto are referred to as the “Miner Equipment Facility Documents.” The Miner Equipment Facility Documents will be in form and substance satisfactory to the New Equipment Borrower. | |
| Interest Rate: | 4.00%. Interest shall be payable in cash on the applicable interest payment date (each, a “Payment Date”) subject to a five (5)-day grace period. | |
| Scheduled Amortization | Commencing with the first full fiscal quarter ending two years after the Effective Date, 2.50 % of the original principal amount of the applicable Miner Equipment Loan, payable quarterly. | |
| Optional Prepayments: | No restrictions on optional prepayment, and the Miner Equipment Loans may be prepaid at any time and from time to time without premium or penalty. | |
| Mandatory Prepayments | Limited to net cash proceeds from sales of Equipment Collateral and net cash proceeds of casualty events; provided that, at the New Equipment Borrower’s option, such disposed Equipment Collateral may be replaced by equipment the value of which shall not exceed the reasonably equivalent value of the replaced Equipment Collateral. | |
| Prepayment / Make Whole Premium: | None. | |
| Equipment Collateral: | The Collateral securing the Miner Equipment Lender’s existing equipment loan/lease. | |
| Conditions Precedent: | The Miner Equipment Facility will become effective and the Miner Equipment Loans will be issued upon satisfaction (or waiver) of conditions precedent acceptable to the Miner Equipment Lenders limited to: (i) the Miner Equipment Lender timely electing Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 1 pursuant to the Plan and such option being available under the Plan; and (ii) the occurrence of the Effective Date. | |
| Covenants | Usual and customary for an equipment loan, limited to use of Equipment Collateral, no further encumbrance, limitations on sales and dispositions of Equipment Collateral to be agreed, fees and taxes, insurance, and further assurances. | |
| Financial Covenants: | None. | |
| Representations and Warranties | Limited to existence, requisite power and authority, no consents, enforceability and no violation of law. | |
| Reporting: | Customary for an equipment loan. | |
| Events of Default: | Limited to customary events of default including cross-acceleration to material debt. | |
| Governing Law and Submission to Exclusive Jurisdiction: | State of New York. | |
2
Exhibit G
New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Term Sheet (Election 2)
New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Term Sheet (Election 2)
Set forth below is a summary of certain key terms for the New Equipment Loans (as defined below), to be issued by the New Equipment Borrower (as defined below) to each Miner Equipment Lender (as defined below) that (i) is an existing lender under a Miner Equipment Lender Agreement described in the Plan (as defined below) and (ii) elects Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 2 (as defined in the Plan), pursuant to that certain joint chapter 11 plan, including all appendices, exhibits, schedules, and supplements hereto (including, without limitation, any appendices, schedules, and supplements to the Plan contained in the Plan Supplement), (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and the terms thereof, the “Plan”). This summary of proposed terms and conditions does not purport to summarize all of the terms, conditions, representations and other provisions with respect to the transactions referred to herein, which will be set forth in the Miner Equipment Facility Documents (as defined below). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Plan.
| Borrower: | The Debtor that is party to the applicable Miner Equipment Lender Agreement (as defined in the Plan), a [●] [corporation] (the “New Equipment Borrower”). | |
| Lender: | The Holder of a Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim (the “Miner Equipment Lender”). | |
| Closing Date: | The Effective Date. | |
| Principal Amount: | The amount listed next to a Miner Equipment Lender’s name under the column “Principal of New Debt – Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 2” on Exhibit K of the Plan (the “Miner Equipment Facility Loan Amount”). | |
| Miner Equipment Facility: | A senior secured U.S. dollar denominated term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount equal to the applicable Miner Equipment Facility Loan Amount (the “Miner Equipment Facility”; the loans made thereunder, the “Miner Equipment Loans”) to be deemed issued in full and final satisfaction of the Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claims upon the Effective Date. | |
| Maturity Date: | The Miner Equipment Loans will mature seven (7) years from the Closing Date. | |
| Miner Equipment Facility Agreement Documents: | The Miner Equipment Facility will be documented in a loan and security agreement (the “Miner Equipment Facility Agreement”) and will be secured pursuant thereto. The document referred to in the preceding sentence and documents ancillary or related thereto are referred to as the “Miner Equipment Facility Documents.” The Miner Equipment Facility Documents will be in form and substance satisfactory to the New Equipment Borrower. | |
| Interest Rate: | 7.00%. Interest shall be payable in cash on the applicable interest payment date (each, a “Payment Date”) subject to a five (5)-day grace period. | |
| Scheduled Amortization | Commencing with the first full fiscal quarter ending two years after the Effective Date, 5.00 % of the original principal amount of the applicable Miner Equipment Loan, payable quarterly. | |
| Optional Prepayments: | No restrictions on optional prepayment, and the Miner Equipment Loans may be prepaid at any time and from time to time without premium or penalty. | |
| Mandatory Prepayments | Limited to net cash proceeds from sales of Equipment Collateral and net cash proceeds of casualty events; provided that, at the New Equipment Borrower’s option, such disposed Equipment Collateral may be replaced by equipment the value of which shall not exceed the reasonably equivalent value of the replaced Equipment Collateral. | |
| Prepayment / Make Whole Premium: | None. | |
| Equipment Collateral: | The Collateral securing the Miner Equipment Lender’s existing equipment loan/lease. | |
| Conditions Precedent: | The Miner Equipment Facility will become effective and the Miner Equipment Loans will be issued upon satisfaction (or waiver) of conditions precedent acceptable to the Miner Equipment Lenders limited to: (i) the Miner Equipment Lender timely electing Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 2 pursuant to the Plan and such option being available under the Plan; and (ii) the occurrence of the Effective Date. | |
| Covenants | Usual and customary for an equipment loan, limited to use of Equipment Collateral, no further encumbrance, limitations on sales and dispositions of Equipment Collateral to be agreed, fees and taxes, insurance, and further assurances. | |
| Financial Covenants: | None. | |
| Representations and Warranties | Limited to existence, requisite power and authority, no consents, enforceability and no violation of law. | |
| Reporting: | Customary for an equipment loan. | |
| Events of Default: | Limited to customary events of default including cross-acceleration to material debt. | |
| Governing Law and Submission to Exclusive Jurisdiction: | State of New York. | |
2
Exhibit H
New GUC Notes Term Sheet
Terms of New GUC Takeback Notes
Set forth below is a summary of certain key terms for the New GUC Takeback Notes (as defined below), to be issued by the New GUC Issuer (as defined below) to each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim described in the Plan (as defined below) that elects GUC Treatment Election (as defined in the Plan), pursuant to that certain joint chapter 11 plan, including all appendices, exhibits, schedules, and supplements hereto (including, without limitation, any appendices, schedules, and supplements to the Plan contained in the Plan Supplement), (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and the terms thereof, the “Plan”). This summary of proposed terms and conditions does not purport to summarize all of the terms, conditions, representations and other provisions with respect to the transactions referred to herein, which will be set forth in the New GUC Notes Documents. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Plan.
| Issuer: | Reorganized Parent (the “New GUC Issuer”). | |
| Notes Description: | Unsecured notes (the “New GUC Takeback Notes”) issued pursuant to the Plan, to be deemed issued in full and final satisfaction, upon the Effective Date, of the Allowed General Unsecured Claims of Holders electing the GUC Treatment Election. | |
| Guarantors: | None. | |
| Principal Amount: | $75,000,000; provided, however, that such principal amount may be adjusted depending on the number of Holders of General Unsecured Claims that elect the GUC Treatment Election, in accordance with the terms and provisions of section 4.8(b) of the Plan. | |
| Interest Rate: | Each New GUC Takeback Note will bear interest at a fixed rate equal to 7.00% on each interest payment date, payable quarterly. | |
| Maturity Date: | Seven (7) years from the Plan Effective Date. | |
| Amortization | Commencing with the first full fiscal quarter ending two years after the Effective Date, 5.00 % of the original principal amount of the New GUC Takeback Notes, payable quarterly. | |
| Security: | None. | |
| Redemption: | Redemption terms to be agreed between the required Holders of the New GUC Takeback Notes and the New GUC Issuer. | |
| Other Covenants: | Usual and customary based on corresponding provisions in the New Secured Notes, as modified to reflect the unsecured and non-convertible nature of the New GUC Takeback Notes. | |
| Tradability/Liquidity | The offer, issuance, and distribution of the New GUC Takeback Notes will be exempt, pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code from registration under the Securities Act and the New GUC Takeback Notes will be freely tradable on the Effective Date, subject to any contractual limitations or restrictions for “control securities” under the U.S. securities laws, if applicable. | |
| Governing Law and Submission to Exclusive Jurisdiction: | State of New York. | |
Exhibit I
New M&M Lien Debt Term Sheet
New M&M Lien Debt Term Sheet
This term sheet (the “Term Sheet”) is Exhibit I to the Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Core Scientific, Inc. and its affiliated Debtors (the “Plan”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Plan.
Set forth below are the principal terms of each M&M Lien Takeback Debt obligation (each, an “Obligation”) to be issued to each Debt Holder (as defined herein) in respect of each M&M Lien Secured Claim of such Debt Holder. The Obligations will be subject to (a) the approval of the Bankruptcy Court and (b) emergence by the Debtors from the Chapter 11 Cases on the Effective Date, in accordance with (i) the Plan and (ii) any order entered by the Bankruptcy Court authorizing the M&M Lien Takeback Debt, which may be part of the order confirming the Plan (the “Confirmation Order”).
| Debt Issuer: | The applicable Debtor that owns or leases the real property encumbered by the M&M Liens which secure the M&M Lien Secured Claim (such Debtor, the “Issuer”), in each case, as set forth on Exhibit J attached to the Plan. | |
| Debt Holder: | The General Contractor which is the Holder of the M&M Lien Secured Claim (the “Debt Holder”), in each case, as set forth on Exhibit J attached to the Plan. | |
| Principal Amount: | The amount of the Debt Holder’s M&M Lien Secured Claim attributable to the applicable real property encumbered by the M&M Liens which secure such Debt Holder’s Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim (such amount, the “Principal”), in each case, as set forth on Exhibit J attached to the Plan. | |
| Payment Recipient: | With respect to Obligations in respect of M&M Lien Secured Claims attributable to amounts secured by M&M Liens of only the Debt Holder: the Debt Holder.
With respect to Obligations in respect of M&M Lien Secured Claims attributable to amounts secured by M&M Liens of the Debt Holder and, in duplication, by M&M Liens of one or more Subcontractors: Issuer shall make payments directly to each Debt Holder and Subcontractor, pro rata in the percentages set forth next to each such Debt Holder and Subcontractor on Exhibit J attached to the Plan; provided, however, that upon delivery to the Issuer of a final and unconditional lien waiver and release duly | |
| executed by a Subcontractor, in recordable form and substance sufficient to permanently waive and release such Subcontractor’s M&M Liens, the Issuer shall make all further payments on account of such Obligations attributable to such Subcontractor’s pro rata percentages set forth next to such Subcontractor on Exhibit J attached to the Plan directly to the Debt Holder.
Each payment made directly to a Subcontractor shall reduce the amount of such Obligation, such Debt Holder’s M&M Secured Lien Claim, such Debt Holder’s M&M Lien, and such Subcontractor’s M&M Lien, in each case on a dollar-for-dollar basis. | ||
| Interest Rate: | Interest shall accrue at a rate of five percent (5.00%) per annum. | |
| Payment Date: | The Obligations shall be payable in quarterly installments, payable on the last of each calendar quarter (each such payment date, a “Payment Date”) beginning on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date (e.g., if the Effective Date is on October 1, the first monthly payment date will be December 31) (such initial payment date, the “Initial Payment Date”). | |
| Maturity Date: | The date that is ten (10) years after the Initial Payment Date. | |
| Scheduled Amortization: | Years 1-2: Interest only shall be payable. Years 3-10: The Principal shall be fully amortized and payable in equal monthly installments. | |
| Collateral and Security: | Each Obligation shall be secured by the M&M Liens in favor of the Debt Holder that encumber the applicable property (the “Collateral”). | |
| Voluntary Prepayments: | Each Issuer shall have the right, exercisable at any time and from time to time, to voluntarily prepay the M&M Lien Takeback Debt in whole or in part, without premium or penalty.
Any voluntary prepayment of the Obligations shall be applied in inverse or direct order of maturity in the discretion of, and as specified in a notice accompanying such prepayment from, the Issuer. | |
2
| Automatic Release of Mechanic’s Liens: | Any M&M Lien (i) of a Subcontractor, (ii) of the Debt Holder, or (iii) otherwise securing an Obligation shall be fully and finally extinguished upon the repayment in full of the applicable Obligation. Upon repayment in full of an Obligation, the Issuer is authorized to record (and granted power of attorney to effectuate such recordation) final, unconditional lien waivers, releases of lien, and such other documents or certificates required to fully and unconditionally release any such M&M Lien in the applicable real property records, and each applicable clerk is directed to accept such documentation. | |
| Events of Default: | The occurrence of the following event shall constitute an “Event of Default” by Issuer: Issuer fails to pay any quarterly installment on the Payment Date when such quarterly installment becomes due, and such failure continues for sixty (60) days after the Debt Holder gives written notice thereof to Issuer.
With respect to each Obligation, unless and until an Event of Default occurs, each Debt Holder and Subcontractor whose M&M Liens secure amounts attributable to M&M Lien Secured Claims in respect of such Obligation shall be barred from foreclosing or otherwise enforcing such M&M Lien or otherwise taking adverse action against the Issuer of such Obligation with regard to any amounts secured by such M&M Lien. | |
| Governing Law: | With respect of each Obligation, the State in which the real property encumbered by the M&M Liens securing the M&M Lien Secured Claims in respect of such Obligations is situated. | |
| Documentation: | Each M&M Lien Takeback Debt Obligation shall be automatically deemed to be issued upon the Effective Date of the Plan. | |
3
Exhibit J
M&M Lien Claims Schedule
M&M Lien Claims Schedule*1
| Real Property |
Lienholder/Claimant | General Contractor or Subcontractor |
General Contractor under applicable General Contract which gives rise to the M&M Liens and/or Claims |
Proof of Claim Numbers Filed by Lienholder/ Claimant |
Unreduced Amount of Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim2 |
Allowed Unsecured Claim Amount |
Unreduced Amount of Allowed M&M Lien3 |
Materials and Equipment Held by such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
Value of Materials and Equipment Held by such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
Amount of Allowed M&M Lien4
(equal to Unreduced |
Amount of Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim5
(which shall amount of |
Amount of applicable M&M Takeback Debt to be repaid directly to such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
Pro Rata Percentage of applicable M&M Lien Takeback Debt to be repaid directly to such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Denton |
McCarthy Building Companies, Inc. |
General Contractor |
McCarthy Building Companies, Inc. |
468 | $ | 17,052,583.65 | [TBD | ] | $ | 17,052,583.65 | N/A | N/A | $ | 17,052,583.65 | $ | 17,052,583.65 | $ | 5,814,510.32 | 34.10 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Denton |
Sure Steel – Texas, L.P. |
Subcontractor | McCarthy Building Companies, Inc. |
110 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 695,277.03 | N/A | N/A | $ | 695,277.03 | $ | 0 | $ | 695,277.03 | 4.08 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Denton |
Way Mechanical |
Subcontractor | McCarthy Building Companies, Inc. |
N/A | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 436,029.00 | N/A | N/A | $ | 436,029.00 | $ | 0 | $ | 436,029.00 | 2.56 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Denton |
McCorvey Sheet Metal Works, LP |
Subcontractor | McCarthy Building Companies, Inc. |
N/A | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 20,895.50 | N/A | N/A | $ | 20,895.50 | $ | 0 | $ | 20,895.50 | 0.12 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Denton |
BEAM Concrete Construction, Inc. |
Subcontractor | McCarthy Building Companies, Inc. |
187 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 878,306.82 | N/A | N/A | $ | 878,306.82 | $ | 0 | $ | 878,306.82 | 5.15 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1 | This Schedule is subject to ongoing review and revision by the Debtors and their advisors, and thus is subject to change. |
| 2 | The proposed unreduced allowed amount of each M&M Lien Secured Claim set forth on this Schedule is subject to the Debtors’ ongoing analysis regarding whether each of the related M&M Liens are valid and were properly perfected in accordance with applicable law. |
| 3 | The proposed allowed unreduced amount of each M&M Lien set forth on this Schedule is subject to the Debtors’ ongoing analysis regarding whether each M&M Lien is valid and was properly perfected in accordance with applicable law. |
| 4 | The proposed allowed amount of each M&M Lien set forth on this Schedule is subject to the Debtors’ ongoing analysis regarding whether each M&M Lien is valid and was properly perfected in accordance with applicable law. |
| 5 | The proposed allowed amount of each M&M Lien Secured Claim set forth on this Schedule is subject to the Debtors’ ongoing analysis regarding whether each of the related M&M Liens are valid and were properly perfected in accordance with applicable law. |
| Real Property |
Lienholder/Claimant | General Contractor or Subcontractor |
General Contractor under applicable General Contract which gives rise to the M&M Liens and/or Claims |
Proof of Claim Numbers Filed by Lienholder/ Claimant |
Unreduced Amount of Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim2 |
Allowed Unsecured Claim Amount |
Unreduced Amount of Allowed M&M Lien3 |
Materials and Equipment Held by such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
Value of Materials and Equipment Held by such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
Amount of Allowed M&M Lien4
(equal to Unreduced |
Amount of Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim5
(which shall amount of |
Amount of applicable M&M Takeback Debt to be repaid directly to such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
Pro Rata Percentage of applicable M&M Lien Takeback Debt to be repaid directly to such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Denton |
Humphrey & Associates, Inc. |
Subcontractor | McCarthy Building Companies, Inc. |
510 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 7,036,021.06 | N/A | N/A | $ | 7,036,021.06 | $ | 0 | $ | 7,036,021.06 | 41.26 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Denton |
Imperial Fire Protection, LLC |
Subcontractor | McCarthy Building Companies, Inc. |
122 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 209,210.00 | N/A | N/A | $ | 209,210.00 | $ | 0 | $ | 209,210.00 | 1.23 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Denton |
ABLe Communications, Inc. |
Subcontractor | McCarthy Building Companies, Inc. |
538 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 1,094,850.64 | N/A | N/A | $ | 1,094,850.64 | $ | 0 | $ | 1,094,850.64 | 6.42 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Denton |
Pillar Electric Group, LP |
Subcontractor | McCarthy Building Companies, Inc. |
N/A | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 28,266.49 | N/A | N/A | $ | 28,266.49 | $ | 0 | $ | 28,266.49 | 0.17 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Denton |
Power Engineering Services, Inc. |
Subcontractor | McCarthy Building Companies, Inc. |
N/A | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 98,440.00 | N/A | N/A | $ | 98,440.00 | $ | 0 | $ | 98,440.00 | 0.58 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Denton |
North Texas Contracting, Inc. |
Subcontractor | McCarthy Building Companies, Inc. |
N/A | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 189,425.90 | N/A | N/A | $ | 189,425.90 | $ | 0 | $ | 189,425.90 | 1.11 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Denton |
RPM xConstruction, LLC |
Subcontractor | McCarthy Building Companies, Inc. |
N/A | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 19,394.12 | N/A | N/A | $ | 19,394.12 | $ | 0 | $ | 19,394.12 | 0.11 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Denton |
BURNCO Texas LLC |
Subcontractor | McCarthy Building Companies, Inc. |
N/A | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 531,956.77 | N/A | N/A | $ | 531,956.77 | $ | 0 | $ | 531,956.77 | 3.12 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2
| Real Property |
Lienholder/Claimant | General Contractor or Subcontractor |
General Contractor under applicable General Contract which gives rise to the M&M Liens and/or Claims |
Proof of Claim Numbers Filed by Lienholder/ Claimant |
Unreduced Amount of Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim2 |
Allowed Unsecured Claim Amount |
Unreduced Amount of Allowed M&M Lien3 |
Materials and Equipment Held by such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
Value of Materials and Equipment Held by such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
Amount of Allowed M&M Lien4
(equal to Unreduced |
Amount of Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim5
(which shall amount of |
Amount of applicable M&M Takeback Debt to be repaid directly to such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
Pro Rata Percentage of applicable M&M Lien Takeback Debt to be repaid directly to such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Denton |
Housley Communications |
Subcontractor | McCarthy Building Companies, Inc. |
167 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | N/A | N/A | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | 0 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Denton |
Trilogy, LLC | General Contractor |
Trilogy, LLC |
7 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | 100 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Denton |
Herc Rentals, Inc. |
General Contractor |
Herc Rentals, Inc. |
340 | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | $ | 0 | N/A | N/A | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Denton |
Maddox Industrial Transformer, LLC |
General Contractor |
Maddox Industrial Transformer, LLC |
295 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cedarvale |
Huband-Mantor Construction |
General Contractor |
Huband- Mantor Construction |
55, 90 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cedarvale |
Wessely- Thompson Hardware, Inc. |
Subcontractor | Huband- Mantor Construction |
341, 343, 356 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cedarvale |
MK Marlow Company, LLC |
Subcontractor | Huband- Mantor Construction |
84, 85, 91, 514 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | ||||||||||||||||||||||
3
| Real Property |
Lienholder/ Claimant | General Contractor or Subcontractor |
General Contractor under applicable General Contract which gives rise to the M&M Liens and/or Claims |
Proof of Claim Numbers Filed by Lienholder/ Claimant |
Unreduced Amount of Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim2 |
Allowed Unsecured Claim Amount |
Unreduced Amount of Allowed M&M Lien3 |
Materials and Equipment Held by such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
Value of Materials and Equipment Held by such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
Amount of Allowed M&M Lien4
(equal to Unreduced |
Amount of Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim5
(which shall amount of |
Amount of applicable M&M Takeback Debt to be repaid directly to such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
Pro Rata Percentage of applicable M&M Lien Takeback Debt to be repaid directly to such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cedarvale |
Coonrod Electric Co., LLC |
Subcontractor | Huband- Mantor Construction |
43, 44, 47, 273, 276 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cedarvale |
Summit Electric Supply Co. |
Subcontractor | Huband- Mantor Construction |
3, 114 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cedarvale |
Morsco Supply LLC DBA Morrison Supply Company |
Subcontractor | Huband- Mantor Construction |
N/A | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cedarvale |
Graybar Electric Company, Inc. |
Subcontractor | Huband- Mantor Construction |
171, 186 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cedarvale |
T&D Moravits & Co., LLC |
Subcontractor | Huband- Mantor Construction |
N/A | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cedarvale |
Jay Henges Enterprises, Inc. d/b/a Porta King Building Systems |
Subcontractor | Huband- Manor Construction |
N/A | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cedarvale |
Condair Inc. |
General Contrctor |
Condair Inc. | 430 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | 100 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
4
| Real Property |
Lienholder/Claimant | General Contractor or Subcontractor |
General Contractor under applicable General Contract which gives rise to the M&M Liens and/or Claims |
Proof of Claim Numbers Filed by Lienholder/ Claimant |
Unreduced Amount of Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim2 |
Allowed Unsecured Claim Amount |
Unreduced Amount of Allowed M&M Lien3 |
Materials and Equipment Held by such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
Value of Materials and Equipment Held by such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
Amount of Allowed M&M Lien4
(equal to Unreduced |
Amount of Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim5
(which shall amount of |
Amount of applicable M&M Takeback Debt to be repaid directly to such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
Pro Rata Percentage of applicable M&M Lien Takeback Debt to be repaid directly to such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cedarvale |
Trilogy, LLC |
General Contractor |
Trilogy, LLC |
1 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | 100 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cedarvale |
Herc Rentals, Inc. |
General Contractor |
Herc Rentals, Inc. |
340 | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | $ | 0 | N/A | N/A | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cottonwood |
Huband- Mantor Construction |
General Contractor |
Huband- Mantor Construction |
55, 90 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cottonwood |
MK Marlow Company, LLC |
Subcontractor | Huband- Mantor Construction |
84, 85, 91, 514 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cottonwood |
Coonrod Electric Co., LLC |
Subcontractor | Huband- Mantor Construction |
43, 45, 46, 193, 194, 274, 275 |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cottonwood |
Graybar Electric Company, Inc. |
Subcontractor | Huband- Mantor Construction |
171, 186 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cottonwood |
Summit Electric Supply Co. |
Subcontractor | Huband- Mantor Construction |
3, 114 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cottonwood |
Network Cabling Services, Inc. |
Subcontractor | Huband- Mantor Construction |
163 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cottonwood |
1155 Distributor Partners Housing, LLC d/b/a Lonestar Electric Supply |
Subcontractor | Huband- Mantor Construction |
N/A | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cottonwood |
Morsco Supply LLC DBA Morrison Supply Company |
Subcontractor | Huband- Mantor Construction |
N/A | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | ||||||||||||||||||||||
5
| Real Property |
Lienholder/Claimant | General Contractor or Subcontractor |
General Contractor under applicable General Contract which gives rise to the M&M Liens and/or Claims |
Proof of Claim Numbers Filed by Lienholder/ Claimant |
Unreduced Amount of Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim2 |
Allowed Unsecured Claim Amount |
Unreduced Amount of Allowed M&M Lien3 |
Materials and Equipment Held by such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
Value of Materials and Equipment Held by such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
Amount of Allowed M&M Lien4
(equal to Unreduced |
Amount of Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim5
(which shall amount of |
Amount of applicable M&M Takeback Debt to be repaid directly to such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
Pro Rata Percentage of applicable M&M Lien Takeback Debt to be repaid directly to such General Contractor or Subcontractor |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cottonwood |
T&D Moravits & Co., LLC |
Subcontractor | Huband- Mantor Construction |
N/A | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD] | [TBD] | [TBD | ] | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Cottonwood |
Condair Inc. | General Contrctor |
Condair Inc. | 430 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD] | [TBD] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | 100 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Cottonwood |
Trilogy, LLC |
General Contractor |
Trilogy, LLC |
1, 5 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD] | [TBD] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | 100 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Cottonwood |
Herc Rentals, Inc. |
General Contractor |
Herc Rentals, Inc. |
340 | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | $ | 0 | N/A | N/A | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cottonwood |
FlowTx | General Contractor |
FlowTx | 29 | $ | 0 | $ | 1,263,811.00 | $ | 0 | N/A | $0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Muskogee |
Harper Construction Company, Inc. |
General Contractor |
Harper Construction Company, Inc. |
437 | $ | 9,700,571.00 | [TBD | ] | $ | 9,700,571.00 | N/A | N/A | $ | 9,700,571.00 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Muskogee |
Contech, Inc. |
Subcontractor | Harper Construction Company, Inc. |
N/A | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 602,556.08 | N/A | N/A | $ | 602,556.08 | $ | 0 | $ | 602,556.08 | [TBD | ] | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Muskogee |
Gaylor Electric, Inc. |
Subcontractor | Harper Construction Company, Inc. |
374, 378 |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD] | [TBD] | [TBD | ] | $ | 0 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Muskogee |
J.W. Didado | General Contractor |
J.W. Didado | 263, 310 |
[TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD] | [TBD] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | 100 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Muskogee |
Trilogy, LLC |
General Contractor |
Trilogy, LLC |
1 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD] | [TBD] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | 100 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
6
Exhibit K
Miner Equipment Lender Claims Schedule
Miner Equipment Lender Schedule*1
| Holder |
Agreement(s) | Proof of Claim Number |
Allowed Secured Claim |
Allowed Deficiency Claim (as of Petition Date) |
Collateral (# of Miners) |
Principal of New Debt | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Default Miner Equipment Lender Treatment2 |
Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 13 |
Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 24 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 36th Street Capital Partners, LLC |
36th Street Miner Agreement |
294 | $ | 1,109,730.80 | $ | 2,698,065.07 | 970 | $ | 1,109,730.80 | $ | 3,807,795.87 | $ | 2,855,846.91 | |||||||||||||||||
| Anchorage Lending CA, LLC |
Anchorage Agreements |
362 | $ | 5,319,306.20 | $ | 20,611,892.34 | 5,354 | $ | 5,319,306.20 | $ | 25,931,198.54 | $ | 19,448,398.91 | |||||||||||||||||
| Barings (Consolidated)5 |
Barings (Consolidated) |
$ | 13,982,121.20 | $ | 51,997,229.30 | 14,181 | $ | 13,982,121.20 | $ | 65,979,350.50 | $ | 49,484,512.88 | ||||||||||||||||||
| 1 | This schedule is subject to ongoing review and revision by the Debtors and their advisors, and thus is subject to change. |
| 2 | Equal to Allowed Secured Claim. |
| 3 | Equal to 100% of the sum of Allowed Secured Claim plus Allowed Deficiency Claim. Principal will be adjusted to add to principal the accrued interest, at the Federal Judgment Rate, from the Petition Date through the Effective Date |
| 4 | Equal to 75% of the sum of Allowed Secured Claim plus Allowed Deficiency Claim. Principal will be adjusted to add to principal the accrued interest, at the Federal Judgment Rate, from the Petition Date through the Effective Date. |
| 5 | The Debtors have reflected the Barings entities on a consolidated basis. The Debtors may amend this schedule to reflect amounts allocated for each entity. |
| Holder |
Agreement(s) | Proof of Claim Number |
Allowed Secured Claim |
Allowed Deficiency Claim (as of Petition Date) |
Collateral (# of Miners) |
Principal of New Debt | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Default Miner Equipment Lender Treatment2 |
Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 13 |
Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 24 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Barings BDC, Inc. |
Barings Agreements |
432 | 6 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Barings Capital Investment Corporation |
Barings Agreements |
443 | 7 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Barings Private Credit Corp. |
Barings Agreements |
442 | 8 | [TBD | ] | [TBD | ] | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| BlockFi Lending LLC |
BlockFi Agreements |
447 | 9 | $ | 16,447,343.40 | $ | 39,240,237.49 | 14,508 | $ | 16,447,343.40 | $ | 55,687,580.89 | $ | 41,765,685.67 | ||||||||||||||||
| 6 | Any other Proofs of Claim filed by Barings BDC, Inc., including Proofs of Claim Nos. 438, 444, 453, 455, 460, 466, 467, 473, 477, and 478, are Disallowed. |
| 7 | Any other Proofs of Claim filed by Barings Capital Investment Corporation, including Proofs of Claim Nos. 440, 449, 451, 454, 457, 461, 463, 464, 472, and 475, are Disallowed. |
| 8 | Any other Proofs of Claim filed by Barings Private Credit Corp., including Proofs of Claim Nos. 433, 446, 450, 452, 458, 462, 465, 470, 471, and 474, are Disallowed. |
| 9 | Any other Proofs of Claim filed by BlockFi Lending LLC, including Proof of Claim No. 423, are Disallowed. |
2
| Holder |
Agreement(s) | Proof of Claim Number |
Allowed Secured Claim |
Allowed Deficiency Claim (as of Petition Date) |
Collateral (# of Miners) |
Principal of New Debt | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Default Miner Equipment Lender Treatment2 |
Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 13 |
Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 24 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Jack Novak |
Novak Agreements |
224 | 10 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 10,221,917.81 | [TBD | ] | $ | 0.00 | $ | 10,221,917.81 | $ | 7,666,438.36 | |||||||||||||||
| MassMutual Asset Finance LLC |
MassMutual Agreements |
298 | 11 | $ | 16,543,822.40 | $ | 26,229,358.56 | 15,066 | $ | 16,543,822.40 | $ | 42,773,180.96 | $ | 32,079,885.72 | ||||||||||||||||
| Stonebriar Commercial Finance LLC |
Stonebriar Agreement |
490 | $ | 1,664,934.44 | $ | 1,473,736.60 | 1,465 | $ | 1,664,934.44 | $ | 3,138,671.04 | $ | 2,354,003.28 | |||||||||||||||||
| Trinity Capital Inc. |
Trinity Agreements OpCo |
370 | $ | 3,059,776.71 | $ | 10,539,233.00 | 5,812 | $ | 3,059,776.71 | $ | 13,599,009.71 | $ | 10,199,257.29 | |||||||||||||||||
| Trinity Capital Inc. |
Trinity Agreement Parent |
371 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 10,000,000.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 10,000,000.00 | $ | 7,500,000.00 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Wingspire Equipment Finance LLC (f/k/a Liberty Commercial Finance LLC) |
Liberty Miner Agreements |
402 | 12 | $ | 1,216,027.20 | $ | 1,292,417.05 | 1,070 | $ | 1,216,027.20 | $ | 2,508,444.25 | $ | 1,881,333.19 | ||||||||||||||||
| 10 | Any other Proofs of Claim filed by Jack Novak, including Proof of Claim No. 201, are Disallowed. |
| 11 | Any other Proofs of Claim filed by MassMutual Asset Finance LLC, including Proof of Claim No. 319, are Disallowed. |
| 12 | For the avoidance of doubt, the Allowed Claim amounts set forth in this schedule relate only to the Liberty Miner Agreements and not the Liberty Non-Miner Agreements. Wingspire Equipment Finance LLC’s Claim with regard to the Liberty Non-Miner Agreements is treated in Class 4 as set forth in section 4.3 of the Plan. |
3
Exhibit L
Other Secured Claims Schedule
Other Secured Claims Schedule*1
| Holder |
Agreement(s) |
Proof of Claim Number or Schedule Number |
Allowed Secured Claim (as of Petition Date) |
|||||||
| Bremer Bank, National Association |
Bremer Agreements | 307 | $ | 18,387,243.59 | ||||||
| 36th Street Capital Partners, LLC |
36th Street Non-Miner Agreements | 294 | 2 | $ | 63,437.75 | |||||
| Bank of the West |
Bank of the West Agreement | 12 | $ | 46,144.99 | ||||||
| Dell Financial Services LLC |
Dell Agreements | Schedule No. 2423869 | 3 | $ | 162,909.49 | |||||
| Indigo Direct Lending, LLC |
Indigo Agreement | 226, 227 | 4 | $ | 2,190,086.26 | |||||
| 1 | This schedule is subject to ongoing review and revision by the Debtors and their advisors, and thus is subject to change. |
| 2 | For the avoidance of doubt, the Allowed Claim amounts set forth in this schedule relate only to the 36th Street Non-Miner Agreements and not the 36th Street Miner Agreement. 36th Street Capital Partners, LLC’s Claim with regard to the 36th Street Miner Agreement is treated in Class 3 as set forth in section 4.3 of the Plan. |
| 3 | For the avoidance of doubt, the Allowed amount set forth herein relates to the Dell Agreements. The Schedule refers to the Dell Agreements, but inadvertently includes an incorrect agreement date and interest rate. |
| 4 | For the avoidance of doubt, two Debtors are party to the Indigo Agreement, and Proofs of Claim Nos. 226 and 227 shall be jointly allowed in the aggregate amount as set forth herein. |
| Holder |
Agreement(s) |
Proof of Claim Number or Schedule Number |
Allowed Secured Claim (as of Petition Date) |
|||||||
| Meridian Equipment Finance, LLC |
Meridian Agreement | 23,149,150 | 5 | $ | 96,516.18 | |||||
| North Mill Equipment Finance LLC |
North Mill Agreement (Schedule 3) | 135 | $ | 386,868.33 | ||||||
| North Mill Equipment Finance LLC |
North Mill Agreement (Schedule 5) | 137 | $ | 273,338.09 | ||||||
| North Star Leasing |
North Star Agreements | 619 | 6 | $ | 609,809.32 | |||||
| Prime Alliance Bank, Inc. |
Prime Agreements | 297 | $ | 2,274,860.21 | ||||||
| Wingspire Equipment Finance LLC (f/k/a Liberty Commercial Finance LLC) |
Liberty Non-Miner Agreements | 402 | 7 | $ | 1,271,351.93 | |||||
| 5 | For the avoidance of doubt, Proofs of Claim Nos. 23, 149, and 150 shall be jointly allowed in the aggregate amount as set forth herein. Furthermore, the Debtors disclaim any liability regarding the agreement attached to Proof of Claim No. 23 between Meridian Equipment Finance, LLC and Knoxville Center for Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery, P.C. |
| 6 | North Star Leasing also filed Proof of Claim No. 99, which is against Michael W. Coffey and Leigh S. Coffey and appears to have been filed in the wrong chapter 11 cases. Proof of Claim No. 99 shall be Disallowed and will be the subject of a separate objection. |
| 7 | For the avoidance of doubt, the Allowed Claim amount set forth in this schedule relate only to the Liberty Non-Miner Agreements and not the Liberty Miner Agreements. Wingspire Equipment Finance LLC’s Claim with regard to the Liberty Miner Agreements is treated in Class 3 as set forth in section 4.3 of the Plan. |
2
Exhibit M
Secured Mortgage Claims Schedule
Secured Mortgages Claims Schedule*1
| Holder |
Agreement(s) | Proof of Claim Number or Schedule Number |
Allowed Secured Claim (as of Petition Date) |
|||||||
| Brown Corporation |
Brown Agreement | 502 | 2 | $ | 166,818.23 | |||||
| Holliwood LLC |
Holliwood Agreements | 504 | $ | 529,053.77 | ||||||
| 1 | This schedule is subject to ongoing review and revision by the Debtors and their advisors, and thus is subject to change. |
| 2 | Proof of Claim No. 502 shall be deemed Allowed only against American Property Acquisition, LLC. |
Exhibit 99.2
| THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT (AS MAY BE AMENDED) WILL BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL BUT HAS NOT YET BEEN APPROVED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS, HOUSTON DIVISION. THIS IS NOT A SOLICITATION OF ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN. ACCEPTANCES OR REJECTIONS MAY NOT BE SOLICITED UNTIL A DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN APPROVED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT. THE INFORMATION IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL ANY SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES. |
IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS
HOUSTON DIVISION
| § | ||||
| In re: |
§ | Chapter 11 | ||
| § | ||||
| CORE SCIENTIFIC, INC., et al., |
§ | Case No. 22-90341 (DRJ) | ||
| § | ||||
| § | (Jointly Administered) | |||
| Debtors.1 | § |
DISCLOSURE STATEMENT FOR JOINT CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF
CORE SCIENTIFIC, INC. AND ITS DEBTOR AFFILIATES
| WEIL, GOTSHAL & MANGES LLP Alfredo R. Pérez (15776275) Clifford Carlson (24090024) 700 Louisiana Street, Suite 1700 Houston, Texas 77002 Telephone: (713) 546-5000 Facsimile: (713) 224-9511 |
WEIL, GOTSHAL & MANGES LLP Ray C. Schrock, (admitted pro hac vice) Ronit J. Berkovich (admitted pro hac vice) New York, New York 10153 Telephone: (212) 310-8000 Facsimile: (212) 310-8007 |
Counsel for Debtors
and Debtors in Possession
Dated: June 20, 2023
Houston, Texas
| 1 | The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases, along with the last four digits of each Debtor’s federal tax identification number, are as follows: Core Scientific Mining LLC (6971); Core Scientific, Inc. (3837); Core Scientific Acquired Mining LLC (6074); Core Scientific Operating Company (5526); Radar Relay, Inc. (0496); Core Scientific Specialty Mining (Oklahoma) LLC (4327); American Property Acquisition, LLC (0825); Starboard Capital LLC (6677); RADAR LLC (5106); American Property Acquisitions I, LLC (9717); and American Property Acquisitions, VII, LLC (3198). The Debtors’ corporate headquarters and service address is 210 Barton Springs Road, Suite 300, Austin, Texas 78704. |
DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, DATED JUNE 20, 2023
Solicitation of Votes on the Plan of
CORE SCIENTIFIC, INC., ET AL.
THIS SOLICITATION OF VOTES (THE “SOLICITATION”) IS BEING CONDUCTED TO OBTAIN SUFFICIENT VOTES TO ACCEPT THE JOINT CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF CORE SCIENTIFIC, INC. AND ITS DEBTOR AFFILIATES IN THE ABOVE-CAPTIONED CHAPTER 11 CASES (COLLECTIVELY, THE “DEBTORS”), ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT A (THE “PLAN”).
THE VOTING DEADLINE TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN IS [•] (PREVAILING CENTRAL TIME) ON [•], 2023 UNLESS EXTENDED BY THE DEBTORS IN WRITING.
THE RECORD DATE FOR DETERMINING WHICH HOLDERS OF CLAIMS OR INTERESTS MAY VOTE ON THE PLAN IS [•], 2023 (THE “RECORD DATE”).
RECOMMENDATION BY THE DEBTORS
The Special Committee (as defined herein) has unanimously approved the transactions contemplated by the Plan. The Debtors believe the Plan is in the best interests of all stakeholders and recommend that all creditors and equity holders whose votes are being solicited submit ballots to accept the Plan.
HOLDERS OF CLAIMS OR INTERESTS SHOULD NOT CONSTRUE THE CONTENTS OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AS PROVIDING ANY LEGAL, BUSINESS, FINANCIAL, OR TAX ADVICE AND SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN ADVISORS BEFORE CASTING A VOTE WITH RESPECT TO THE PLAN.
NEITHER THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT NOR THE MOTION SEEKING APPROVAL THEREOF CONSTITUTES AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY SECURITIES IN ANY STATE OR JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS UNLAWFUL.
THE OFFER, ISSUANCE, AND DISTRIBUTION UNDER THE PLAN OF THE NEW COMMON INTERESTS (DEFINED IN THE PLAN), NEW GUC TAKEBACK NOTES (DEFINED IN THE PLAN), NEW SECURED NOTES (DEFINED IN THE PLAN), AND THE NEW COMMON INTERESTS ISSUED UPON CONVERSION THEREOF, IF ANY, WILL, IN EACH CASE, BE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND ANY
OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO SECTION 1145 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE.
WITH RESPECT TO THE SECURITIES ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION UNDER SECTION 1145 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE, SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE RESOLD WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR OTHER FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY SECTION 4(A)(1) OF THE SECURITIES ACT, UNLESS THE HOLDER IS AN “UNDERWRITER” WITH RESPECT TO SUCH SECURITIES, AS THAT TERM IS DEFINED IN SECTION 1145(B) OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE. IN ADDITION, SUCH SECURITIES GENERALLY MAY BE RESOLD WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO VARIOUS EXEMPTIONS PROVIDED BY THE RESPECTIVE LAWS OF THE SEVERAL STATES.
THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION UNDER SECTION 1145 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS WILL NOT BE A CONDITION TO THE OCCURRENCE OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE.
THE SECURITIES ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE “SEC”) OR BY ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR SIMILAR PUBLIC, GOVERNMENTAL, OR REGULATORY AUTHORITY, AND NEITHER THE SEC NOR ANY SUCH AUTHORITY HAS PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT OR UPON THE MERITS OF THE PLAN. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
CERTAIN STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, INCLUDING STATEMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE, PROJECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (SUCH AS THAT REFERRED TO UNDER THE CAPTION “FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS” ELSEWHERE IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT), THE LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS (AS DEFINED HEREIN), THE VALUATION ANALYSIS (AS DEFINED HEREIN), AND OTHER FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, ARE BASED ON ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS. THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE THAT SUCH STATEMENTS WILL BE REFLECTIVE OF ACTUAL OUTCOMES. FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS SHOULD BE EVALUATED IN THE CONTEXT OF THE ESTIMATES, ASSUMPTIONS, UNCERTAINTIES, AND RISKS DESCRIBED HEREIN.
FURTHERMORE, READERS ARE CAUTIONED THAT ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS HEREIN, INCLUDING ANY PROJECTIONS, ARE SUBJECT TO A NUMBER OF ASSUMPTIONS, RISKS, AND UNCERTAINTIES, MANY OF WHICH ARE BEYOND THE CONTROL OF THE DEBTORS. IMPORTANT ASSUMPTIONS AND OTHER IMPORTANT FACTORS THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE FACTORS, RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES DESCRIBED IN MORE DETAIL UNDER THE HEADING “CERTAIN RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED” BELOW, AS WELL AS CERTAIN RISKS INHERENT IN THE DEBTORS’ BUSINESS AND OTHER FACTORS LISTED IN THE DEBTORS’ SEC FILINGS. PARTIES ARE CAUTIONED THAT THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE MADE AS OF THE DATE HEREOF UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, ARE BASED ON THE DEBTORS’ CURRENT
BELIEFS, INTENTIONS AND EXPECTATIONS, AND ARE NOT GUARANTEES OF FUTURE PERFORMANCE. ACTUAL RESULTS OR DEVELOPMENTS MAY DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THE EXPECTATIONS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, AND THE DEBTORS UNDERTAKE NO OBLIGATION TO UPDATE ANY SUCH STATEMENTS. THE DEBTORS AND REORGANIZED DEBTORS, AS APPLICABLE, DO NOT INTEND AND UNDERTAKE NO OBLIGATION TO UPDATE OR OTHERWISE REVISE ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, INCLUDING ANY PROJECTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN, TO REFLECT EVENTS OR CIRCUMSTANCES EXISTING OR ARISING AFTER THE DATE HEREOF OR TO REFLECT THE OCCURRENCE OF UNANTICIPATED EVENTS OR OTHERWISE, UNLESS INSTRUCTED TO DO SO BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT.
NO INDEPENDENT AUDITOR OR ACCOUNTANT HAS REVIEWED OR APPROVED THE FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS OR THE LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS HEREIN.
THE DEBTORS HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANY PERSON TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR ADVICE, OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION, IN CONNECTION WITH THE PLAN OR THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT.
THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ARE MADE AS OF THE DATE HEREOF UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. THE TERMS OF THE PLAN GOVERN IN THE EVENT OF ANY INCONSISTENCY WITH THE SUMMARIES IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT.
THE INFORMATION IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS BEING PROVIDED SOLELY FOR PURPOSES OF VOTING TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN OR OBJECTING TO CONFIRMATION. NOTHING IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT MAY BE USED BY ANY PARTY FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE.
NOTHING IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SHALL PREJUDICE OR WAIVE THE RIGHTS OF ANY PARTY WITH RESPECT TO THE CLASSIFICATION, TREATMENT, IMPAIRMENT OF ANY CLAIMS SHOULD THIS PLAN NOT BE CONFIRMED.
ALL EXHIBITS TO THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ARE INCORPORATED INTO AND ARE A PART OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AS IF SET FORTH IN FULL HEREIN.
THE PLAN PROVIDES THAT THE FOLLOWING PARTIES ARE DEEMED TO GRANT THE RELEASES PROVIDED FOR THEREIN: (A) THE DEBTORS; (B) THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS; (C) WITH RESPECT TO EACH OF THE FOREGOING PERSONS IN CLAUSES (A) THROUGH (B), ALL RELATED PARTIES; (D) THE HOLDERS OF ALL CLAIMS OR INTERESTS THAT VOTE TO ACCEPT THE PLAN; (E) THE HOLDERS OF ALL CLAIMS OR INTERESTS WHOSE VOTE TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN IS SOLICITED BUT THAT DO NOT VOTE EITHER TO ACCEPT OR TO REJECT THE PLAN AND DO NOT OPT OUT OF GRANTING THE RELEASES
SET FORTH IN ARTICLE X OF THE PLAN; (F) THE HOLDERS OF ALL CLAIMS OR INTERESTS THAT VOTE, OR ARE DEEMED, TO REJECT THE PLAN OR THAT ARE PRESUMED TO ACCEPT THE PLAN BUT DO NOT OPT OUT OF GRANTING THE RELEASES SET FORTH IN ARTICLE X OF THE PLAN; AND (G) THE HOLDERS OF ALL CLAIMS AND INTERESTS AND ALL OTHER BENEFICIAL OWNERS THAT WERE GIVEN NOTICE OF THE OPPORTUNITY TO OPT OUT OF GRANTING THE RELEASES SET FORTH IN ARTICLE X OF THE PLAN BUT DID NOT OPT OUT.
HOLDERS OF CLAIMS OR INTERESTS IN VOTING CLASSES (APRIL CONVERTIBLE NOTES SECURED CLAIMS, AUGUST CONVERTIBLE NOTES SECURED CLAIMS, MINER EQUIPMENT LENDER SECURED CLAIMS, M&M LIEN SECURED CLAIMS, SECURED MORTGAGE CLAIM, GENERAL UNSECURED CLAIMS, SECTION 510(B) CLAIMS, AND EXISTING COMMON INTERESTS) HAVE RECEIVED A BALLOT THAT INCLUDES THE OPTION TO OPT OUT OF THE RELEASES CONTAINED IN ARTICLE (X) OF THE PLAN. HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS IN NON-VOTING CLASSES (OTHER SECURED CLAIMS, PRIORITY NON-TAX CLAIMS, INTERCOMPANY CLAIMS, AND INTERCOMPANY INTERESTS) HAVE RECEIVED A RELEASE OPT-OUT FORM ATTACHED TO THEIR NOTICE OF NON-VOTING STATUS AND NOTICE OF RIGHT TO OPT OUT OF CERTAIN RELEASES. SEE EXHIBIT (B) FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THE RELEASES AND RELATED PROVISIONS.
PLEASE BE ADVISED THAT ARTICLE X OF THE PLAN CONTAINS RELEASE, EXCULPATION, AND INJUNCTION PROVISIONS. YOU SHOULD REVIEW AND CONSIDER THE PLAN CAREFULLY BECAUSE YOUR RIGHTS MAY BE AFFECTED
Table of Contents
| I. INTRODUCTION |
1 | |||||||
| A. |
Background and Overview of the Plan and Restructuring | 1 | ||||||
| i. | Overview of Restructuring | 2 | ||||||
| ii. | Summary of Plan Treatment | 2 | ||||||
| B. |
Reccommendation | 14 | ||||||
| C. |
Confirmation Timeline | 14 | ||||||
| D. |
Inquiries | 15 | ||||||
| II. SUMMARY OF PLAN CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS |
15 | |||||||
| A. |
Voting Classes | 15 | ||||||
| B. |
Treatment of Claims | 16 | ||||||
| C. |
Pro Forma Equity Split | 24 | ||||||
| III. THE DEBTORS’ BUSINESS |
25 | |||||||
| A. |
General Overview | 25 | ||||||
| B. |
Digital Asset Mining | 25 | ||||||
| C. |
Debtors’ History | 26 | ||||||
| D. |
Business Operations and Properties | 27 | ||||||
| i. |
Business Model | 27 | ||||||
| ii. |
Data Centers | 28 | ||||||
| III. DEBTORS’ CORPORATE AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE |
30 | |||||||
| A. |
Corporate Structure | 30 | ||||||
| B. |
Corporate Governance and Management | 31 | ||||||
| C. |
Prepetition Capital Structure | 31 | ||||||
| i. | April Secured Convertible Notes: | 31 | ||||||
| ii. | August Convertible Notes: | 33 | ||||||
| iii. | Secured Mining Equipment Financings and Leases | 34 | ||||||
| iv. | Secured Non-Mining Financings and Leases | 35 | ||||||
| v. | M&M Liens: | 37 | ||||||
| vi. | Unsecured Bridge Notes: | 38 | ||||||
| vii. | General Unsecured Claims: | 39 | ||||||
| viii. | Common Stock; New Listing: | 40 | ||||||
| IV. SIGNIFICANT EVENTS LEADING TO THE CHAPTER 11 FILINGS |
41 | |||||||
| A. |
The Decline in the Price of Bitcoin and Increase in Bitcoin Network Difficulty | 41 | ||||||
| B. |
Increased Energy Costs | 42 | ||||||
| C. |
Celsius’s Chapter 11 Filing and PPT Dispute | 43 | ||||||
| D. |
Prepetition Initiatives | 44 | ||||||
| E. |
Appointment of New Independent Director and Formation of Special Committee to Consider Strategic Options and Engage with Creditors | 44 | ||||||
| F. |
Prepetition Employee Retention Programs | 44 | ||||||
| V. OVERVIEW OF CHAPTER 11 CASES |
46 | |||||||
| A. |
Commencement of Chapter 11 Cases | 46 | ||||||
| i. | First/Second Day Relief | 46 | ||||||
| ii. | Other Procedural and Administrative Motions | 47 | ||||||
| B. |
DIP Financing | 48 | ||||||
| i. | Original DIP Financing | 48 | ||||||
| ii. | Replacement DIP Financing | 48 | ||||||
| C. |
Rejection of Celsius Hosting Contract | 50 | ||||||
| D. |
Appointment of Creditors’ Committee | 50 | ||||||
| E. |
Appointment of Equity Committee | 50 | ||||||
| F. |
Debtors’ Key Employee Retention Programs | 51 | ||||||
| G. |
Sale Process for Certain of the Debtors’ Facilties | 52 | ||||||
| H. |
Sale of Bitmain Coupons | 52 | ||||||
| I. |
Settlements/Agreements with Creditors | 52 | ||||||
| i. | NYDIG Stipulation and Agreed Order | 52 | ||||||
| ii. | Priority Power Management Settlement | 53 | ||||||
| iii. | Atalaya Settlement | 53 | ||||||
| J. |
Claims | 54 | ||||||
| i. | Schedules of Assets and Liabilities and Statements of Financial Affairs | 54 | ||||||
| ii. | Claims Bar Dates | 54 | ||||||
| iii. | Claims Reconcilliation Process | 55 | ||||||
| K. |
Exclusivity | 59 | ||||||
| L. |
Formulation of the Business Plan | 60 | ||||||
| M. |
Postpetition Stakeholder Discussions | 60 | ||||||
| N. |
Exit Capital Marketing Process | 61 | ||||||
| VI. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND CONSEQUENCES UNDER FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS |
62 | |||||||
| VII. CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PLAN |
64 | |||||||
| A. |
Consequences to the Debtors | 66 | ||||||
| i. | Limitation of NOL Carryforwardsand Other Tax Attributes | 67 | ||||||
| ii. | Potential Limitations on Interest Deductions | 69 | ||||||
| B. |
Consequences to Holders of Certain Allowed Claims | 70 | ||||||
| i. | Taxable Exchange | 71 | ||||||
| ii. | Distributions in Discharge of Accrued Interest or OID | 72 | ||||||
| iii. | Character of Gain or Loss | 73 | ||||||
| iv. | Ownership and Disposition of New Debt | 73 | ||||||
| v. | Disposition of New Common Interests by U.S. Holders | 76 | ||||||
| vi. | Tax Treatment of Disputed Claims Reserve | 77 | ||||||
| C. |
Consequences to Holders of Exisiting Common Interests | 78 | ||||||
| D. |
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding | 78 | ||||||
| VIII. CERTAIN RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED |
78 | |||||||
| A. |
Certain Bankruptcy Law Considerations | 79 | ||||||
| i. | The Plan Contemplates Multiple Options for Distributions to Certain Classes Consisting of Various Types of Debt Instruments | 79 | ||||||
| ii. | Parties in Interest May Object to Plan’s Classification of Claims and Interests | 79 | ||||||
| iii. | Distributions to Allowed Existing Common Interests Claims and Allowed Section 510(b) Claims (if any) May Change | 80 | ||||||
| iv. | The Plan Provides Certain Classes Multiple Options Regarding the Manner of their Distributions; A Particular Election by One Class Will Affect the Allocation of New Common Interests Received by Other Classes and the Overall Capital Structure of the Reorganized Debtors | 80 | ||||||
| v | The Amount of Allowed Claims in the Classes Will Affect the Allocation of New Common Interests | 81 | ||||||
| vi | Debtors May Require and May Not Obtain Additional Financing | 81 | ||||||
| vii. | Risks Related to Possible Objections to the Plan | 81 | ||||||
| viii. | Risk of Non-Confirmation of the Plan | 81 | ||||||
| ix. | Non-Consensual Confirmation and Conversion into Chapter 7 Cases | 82 | ||||||
| x. | Risk of Non-Occurrence of the Effective Date | 82 | ||||||
| xi | DIP Facility | 82 | ||||||
| xii. | Releases, Injunctions, and Exculpations Provisions May Not Be Approved | 82 | ||||||
| B. | Additional Factors Affecting the Value of Reorganized Debtors | 83 | ||||||
| i. | Projections and Other Forward-Looking Statements Are Not Assured, and Actual Results May Vary | 83 | ||||||
| ii. | Risks Associated with the Debtors’ Business and Industry | 83 | ||||||
| iii. | Post-Effective Date Indebtedness | 87 | ||||||
| C. | Risks Relating to the New Common Interests to be Issued under the Plan | 87 | ||||||
| i. | Market for Equity of Reorganized Parent Debtor | 87 | ||||||
| ii. | Potential Dilution | 87 | ||||||
| iii. | New Common Interests Subordinated to Reorganized Debtors’ Indebtedness | 88 | ||||||
| iv. | Valuation of Debtors Not Intended to Represent Trading Value of New Common Interests of Debtors | 88 | ||||||
| D. | Risks Relating to the New Debt | 88 | ||||||
| i. | Insufficient Cash Flow to Meet Debt Obligations | 88 | ||||||
| ii. | Rating of New Debt | 88 | ||||||
| iii. | Defects in Guarantees and Collateral Securing the New Secured Debt | 89 | ||||||
| iv. | Failure to Perfect Security Interests in New Debt Collateral | 90 | ||||||
| v. | There May Not be an Active Trading Market for the New Debt | 90 | ||||||
| vi. | Risk of Recharacterization of New Secured Notes | 90 | ||||||
| vii. | Changes to New Common Interests Affect Holders of New Secured Notes | 90 | ||||||
| E. | Additional Factors | 91 | ||||||
| i. | Debtors Could Withdraw Plan | 91 | ||||||
| ii. | Debtors Have No Duty to Update | 91 | ||||||
| iii. | No Representations Outside the Disclosure Statement Are Authorized | 91 | ||||||
| iv. | No Legal or Tax Advice Is Provided by the Disclosure Statement | 91 | ||||||
| v. | No Admission Made | 91 | ||||||
| vi. | Certain Tax Consequences | 91 | ||||||
| IX. VOTING PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS |
92 | |||||||
| A. |
Voting Deadline | 92 | ||||||
| B. |
Voting Procedures | 92 | ||||||
| C. |
Parties Entitled to Vote | 93 | ||||||
| i. | Fiduciaries and Other Representatives | 94 | ||||||
| ii. | Agreements Upon Furnishing Ballots | 94 | ||||||
| iii. | Change of Vote | 95 | ||||||
| D. |
Waivers of Defects, Irregularities, etc. | 95 | ||||||
| E. |
Further Information, Additional Copies | 95 | ||||||
| X. CONFIRMATION OF PLAN | 95 | |||||||
| A. |
Confirmation Hearing | 95 | ||||||
| B. |
Objections to Confirmation | 96 | ||||||
| C. |
Requirements for Confirmation of Plan | 99 | ||||||
| i. | Acceptance of Plan | 99 | ||||||
| ii. | Best Interests Test | 100 | ||||||
| iii. | Feasibility | 100 | ||||||
| XI. ALTERNATIVES TO CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION OF PLAN | 101 | |||||||
| A. |
Alternative Plan of Reorganization | 101 | ||||||
| B. |
Sale under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code | 102 | ||||||
| C. |
Liquidation Under Chapter 7 of Bankruptcy Code | 102 | ||||||
| XII. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION | 102 | |||||||
EXHIBITS
| EXHIBIT A |
Plan | |
| EXHIBIT B |
Plan Release, Exculpation, and Injunction Provisions | |
| EXHIBIT C |
Liquidation Analysis | |
| EXHIBIT D |
Valuation Analysis | |
| EXHIBIT E |
Financial Projections | |
| EXHIBIT F |
Company Organizational Chart | |
I.
INTRODUCTION
A. Background and Overview of the Plan and Restructuring
Core Scientific, Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries that are debtors and debtors in possession in the above-captioned chapter 11 cases (collectively, the “Debtors”) submit this disclosure statement (as may be amended, the “Disclosure Statement”) in connection with the solicitation of votes (the “Solicitation”) on the Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Core Scientific, Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates, dated June 20, 2023 (the “Plan”), attached hereto as Exhibit A.2
The Debtors commenced chapter 11 cases (the “Chapter 11 Cases”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas (the “Bankruptcy Court”) on December 21, 2022 (the “Petition Date”).
The purpose of this Disclosure Statement is to provide information of a kind, and in sufficient detail, to enable holders of April Convertible Notes Secured Claims, August Convertible Notes Secured Claims, Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claims, M&M Lien Secured Claims, Secured Mortgage Claims, General Unsecured Claims, and Section 510(b) Claims (collectively. “Claims”) against the Debtors and holders of existing common stock issued by Core Scientific, Inc. (“Interests”) that are entitled to vote on the Plan to make an informed decision on whether to vote to accept or reject the Plan. This Disclosure Statement contains summaries of the Plan, certain statutory provisions, events in the Chapter 11 Cases, and certain documents related to the Plan.
As described in more detail below, the Debtors faced certain financial and other challenges prior to the Petition Date, including the decline of bitcoin prices and bitcoin hashprices, increased power costs, significant litigation costs, and liquidity constraints, which led the Debtors to commence the Chapter 11 Cases. During the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors and their restructuring advisors, including Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP (“Weil”), PJT Partners, LP (“PJT”), and AlixPartners, LLP (“Alix” and, collectively with Weil and PJT, the “Advisors”), engaged in discussions with the ad hoc group of the Debtors’ convertible noteholders (the “Ad Hoc Noteholder Group”), the official committee of unsecured creditors (the “Unsecured Creditors’ Committee”), the official committee of equity holders (the “Official Equity Committee”), B. Riley Commercial Capital, LLC (the “Replacement DIP Lender”), and certain secured equipment lenders (the “Equipment Lenders” and collectively with the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group, the Unsecured Creditors’ Committee, the Official Equity Committee, and the Replacement DIP Lender, the “Key Stakeholder Groups”) to design a Plan that ensures the continuation of the Debtors’ businesses as a going concern, maximizes value, and treats all stakeholders fairly.
As of the date hereof, the Debtors are continuing their negotiations with the Key Stakeholder Groups and intend to continue to do so after the Plan and this Disclosure Statement have been
| 2 | Capitalized terms used in this Disclosure Statement, but not defined herein, have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan as applicable. To the extent any inconsistencies exist between this Disclosure Statement and the Plan, the Plan will govern. |
1
filed. Accordingly, the Debtors expect to file an amended Plan and amended Disclosure Statement following such continued negotiations.
| i. | Overview of Restructuring |
The Plan provides for a comprehensive restructuring of the Debtors’ balance sheet pursuant to which holders of Claims and Interests will receive either (i) equity in Core Scientific, Inc. (after the Effective Date, the “Reorganized Parent”), (ii) debt (take-back debt) in a Debtor (on and after the Effective Date, collectively, the “Reorganized Debtors”), (iii) a combination of equity and take-back debt, or (iv) reinstatement of claims, as further described in subsection 2 below. The transactions contemplated by the Plan will strengthen the Debtors by substantially reducing their debt and preserving in excess of [•] jobs. Specifically, the proposed restructuring contemplates, among other things:
| • | 100% recoveries to all Classes of creditors in the form of (i) equity in the Reorganized Parent (“New Common Interests”), (ii) take-back debt, (iii) a combination of equity and take-back debt, or (iv) reinstatement of claims, as further described in subsection 2 below. |
| • | Distributions to existing equity holders, in the form of New Common Interests; of all residual value remaining after the payment of Claims. |
| • | A reduction of current debt on the Debtors’ balance sheet by approximately $[ ] and a reduction in the Debtors’ annual debt service by approximately $[ ]. |
| • | The assumption of most Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases of the Debtors. |
In addition, in connection with the potential need to raise new capital to fund the Debtors’ exit from chapter 11 and ongoing operations post-emergence, on June 9, 2023 the Debtors and their advisors commenced a marketing process to raise capital and have reached out to a number of parties within and outside the Debtors’ capital structure regarding a potential capital raise. Whether the Debtors will ultimately need to raise any new capital, the amount of such new capital, and whether in the form of equity, debt, or hybrid capital may depend on a number of factors, including, whether the Plan is consensual. If the Debtors elect to raise any new capital in connection with the Plan, the Debtors will disclose the terms of such new capital raise in the Plan Supplement and make any necessary amendments to the Plan.
| ii. | Summary of Plan Treatment |
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Plan.
YOU SHOULD READ THE PLAN IN ITS ENTIRETY BEFORE VOTING TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN.
In accordance with applicable law, the Plan defines and treats the rights and obligations of parties based on the substance of each underlying transaction, notwithstanding the label placed on a written agreement. For example, although certain of the Miner Equipment Lender Agreements were styled as equipment leases, such agreements constitute financing agreements and any claims arising under such agreement are treated in accordance with section 4.3 or section 4.8 of the Plan, as applicable.
Plan Elections
Because the Debtors are solvent (their value exceeds their debt), the Plan generally provides for a “waterfall,” where all creditors are entitled to payment in full, unless they agree to a lesser treatment, with the residual value going to the Debtors’ current equity holders (and subordinated creditors). The Plan provides certain creditor Classes with either a Class choice or an individual
2
creditor elections between different forms of recovery. Creditors must make these elections on their Ballots. In the cases of the individual creditor elections, the Plan provides a default option that a creditor in a Class will receive if it does not make an affirmative election on its timely filed Ballot.
Importantly, the Debtors do not have a deal on a consensual restructuring with the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group at this time. Thus, the Debtors do not know whether Class 1 (April Convertible Notes Secured Claims) or Class 2 (August Convertible Notes Secured Claims) will vote to accept the Plan. Each such Class that votes to accept the Plan will receive a recovery of 50% in New Common Interests and 50% in new debt. Each such Class that rejects the Plan will receive a recovery consisting of 100% in new debt, and the Debtors will seek confirmation of the Plan over such rejection under the “cram-up” provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. As noted, the Debtors are continuing their negotiations with the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group in an effort to reach an agreement regarding a consensual Plan that Classes 1 and 2 will vote to accept.
In light of the amount of debt that will result from either such Class rejecting the Plan, however, the Plan eliminates the individual elections for Class 3 (Miner Equipment Lender Claims) and Class 8 (General Unsecured Claims) if either Class 1 or Class 2 does not vote to accept the Plan. In such event, all holders of Allowed Claims in such Classes will receive the default treatment option for the applicable Class. Class 6 (Secured Mortgage Claims) will retain its election regardless of whether Class 1 or Class 2 Accepts.
Plan Value
As will be further described in the Valuation Analysis exhibit,3 the “Plan Value” refers to the value of the new common equity (i.e., New Common Interest) to be issued pursuant to the Plan. The starting point for Plan Value is the enterprise value of the Reorganized Debtors (the “Enterprise Value”), which is expected to be included in the final solicitation of the Disclosure Statement. The Enterprise Value, along with the assumptions and methodology with respect thereto, will be set forth in the Valuation Analysis. Plan Value is calculated by taking into account Enterprise Value, the total debt issued by the Reorganized Parent under the Plan (which is subtracted from Enterprise Value), and the total number of shares issued to holders of Claims and Interests under the Plan (but not including any New Common Interests issued upon conversion of New Secured Notes or any New Common Interests issued under the Management Incentive Plan).
The Debtors will not know the total amount of New Debt or New Common Interests issued under the Plan until (1) receiving and processing the treatment elections made by holders of Claims and Interests under the Plan and (2) resolving all Disputed Claims. Therefore, the “Plan Value” cannot be determined prior to solicitation of the Plan. Moreover, because certain Disputed Claims may not be resolved prior the implementation of the Plan, the final “Plan Value” may not be determined prior to the Effective Date. As a result, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may need to reserve for issuance (after the Effective Date) a sufficient number of New Common Interests to effectuate all issuances of New Common Interests contemplated by the Plan, including, but not limited to, to Holders of Disputed Claims following the allowance of such Claims and any additional post-Effective Date issuances to the extent necessary to ensure that each Holder of an Allowed Claim in Classes 1, 2, and 8 that receives New Common Interests under the Plan receives
| 3 | The Valuation Analysis will be filed with the Bankruptcy Court at a later date. |
3
a distribution that is equal to the value to which such Holder is entitled to under the Plan.
As additional New Common Interests or additional debt is issued to holders of Disputed Claims that are resolved after the Effective Date, the Plan Value of each existing New Common Interest will necessary decrease. As a result, the Plan provides for the issuance of New Common Interests to Holders of Allowed Claims in Classes 1, 2, and 8 that receive New Common Interests under the Plan to protect them from such dilution such that the aggregate value they receive after any subsequent issuance of New Common Interests or New Debt to Holders of Disputed Claims is equal to the value to which they are entitled under the Plan.
Holders of Interests (and Section 510(b) Claims) are entitled to the Residual Equity Value, which is the value remaining after all payments to all creditors under the Plan.
The proposed restructuring embodied in the Plan contemplates, among other things, the following treatment of holders of Claims and Interests:
DIP Claims
The Plan provides that, on the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed DIP Claim will receive either (a) payment in full in Cash or (b) such other treatment as agreed between the Debtors and the holder of such Allowed DIP Claims.
As of the date hereof, the Debtors expect to pay all Allowed DIP Claims in Cash in full as of Effective Date. As of the date hereof, $27 million remains outstanding under the Replacement DIP Facility
Administrative Expense Claims
The Plan provides that each holder of an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim will receive Cash in full on, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the later of (i) the Effective Date and (ii) the first Business Day after the date that is thirty (30) days after the date such Administrative Expense Claim becomes an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim or such other treatment consistent with section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Court; provided that Allowed Administrative Expense Claims representing liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business will be paid by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice and in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of any orders, course of dealing or agreements governing, instruments evidencing, or other documents relating to such transactions.
4
Priority Tax Claims
The Plan provides that each holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim will receive, at the sole option of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, (i) Cash in full on, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the later of (a) the Effective Date, (b) the first Business Day after the date that is thirty (30) days after the date such Priority Tax Claim becomes an Allowed Priority Tax Claim, and (c) the date such Allowed Priority Tax Claim is due and payable in the ordinary course, or (ii) such other treatment reasonably acceptable to the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors (as applicable) and consistent with the provisions of section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Convertible Notes Secured Claims (Classes 1 and 2)
As further discussed in section (IV)(C)(i) below, Claims arising under or related to the April NPA (the “April Convertible Notes Secured Claims”) are secured by liens that are senior in priority to those liens securing Claims arising under or related to the August NPA (the “August Convertible Notes Secured Claims”). Accordingly, the April Convertible Notes Secured Claims (Class 1) and the August Convertible Notes Secured Claims (Class 2) have been separately classified under the Plan.
| (a) | April Convertible Notes Secured Claims (Class 1) |
Allowance
Pursuant to the Plan and the Debtors’ motion requesting approval of the Disclosure Statement, solicitation procedures, and other relief (the “DS Motion”),4 the Debtors are requesting allowance of the April Convertible Notes Secured Claims in the aggregate amount of (i) $239,626,200, which is the sum of the principal amount of April Notes as of the Petition Date, plus accrued and unpaid interest at ten percent (10%) per annum through the Petition Date, plus (ii) accrued interest at ten percent (10%) per annum from the Petition Date through the Effective Date.
Treatment
If the Class of April Convertible Notes Secured Claims votes to accept the Plan, each Holder in Class 1 will receive:
| • | Its Pro Rata share of secured notes issued by the Reorganized Parent in the principal amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Allowed April Convertible Notes Secured Claims, on the terms and conditions set forth in the term sheet attached as Exhibit A of the Plan (the “New April Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 1)”); and |
| • | New Common Interests representing a value (based on Plan Value) (see discussion of Plan Value above) equal to fifty percent (50%) of such Holder’s Allowed April Convertible Notes Secured Claim. |
| 4 | The Debtors target filing the DS Motion in the coming weeks and anticipate requesting that a hearing on such DS Motion be scheduled for early August, subject to the Bankruptcy Court’s schedule. |
5
If the Class of April Convertible Notes Secured Claims does not vote to accept the Plan, each holder in Class 1 will receive its Pro Rata share of secured notes issued by the Reorganized Parent in the principal amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Allowed April Convertible Notes Secured Claims, on the terms and conditions set forth in the term sheet attached as Exhibit B of the Plan (the “New April Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 2)”).
| (b) | August Convertible Notes Secured Claims (Class 2) |
Allowance
Pursuant to the Plan and DS Motion, the Debtors are requesting allowance of the August Convertible Notes Secured Claims in the aggregate amount of (i) $325,167,300, which is the sum of the principal amount of August Notes as of the Petition Date plus accrued and unpaid interest at ten percent (10%) per annum through the Petition Date, plus (ii) accrued interest at ten percent (10%) per annum from the Petition Date through the Effective Date.
Treatment
If the Class of August Convertible Notes Secured Claims votes to accept the Plan, each Holder in Class 2 will receive:
| • | Its Pro Rata share of secured notes issued by the Reorganized Parent in the principal amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Allowed August Convertible Notes Secured Claims, on the terms and conditions set forth in the term sheet attached as Exhibit C of the Plan (the “New August Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 1)”); and |
| • | New Common Interests representing a value (based on Plan Value) (see discussion of Plan Value above) equal to fifty percent (50%) of such Holder’s Allowed August Convertible Notes Secured Claim. |
If the Class of August Convertible Notes Secured Claims does not vote to accept the Plan, each Holder in Class 1 will receive its Pro Rata share of secured notes issued by the Reorganized Parent in the principal amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Allowed August Convertible Notes Secured Claims, on the terms and conditions set forth in the term sheet attached as Exhibit D of the Plan (the “New August Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 2)”).
Miner Equipment Lender Claims (Class 3)
Bifurcation and Allowance
Pursuant to the Plan and DS Motion, Claims held by each Miner Equipment Lender (collectively the “Miner Equipment Lender Claims”) will be bifurcated into (i) a secured Claim equal to the value of the collateral securing the Miner Equipment Lender Claim (collectively, the “Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claims”) and (ii) an unsecured Claim for amounts in excess of the applicable collateral value (collectively the “Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claims”).
6
Pursuant to the Plan and DS Motion, the Debtors seek allowance of Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claims and Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claims held by each Miner Equipment Lender as set forth on Exhibit K attached to the Plan (the “Miner Equipment Lender Claims Schedule”). Any interest accruing on Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Claims from the Petition Date through the Effective Date shall accrue at 4.64% per annum, which is the federal judgment rate as provided under 28 U.S.C. § 1961(a), calculated as of the Petition Date (the “Federal Judgment Rate”), and shall be added to the Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claim.
The proposed procedures and deadlines for objecting to the proposed Allowed amounts set forth on the Miner Equipment Lender Claims Schedule will be set forth in the Debtors’ DS Motion.
Treatment
Each holder of a Miner Equipment Lender Claim will have three options for treatment of its Claim, subject to certain conditions being met with respect to Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 1 or Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 2 as described below. To receive any option other than the Default Miner Equipment Lender Treatment (described below), Holders of Miner Equipment Lender Claims must elect such option on a timely submitted Ballot. Any holder of a Miner Equipment Lender Claim that does not properly elect an option will receive the Default Miner Equipment Lender Treatment. In addition, if either Class 1 (the April Convertible Notes Secured Claims) or Class 2 (the August Convertible Notes Secured Claims) does not vote to accept the Plan, then all holders of Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Claims will receive the Default Miner Equipment Lender Treatment, regardless of the election a Holder makes on the Ballot.
Default Treatment
Except to the extent that (1) Class 1 (the April Convertible Notes Secured Claims) and Class 2 (the August Convertible Notes Secured Claims) each vote to accept the Plan, and (2) a Holder of a Miner Equipment Lender Claims timely elects on its Ballot one of the treatment election options described below, each Holder of an Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim will receive, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the following treatment (the “Default Miner Equipment Lender Treatment”):
| • | Miner Equipment Lender Takeback Debt - secured debt to be issued by the Debtor that is party to the applicable Miner Equipment Lender Agreement in the principal amount of each applicable Holder’s Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim, on the terms and conditions set forth in the term sheet attached as Exhibit E to the Plan (the “New Equipment Lender Debt Term Sheet (Default)”; and |
| • | Deficiency Claim Treatment - Any Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claim (in accordance with the Miner Equipment Lender Claims Schedule) shall be treated as a General Unsecured Claim in accordance with the terms and provisions set forth in section 4.8 of the Plan. |
7
Potential Treatment Elections
In lieu of the Default Miner Equipment Lender Treatment above, each Holder of an Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim may elect one of the following settlement options; provided that these options will only be available if both Class 1 and Class 2 vote to accept the Plan:
| • | Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 1 – Such Holder may elect to receive secured debt to be issued by the Debtor that is party to the applicable Miner Equipment Lender Agreement in the principal amount of the sum of each applicable Holder’s Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim plus such Holder’s Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claim (in accordance with the Miner Equipment Lender Claims Schedule), on the terms and conditions set forth in the term sheet attached as Exhibit F to the Plan (the “New Equipment Lender Debt Term Sheet (Election 1)”). |
| • | Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 2 – Such Holder may elect to receive secured debt to be issued by the Debtor that is party to the applicable Miner Equipment Lender Agreement in the principal amount of seventy-five percent (75%) of each applicable Holder’s Miner Equipment Lender Claim, on the terms and conditions set forth in the term sheet attached as Exhibit G to the Plan (the “New Equipment Lender Debt Term Sheet (Election 2)”). |
Any holder that timely elects to receive either of the above elections waives any additional Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claim it may have otherwise held and will not receive any recovery on account of any such Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claims as a General Unsecured Claim under the Plan.
As noted, if either Class 1 or Class 2 does not vote to accept the Plan, then each Holder of an Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim will receive the Default Miner Equipment Lender Treatment regardless of whether it makes an election.
Other Secured Claims (Class 4)
The Other Secured Claims in Class 4 consist of the Secured Claims held by (i) all non-miner equipment lenders (the “Non-Miner Equipment Lenders”) and (ii) Bremer Bank, National Association arising from the Bremer Agreements (the “Bremer Secured Claim”), which is a non-miner equipment lender that also has real estate collateral.
Allowance
Pursuant to the Plan and DS Motion, the Debtors seek allowance of the Other Secured Claims as set forth on Exhibit L attached to the Plan (the “Other Secured Claims Schedule”).
The proposed procedures and deadlines for objecting to the proposed allowed amounts set forth on the Other Secured Claims Amounts Schedule will be set forth in the Debtors’ DS Motion.
8
Treatment
On the Effective Date, all Allowed Other Secured Claims will be reinstated in accordance with section 1124(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, and Holders of such Claims will receive Cash in an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid interest through the last interest payment date prior to the Effective Date under the applicable Other Secured Claims Agreement.
M&M Lien Secured Claims (Class 5)
As further detailed in section (IV)(C)(v) of the Disclosure Statement, M&M Lien Secured Claims in Class 5 consist of the Claims that are secured by mechanics’, materialmens’, workmens’, and repairmens’ Liens and other similar Liens and encumbrances arising under state law (the “M&M Liens”) for the provision by General Contractors and Subcontractors of labor, materials, equipment and/or services in connection with the construction, development or improvement of any real property owned or leased by any Debtor.
Allowance
Pursuant to the Plan and DS Motion, the Debtors seek allowance of the M&M Lien Secured Claims as set forth on Exhibit J attached to the Plan (the “M&M Lien Claims Schedule”). The M&M Lien Claims Schedule also sets forth the applicable Collateral securing each M&M Lien Secured Claim and reflects the proposed allowed amount of any General Unsecured Claims held by any General Contractor or Subcontractor. All Subcontractor Claims are Disallowed under the Plan; however, Subcontractors retain their M&M Liens to the extent set forth on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule.
The proposed procedures and deadlines for objecting to the proposed Allowed amounts set forth on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule will be set forth in the Debtors’ DS Motion.
Treatment
On the Effective Date, or as soon reasonably practicable thereafter, each Holder of an Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim will receive secured debt (the “M&M Lien Takeback Debt”) by the applicable Debtor that owns or leases the real property encumbered by the applicable M&M Lien, in each case in the principal amount equal to the amount of the applicable M&M Lien Secured Claim, on the terms and conditions set forth in the term sheet attached as Exhibit I to the Plan (the “New M&M Lien Debt Term Sheet”).
| (a) | Duplicate Subcontractor Liens |
To the extent any Subcontractor has filed an M&M Lien against real property owned or leased by a Debtors with respect to amounts which are secured, in duplication, by an M&M Lien filed by a General Contractor and evidenced by such General Contractor’s M&M Secured Lien Claim, as set forth on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule, then the Reorganized Debtors will (i) issue M&M Lien Takeback Debt with respect to any such amounts secured in duplication in favor of the General Contractor only as the Holder of the M&M Lien Secured Claim and (ii) repay the M&M Lien Takeback Debt issued to each such General Contractor by making payments directly to the General Contractor and each Subcontractor, pro rata in the percentages set forth next to each
9
such General Contractor and Subcontractor on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule, subject to the terms and provision set forth in section 4.5 of the Plan.
Each payment made directly to a Subcontractor shall reduce the amount of such General Contractor’s M&M Secured Lien Claim, such General Contractor’s M&M Lien, and such Subcontractor’s M&M Lien, in each case on a dollar-for-dollar basis.
| (b) | Limitation on Enforcement Remedies |
Unless and until there is an Event of Default (as defined in the New M&M Lien Debt Term Sheet) under the terms of the applicable M&M Lien Takeback Debt, each Person asserting an M&M Lien shall be precluded from foreclosing or otherwise enforcing such M&M Lien or otherwise taking adverse action against the applicable Debtor with regard to the amounts secured by such M&M Lien.
| (c) | Extinguishment of M&M Liens |
Any M&M Lien (i) of a Subcontractor, (ii) of a General Contractor, or (iii) otherwise securing an Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim and/or M&M Lien Takeback Debt will be fully and finally extinguished upon the repayment in full of all amounts payable under the applicable M&M Lien Takeback Debt, which may be evidenced by recording in the applicable real property records a final, unconditional lien waiver, release of lien, and such other documents or certificates required to fully and unconditionally release any such M&M Lien.
Pursuant to the Plan, the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, are authorized to record (and granted power of attorney to effectuate such recordation) such final, unconditional lien waiver, release of lien, and such other documents or certificates required to fully and unconditionally release any such M&M Lien in the applicable real property records, and each applicable clerk is directed to accept such documentation.
Any M&M Lien that is not listed on the M&M Lien Claim Amounts Schedule will be extinguished upon the Effective Date of the Plan.
| (d) | M&M Lien Claims Schedule |
Upon the Effective Date, the Debtors will have no further interest, if any, in the goods in the possession of the General Contractor or Subcontractor set forth on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule opposite such Person’s name, and the amount of the applicable Holder’s Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim has been reduced by the value of such equipment as set forth on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule.
Secured Mortgage Claims (Class 6)
Allowance
The Secured Mortgage Claims in Class 5 consist of the (i) Secured Mortgage Claim (Brown), (ii) the Secured Mortgage Claim (Holliwood). Pursuant to the Plan and DS Motion, the Debtors seek allowance of the Secured Mortgage Claims as set forth on Exhibit M to the Plan.
10
Treatment
Each Holder of an Allowed Secured Mortgage Claim will have two options for treatment of its Claim. To select the Mortgage Treatment Election (option 2 below), holders must elect such option on a timely submitted Ballot. Any holder that does not properly elect the Mortgage Treatment Election (Option 2) will receive the Default Mortgage Treatment (Option 1).
| (a) | Default Mortgage Treatment (Option 1) |
Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Mortgage Claim timely elects the Secured Mortgage Election on its Ballot, such Holder will receive the secured debt (the “Mortgage Takeback Debt”) to be issued by the applicable Debtor that owns or leases the real property encumbered by the applicable Mortgage Agreement to each Holder of a Secured Mortgage Claim in the principal amount of each applicable Holder’s Secured Mortgage Claim, on the terms and conditions set forth in the New Mortgage Documents, which shall contain terms consistent with the applicable New Mortgage Term Sheet.
| (b) | Secured Mortgage Election (Option 2) |
In lieu of the default treatment above, each Holder of an Allowed Secured Mortgage Claim may elect on its Ballot to receive, no later than 60 days following the Effective Date, Cash in an amount equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of such Holder’s Allowed Secured Mortgage Claim (the “Mortgage Treatment Election”).
General Unsecured Claims (Class 8)
General Unsecured Claims consist of all Claims that are not Secured Claims, Priority Tax Claims, Priority Non-Tax Claims, Professional Fee Claims, DIP Claims, Intercompany Claims, Section 510(b) Claims, or Administrative Expense Claim Secured Claims. General Unsecured Claims include (i) B. Riley Unsecured Claims, (ii) unwaived Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claims, (iii) all Claims arising from litigation filed against a Debtor including Insured Litigation Claims (the “Litigation Claims”), (iv) all unsecured Claims arising from General Contracts (the “General Contractor Unsecured Claims”), (v) all Claims of the Debtors’ utility providers (“Utility Unsecured Claims”), and (vi) other unsecured Claims against the Debtors (collectively, the “Other Unsecured Claims”).
The Debtors estimate the B. Riley Unsecured Claims, Litigation Claims, General Contractor Unsecured Claims, Utility Unsecured Claims, and Other Unsecured Claims to total $80-100 million (not including postpetition interest), collectively, as detailed in section (IV)(C)(vii)(c) below, although certain Claims are Disputed and may be Allowed at higher amounts than estimated.
The Debtors are unable to estimate the Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claims at this time due to the potential for a Holder of a Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim to elect either Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 1 or Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 2 and thereby waive its right to assert any Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claim as a General Unsecured Claim. However, if all of the Miner Equipment Lenders receive the Default Miner Equipment Lender Treatment, the Debtors estimate that the Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claims total approximately $182.7 million.
11
Treatment
Each Holder of a GUC Claim will have two options for treatment of its Claims. To receive the GUC Treatment Election (defined below), Holders of General Unsecured Claims must elect such option on a timely submitted Ballot. Any Holder of a General Unsecured Claim that does not properly elect an option will receive the Default GUC Treatment (described below). In addition, if either Class 1 (the April Convertible Notes Secured Claims) or Class 2 (the August Convertible Notes Secured Claims) does not vote to accept the Plan, then all holders of General Unsecured Claims will receive the Default GUC Treatment, regardless of the election made on the Ballot.
| (a) | Default GUC Treatment |
Except to the extent that (1) Class 1 (the April Convertible Notes Secured Claims) and Class 2 (the August Convertible Notes Secured Claims) each vote to accept the Plan and (2) a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim timely elects the GUC Treatment Election (as set forth below), on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, each Holder of an Allowed GUC Claim will receive New Common Interests with a value, based on Plan Value (see description of Plan Value above), equal to one-hundred percent (100%) of such Holder’s Allowed General Unsecured Claim (the “Default GUC Treatment”).
| (b) | GUC Treatment Election |
Each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim may elect on its Ballot to receive on the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, in lieu of the Default GUC Treatment, such Holder’s Pro Rata Share of unsecured debt issued by Reorganized Parent in the principal amount of $75,000,000 on the terms and conditions set forth in the New GUC Debt Documents, (the “GUC Notes”) the terms of which shall be consistent with the New GUC Debt Term Sheet (the “GUC Treatment Election”). If, however, the aggregate amount of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and Disputed General Unsecured Claims (in the full asserted amount of such Disputed General Unsecured Claims as of the date of the Confirmation Order) (the “Confirmation Date GUC Claims”) that elect the GUC Treatment Election is less than $100,000,000, the principal amount of the GUC Notes shall be equal to seventy-five percent (75%) of the aggregate amount of Confirmation Date GUC Claims that elect the GUC Treatment Election.
If a Holder of a General Unsecured Claim elects the GUC Treatment Election, such holder’s Allowed GUC Claim will be reduced to seventy-five (75%) of its Allowed General Unsecured Claim (“Reduced GUC Claim Amount”).
As further described in section 4.8 of the Plan, if Holders holding, in the aggregate, more than $100,000,000 in Confirmation Date GUC Claims elect the GUC Treatment Election, each Holder electing the GUC Treatment Election will have its Claim bifurcated into (i) an amount equal to its Allowed General Unsecured Claim or Disputed General Unsecured Claim times the quotient of $100 million and the total Confirmation Date GUC Claims (“GUC Claim A”) and (ii) the rest of its Allowed General Unsecured Claim or Disputed General Unsecured Claim (“GUC Claim B”), and each such holder will receive on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, (x) such electing Holder’s Pro Rata Share (taking into account all Confirmation Date
12
GUC Claims) of the GUC Notes in respect of such Holder’s GUC Claim A and (y) New Common Interests with a value, based on Plan Value (see description of Plan Value above), equal to such Holder’s GUC Claim B. For the avoidance of doubt, the distribution to GUC Claim A shall reflect the Reduced GUC Claim Amount and the distribution to GUC Claim B shall not reflect the Reduced GUC Claim Amount.
As noted, if either Class 1 or Class 2 does not vote to accept the Plan, then each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim will receive the Default General Unsecured Claim Treatment above regardless of whether it makes an election.
Section 510(b) Claims (Class 11)
Section 510(b) Claims in Class 11 consist of any Claim against any Debtor (i) arising from the rescission of a purchase or sale of an Interest of any Debtor or an Affiliate of any Debtor (including the Existing Common Interests); (ii) for damages arising from the purchase or sale of such Interest; or (iii) for reimbursement or contribution Allowed under section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code on account of such a Claim. Section 510(b) Claims include both (i) Claims asserted or assertable against the Debtors in the Securities Class Action (as defined below) and (ii) proofs of claim (each a “POC”) Nos. 52, 54, 81, 82, 241, 351, and 556, including the Securities Class Action POC (as defined below).
In accordance with section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, each Allowed Section 510(b) Claim (i) is subordinated to all Claims, (ii) has the same priority as the Allowed Existing Common Interests (Class 12), and (iii) will receive the same treatment as the Allowed Existing Common Interests (Class 12).
Treatment
Each Holder of a Section 510(b) Claim will receive, on the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, such Holder’s Pro Rata Share (taking into account Allowed Claims in Classes 11 and 12 and valuing the Allowed Interests in Class 12 as equal to one-hundred percent (100%) of the value of the New Common Interests in the Residual Equity Pool at any given moment in time) of the Residual Equity Pool.
The “Residual Equity Pool” is comprised of all remaining New Common Interests following distributions of New Common Interests to (i) Holders of Allowed April Convertible Notes Secured Claims, (ii) Holders of Allowed August Convertible Notes Secured Claims, and (iii) Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims.
13
Existing Common Interests (Class 12)
Each Holder of an Allowed Existing Common Interest will receive, on the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, such Holder’s Pro Rata Share (taking into account Allowed Claims in Classes 11 and 12 and valuing the Allowed Interests in Class 12 as equal to one-hundred percent (100%) of the value of the New Common Interests in the Residual Equity Pool at any moment in time) of the Residual Equity Pool.
| B. | Recommendation |
The Debtors are confident that they can implement the Restructuring described above to maximize stakeholder recoveries.
The groups of Claims or Interests classified as set forth in Plan (each group a “Class”) entitled to vote on the Plan are listed below in the section (II)(A) of the Disclosure Statement.
For these reasons, among others, the Debtors strongly recommend that Holders of Claims and Interests entitled to vote on the Plan vote to accept the Plan.
| C. | Confirmation Timeline |
The Debtors seek to move forward expeditiously with the Solicitation of votes and a hearing on Confirmation of the Plan in an effort to minimize the continuing accrual of administrative expenses. Accordingly, subject to the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, the Debtors are proceeding on the following timeline with respect to this Disclosure Statement and the Plan:
| Hearing on Approval of Disclosure Statement | [•], 2023 | |
| Solicitation Begins | [•], 2023 | |
| Voting Deadline | [•], 2023 | |
| Deadline to Object to Confirmation of Plan | [•], 2023 | |
| Confirmation Hearing | [•], 2023 | |
| Effective Date | [•], 2023 |
The hearing to determine confirmation of the Plan (the “Confirmation Hearing”) may be adjourned from time to time by the Bankruptcy Court or the Debtors without further notice, except for adjournments announced in open court or as indicated in any notice of agenda of matters scheduled for hearing filed with the Bankruptcy Court.
14
| D. | Inquiries |
If you have any questions regarding the packet of materials you have received, please reach out to Stretto, Inc., the Debtors’ voting agent (the “Voting Agent”), at (949) 404-4152 (for holders of Claims or Interests in the U.S. and Canada; toll-free) or +1 (888) 765-7875 (for holders of Claims or Interests located outside of the U.S. and Canada) or by sending an electronic mail message to:
CoreScientificInquiries@stretto.com
Copies of this Disclosure Statement, which includes the Plan are also available on the Voting Agent’s website, https://cases.stretto.com/CoreScientific/. PLEASE DO NOT DIRECT INQUIRIES TO THE BANKRUPTCY COURT.
WHERE TO FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: The Debtors may provide additional information, including, but not limited to, financial reports, which may be obtained by visiting the Debtors’ website at https://investors.corescientific.com/investors/financials/sec-filings/default.aspx. The Debtors’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, filed with the SEC on April 4, 2023 is incorporated as if fully set forth herein and is a part of this Disclosure Statement.
II.
SUMMARY OF PLAN CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS
| A. | Voting Classes |
Pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, only Holders of Claims or Interests in “impaired” Classes are entitled to vote on the Plan (unless, for reasons discussed in more detail below, such Holders are deemed to reject the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code). Under section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, a Class of Claims or Interests is deemed to be “impaired” unless (i) the Plan leaves unaltered the legal, equitable, and contractual rights to which such Claim or Interest entitles the Holder thereof or (ii) notwithstanding any legal right to an accelerated payment of such Claim or Interest, the Plan cures all existing defaults (other than defaults resulting from the occurrence of events of bankruptcy) and reinstates the maturity of such Claim or Interest as it existed before the default.
Holders of Claims and Interests in the following Classes (the “Non-Voting Classes”, and each a “Non-Voting Class”) are deemed unimpaired, and therefore are not entitled to vote on, the Plan:
| • | Other Secured Claims (Class 4) |
| • | Priority Non-Tax Claims (Class 7) |
| • | Intercompany Claims (Class 9) |
| • | Intercompany Interests(Class 10) |
15
Holders of Claims and Interests in the following Classes (the “Voting Classes”, and each a “Voting Class”) are being solicited under, and are entitled to vote on, the Plan:
| • | April Convertible Notes Secured Claims (Class 1) |
| • | August Convertible Notes Secured Claims (Class 2) |
| • | Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claims (Class 3) |
| • | M&M Lien Secured Claims (Class 5) |
| • | Secured Mortgage Claims (Class 6) |
| • | General Unsecured Claims (Class 8) |
| • | Section 510(b) Claims (Class 11) |
| • | Existing Common Interests (Class 12) |
| B. | Treatment of Claims |
The following table summarizes: (1) the treatment of Claims and Interests under the Plan; (2) which Classes are impaired by the Plan; (3) which Classes are entitled to vote on the Plan; and (4) the estimated recoveries for holders of Claims and Interests. The table is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Plan.5 For a more detailed summary of the terms and provisions of the Plan, see section (I)(A)(ii) “Summary of the Plan Treatment”. A detailed discussion of the analysis underlying the estimated recoveries in the form of New Common Interests, including the assumptions underlying such analysis, will be set forth in the valuation analysis in Exhibit D (the “Valuation Analysis”).
| 5 | The summary of the Plan provided herein is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Plan. |
16
| Class and |
Treatment under the Plan |
Impairment and |
Estimated |
Approx. | ||||
| Class 1 April Convertible Notes Secured Claims |
Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed April Convertible Notes Secured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim, each such Holder shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Claim, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter:
(i) If Class 1 is an Accepting Class, (a) such Holder’s Pro Rata Share of New April Secured Notes (Option 1) and (b) New Common Interests with a value, based on Plan Value, equal to fifty-percent (50%) of such Holder’s Allowed April Convertible Notes Secured Claim.
(ii) If Class 1 is not an Accepting Class, such Holder’s Pro Rata Share of New April Secured Notes (Option 2). |
Impaired (Entitled to Vote) |
$258.7 million | 100% | ||||
| Class 2 August Convertible Notes Secured Claims |
Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed August Convertible Notes Secured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim, each such Holder shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Claim, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter:
(i) If Class 2 is an Accepting Class, (a) such Holder’s Pro Rata Share of New August Secured Notes (Option 1) and (b) New Common Interests with a value, based on Plan Value, equal to fifty-percent (50%) of such Holder’s Allowed August Convertible Notes Secured Claim.
(ii) If Class 2 is not an Accepting Class, such Holder’s Pro Rata Share of New August Secured Notes (Option 2). |
Impaired (Entitled to Vote) |
$351.1 million | 100% | ||||
| 6 | The amounts in this column include estimated Allowed Claim amounts plus applicable postpetition interest through an assumed Effective Date of September 30, 2023. These figures are solely estimates and may not reflect the value of the Claims that will ultimately be Allowed. |
17
| Class 3 Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claims |
Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim (i) agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim or (ii) in the event that both Class 1 or Class 2 are an Accepting Class, timely elects the Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 1 or Miner Equipment Lender Treatment Election 2 (each as set forth below) on or before the Voting Deadline, each such Holder shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Claim, on the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, such Holder’s applicable Miner Equipment Lender Takeback Debt and such Holder’s Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claim shall be treated as a General Unsecured Claim in accordance with the terms and provisions set forth in section 4.8 of the Plan.
Each Holder of an Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim may elect on its Ballot to receive on the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, in lieu of the Default Miner Equipment Lender Treatment, in each case in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Holder’s Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Claim, one of the following settlement options; provided, that if either Class 1 or Class 2 is not an Accepting Class, each holder of an Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim shall receive the Default Miner Equipment Lender Treatment, and the elections set forth in the Plan shall not be applicable: |
Impaired (Entitled to Vote) |
$242.1 million7 | 100% | ||||
| Class 4 Other Secured Claims |
On the Effective Date, all Allowed Other Secured Claims shall (i) be reinstated in accordance with section 1124(2) of the Bankruptcy Code and the applicable Other Secured Claims Agreement and continued after the Effective Date in accordance with the terms and provisions of the applicable Other Secured Claims Agreement and (ii) receive Cash in an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid interest through the last interest payment date prior to the Effective Date under the applicable Other Secured Claims Agreement. |
Unimpaired No (Presumed to Accept) |
$30.4 million | 100% | ||||
| 7 | This amount includes Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claims plus Miner Lender Deficiency Claims. |
18
| Class 5 M&M Lien Secured Claims |
Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim or settles such Claim pursuant to an M&M Lien Settlement, each such Holder shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Claim, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, such Holder’s applicable M&M Lien Takeback Debt; provided that to the extent any Subcontractor has filed an M&M Lien against a Debtor’s real property with respect to amounts which are secured, in duplication, by an M&M Lien filed by a General Contractor and evidenced by such General Contractor’s M&M Secured Lien Claim, as set forth on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule, (i) the Holder of the M&M Lien Secured Claim shall be the General Contractor, (ii) such Subcontractor shall not be entitled to a separate M&M Secured Lien Claim with respect to any such amounts secured in duplication, (iii) the Reorganized Debtors shall issue M&M Lien Takeback Debt with respect to any such amounts secured in duplication in favor of the General Contractor only as the Holder of the M&M Lien Secured Claim, (iv) the Reorganized Debtors shall repay the M&M Lien Takeback Debt issued to each such General Contractor by making payments directly to the General Contractor and each Subcontractor, pro rata in the percentages set forth next to each such General Contractor and Subcontractor on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule in the column titled “Pro Rata Percentage of applicable M&M Lien Takeback Debt to be repaid to such General Contractor or Subcontractor”, and (v) each payment made directly to a Subcontractor shall reduce the amount of such General Contractor’s M&M Secured Lien Claim, such General Contractor’s M&M Lien, and such Subcontractor’s M&M Lien, in each case on a dollar-for-dollar basis; provided, however, that upon delivery to the Debtors of a final and unconditional lien waiver and release duly executed by a Subcontractor, in recordable form and substance sufficient to permanently waive and release such Subcontractor’s M&M Liens, the Reorganized Debtors shall make all further payments on account of such M&M Lien Takeback Debt attributable to such Subcontractor’s pro rata percentages set forth next to such Subcontractor on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule directly to the Holder of such Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim.
Unless and until there is an Event of Default (as defined in the New M&M Lien Debt Term Sheet) |
Impaired (Entitled to Vote) |
TBD |
100% |
19
| under the terms of the applicable M&M Lien Takeback Debt, each Person asserting an M&M Lien shall be precluded from foreclosing or otherwise enforcing such M&M Lien or otherwise taking adverse action against the applicable Debtor with regard to the amounts secured by such M&M Lien.
Any M&M Lien (i) of a Subcontractor, (ii) of a General Contractor, or (iii) otherwise securing an Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim and/or M&M Lien Takeback Debt shall be (a) fixed, as of the Effective Date, in the amount set forth on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule in the column titled “Amount of Allowed M&M Lien”, (b) reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis in the amount of each payment made on account of such M&M Lien pursuant to the terms of the M&M Lien Takeback Debt, and (c) fully and finally extinguished upon the repayment in full of all amounts payable under the applicable M&M Lien Takeback Debt, which extinguishment may be evidenced by recording in the applicable real property records a final, unconditional lien waiver, release of lien, and such other documents or certificates required to fully and unconditionally release any such M&M Lien.
The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, are hereby authorized to record (and granted power of attorney to effectuate such recordation) such final, unconditional lien waiver, release of lien, and such other documents or certificates required to fully and unconditionally release any such M&M Lien in the applicable real property records, and each applicable clerk is directed to accept such documentation.
Any M&M Lien not on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule is hereby extinguished.
The Debtors shall have no further interest, if any, in the goods in the possession of the General Contractor or Subcontractor set forth on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule opposite such Person’s name, and the amount of the applicable Holder’s Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claim and M&M Lien has been reduced by the value of such equipment as set forth on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule.
For the avoidance of doubt, all General Contractor Unsecured Claims shall be General Unsecured Claims Allowed in the amounts set forth on the M&M Lien Claims Schedule in the column titled “Allowed Unsecured Claim Amount” and treated in accordance with section 4.8 hereof. |
20
| Class 6 Secured Mortgage Claims |
Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Mortgage Claim (i) agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim or (ii) timely elects the Mortgage Treatment Election (as set forth below) on or before the Voting Deadline, each such Holder shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Claim, on the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, such Holder’s applicable Mortgage Takeback Debt. The Mortgage Agreements of Holders of Allowed Secured Mortgage Claims receiving the Default Mortgage Treatment shall be deemed amended to include a maturity date of December 31, 2025. The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, are hereby authorized to record (and granted power of attorney to effectuate such recordation) any memorandum or such other documents or certificates required to effectuate such deemed amendment in the applicable real property records, and each applicable clerk is directed to accept such documentation.
Each Holder of an Allowed Secured Mortgage Claim may elect on its Ballot to receive, no later than 60 days following the Effective Date, in lieu of the Default Mortgage Treatment, in each case in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Holder’s Allowed Secured Mortgage Claim, Cash in an amount equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of such Holder’s Allowed Secured Mortgage Claim. |
Impaired (Entitled to Vote) |
$0.7 million | 100% | ||||
| Class 7 Priority Non-Tax Claims |
The legal, equitable, and contractual rights of the Holders of Priority Non-Tax Claims are unaltered by the Plan. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim, at the option of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, (i) each such Holder shall receive payment in Cash in an amount equal to such Claim, (ii) such Holder’s Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim shall be Reinstated, or (iii) such Holder shall receive such other treatment so as to render such Holder’s Allowed Priority Non-Tax Claim Unimpaired pursuant to section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code. |
Unimpaired No (Presumed to Accept) |
100% | |||||
21
| Class 8 General Unsecured Claims |
Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim (i) agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Claim or (ii) in the event that both Class 1 and Class 2 are Accepting Classes, timely elects the GUC Treatment Election (as set forth below) on or before the Voting Deadline, each such Holder shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Claim, on the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, New Common Interests with a value, based on Plan Value, equal to one-hundred percent (100%) of such Holder’s Allowed General Unsecured Claim. Each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim may elect on its Ballot to receive on the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, in lieu of the Default GUC Treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Claim, such Holder’s Pro Rata Share of the New GUC Takeback Notes; provided, however, that Holders electing the GUC Treatment Election shall be deemed to have agreed to reduce such Holder’s General Unsecured Claim to seventy-five (75%) of its Allowed General Unsecured Claim. Furthermore, if Holders holding, in the aggregate, more than $100,000,000 in Confirmation Date GUC Claims elect the GUC Treatment Election, each Holder electing the GUC Treatment Election shall have its General Unsecured Claim, prior to determination of the Reduced GUC Claim Amount, bifurcated into (i) an amount equal to its Allowed General Unsecured Claim or Disputed General Unsecured Claim times the quotient of $100 million and the total Confirmation Date GUC Claims and (ii) the rest of its Allowed General Unsecured Claim or Disputed General Unsecured Claim, and shall receive in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such holder’s Allowed General Unsecured Claim, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, (x) such electing Holder’s Pro Rata Share (taking into account all Confirmation Date GUC Claims) of the New GUC Takeback Notes in respect of such Holder’s GUC Claim A and (y) New Common Interests with a value, based on Plan Value, equal to such holder’s GUC Claim B. For the avoidance of doubt, the distribution to GUC Claim A shall reflect the Reduced GUC |
Impaired (Entitled to Vote) |
$85-105 million8 | 100% |
| 8 | This amount does not include Miner Lender Deficiency Claims. |
22
| Claim Amount and the distribution to GUC Claim B shall not reflect the Reduced GUC Claim Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if either Class 1 or Class 2 is not an Accepting Class, each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall receive the Default GUC Treatment. For purposes of this section 4.8, the Allowed amount of any General Unsecured Claim shall include all interest accrued from the Petition Date through the date of distribution at the Federal Judgment Rate. |
||||||||
| Class 9 Intercompany Claims |
On the Effective Date, or as soon as practicable thereafter, all Intercompany Claims shall be adjusted, Reinstated, or discharged (each without any distribution) to the extent reasonably determined to be appropriate by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable. |
Unimpaired/Impaired No (Presumed to Accept/Deemed to Reject) |
100% | |||||
| Class 10 Intercompany Interests |
On the Effective Date, and without the need for any further corporate or limited liability company action or approval of any board of directors, management, or shareholders of any Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, all Intercompany Interests shall be unaffected by the Plan and continue in place following the Effective Date, solely for the administrative convenience of maintaining the existing corporate structure of the Debtors. |
Unimpaired/Impaired No (Presumed to Accept/Deemed to Reject) |
100% | |||||
| Class 11 Section 510(b) Claims |
Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed 510(b) Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Interest, each such Holder shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Claim, on the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, such Holder’s Pro Rata Share (taking into account Allowed Claims in Classes 11 and 12 and valuing the Allowed Interests in Class 12 as equal to one-hundred percent (100%) of the value of the New Common Interests in the Residual Equity Pool) of the Residual Equity Pool. |
Impaired (Entitled to Vote) |
$0 | [•] | ||||
| Class 12 Existing Common Interests |
Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Existing Common Interest agrees to a less favorable treatment of such Interest, each such Holder shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Interest, on the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, such Holder’s Pro Rata Share (taking into account Allowed Claims in Classes 11 and 12 and valuing the Allowed Interests in Class 12 as equal to one-hundred percent (100%) of the value of the New Common Interests in the Residual Equity Pool) of the Residual Equity Pool. |
Impaired (Entitled to Vote) |
n/a | [•] | ||||
23
THE ESTIMATED ALLOWED CLAIM AMOUNTS SET FORTH IN THE TABLES ABOVE ARE ESTIMATES ONLY AND THEREFORE ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, THE DEBTORS ARE CONTINUING TO REVIEW CLAIMS FILED AGAINST THEM, AND PARTIES MAY OBJECT TO THE ALLOWED AMOUNTS OF CLAIMS SET FORTH IN THE PLAN. REFERENCE SHOULD BE MADE TO THE ENTIRE PLAN FOR A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE DEBTORS’ CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS.
| C. | Pro Forma Equity Split |
The forthcoming chart will set forth the percentage of New Common Interests to be allocated to each Class.
24
III.
THE DEBTORS’ BUSINESS
| A. | General Overview |
Headquartered in Austin, Texas, the Debtors are one of the largest blockchain infrastructure, hosting provider, and digital asset mining companies in North America, with approximately 814MW of capacity across eight operational data centers in Texas (2), Georgia (2), Kentucky, North Carolina (2), and North Dakota (the “Data Centers”). The Debtors mine digital assets (also known as cryptocurrency), primarily bitcoin, for their own account (“Self-Mining”) and host Miners for third-party customers (“Hosting Operations”). Since inception, the Debtors have built a considerable asset base, gained market trust as a premier hosting provider, and demonstrated a multi-year track record of successful management of their businesses.
| B. | Digital Asset Mining 9 |
Digital asset mining (“Mining”) is the process in which transactions involving cryptocurrency are verified and added to the blockchain public ledger through specialized computers (“Miners”) solving a computational encryption puzzle. Mining secures the blockchain network and is also the process through which new coins are added to the existing circulating supply. The Debtors mine the cryptocurrency bitcoin, which operates on a proof of work system. Under a proof of work system, Miners compete with each other to solve complex algorithms to validate a block of transactions; as a reward for being the first to solve an algorithm, the Miner is rewarded with newly created bitcoin. Miners can work together in mining pools to increase their likelihood of solving an algorithm.
The profitability of Mining is driven by a number of key variables, including (1) the price of bitcoin, (2) the Miner’s hash rate, (3) the network hash price,10 and (4) electricity costs. Hash rate refers to a Miner’s ability to solve algorithmic computations per second; a higher hash rate is more
25
likely to be the first to solve the computation and be rewarded with bitcoin. Hash price is expressed as the monetary value of bitcoin per each terahash per second of computing power generated by a Miner. Electricity costs are important because electricity is used to power the Miners and other equipment within a Mining facility.
| C. | Debtors’ History |
The Debtors trace their roots back to 2017. On December 13, 2017, the Debtors were founded and incorporated as MineCo Holdings, Inc. Six months later, MineCo Holdings, Inc. changed its name to Core Scientific, Inc. (“Initial Core Scientific”). On August 17, 2020, Initial Core Scientific engaged in a holdco restructuring to facilitate a borrowing arrangement whereby Initial Core Scientific was merged with and into a wholly owned subsidiary of Core Scientific Holding Co., a Delaware corporation, and became a wholly owned subsidiary of Core Scientific Holding Co. As a result, the stockholders of Initial Core Scientific became the stockholders of Core Scientific Holding Co.
On July 30, 2021, the Debtors acquired 100% of the equity interest in one of their largest customers, Blockcap, Inc. (“Blockcap”), a blockchain technology company with industrial scale Mining operations. Blockcap’s primary historical business was the Mining of digital asset coins and tokens, primarily bitcoin. Blockcap also evaluated and completed investments in related technologies and ancillary businesses, including Radar Relay, Inc., an early stage company Blockcap acquired on July 1, 2021 that focused on technology enhancement and development in the digital asset industry. The acquisition of Blockcap significantly expanded the Debtors’ Self-Mining operations and increased the number of Miners they owned.
The Debtors’ current corporate structure is the product of a “SPAC merger.” Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“XPDI”), entered into a certain Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and Merger, dated as of July 20, 2021, as amended on October 1, 2021, and as further amended on December 29, 2021, by and among Core Scientific Holding Co., XPDI Merger Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of XPDI, and XPDI (the “Merger Agreement”). XPDI’s stockholders approved the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (collectively, the “de-SPAC Transactions”) at a special meeting of stockholders held on January 19, 2022. Upon consummation of the de-SPAC Transactions, Core Scientific Holding Co. merged with XPDI, with XPDI surviving the merger. Immediately prior to the effective time of the de-SPAC Transactions, XPDI changed its name to Core Scientific, Inc. and Initial Core Scientific changed its name to Core Scientific Operating Company and the common stock of Core Scientific, Inc. was traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “CORZ”. The de-SPAC Transactions resulted in the Debtors receiving approximately $195 million in net cash proceeds, which the Debtors used to fund Miner purchases and the Debtors’ infrastructure build-out.
| 9 | A more detailed explanation of Mining can be found in paragraphs 18-28 of the Declaration of Michael Bros in Support of the Debtors’ Chapter 11 Petitions and First Day Relief (Docket No. 5). |
| 10 | Network hash price reflects a combination of network hashrate, bitcoin price, and reward/transaction fees, distilled into one metric, that is expressed as the $ value of bitcoin derived per 1 Th/s (terahashes per second) of computing power |
26
After going public in early 2022 as a result of undergoing the de-SPAC Transactions, the Debtors flourished, experiencing tremendous growth measured both by total revenue and gross profit. The increases in revenue and gross profit were due, in large part, to the execution of new customer hosting contracts for Miners deployed during 2021, increased equipment sales (formerly a component of the Debtors’ business), and growth of the Debtors’ efforts in Mining. The increase in the price of bitcoin from $7,200.17 on January 1, 2020 to $46,387.98 on December 31, 2021, also contributed to the Debtors’ overall growth.
| D. | Business Operations and Properties |
| i. | Business Model |
The Debtor’s primary sources of revenue are (i) Self-Mining, where the Debtors earn and subsequently sell bitcoin mined by the Debtors’ owned and leased Miners, and (ii) Hosting Operations, where customers pay the Debtors to host the customers’ Miners at the Debtors’ Data Centers. Historically, the Debtors also earned revenue from equipment sales, but the Debtors shifted away from equipment sales prior to the Petition Date.
| (a) | Self-Mining |
The Debtors have participated in Self-Mining since their inception. The Debtors’ share of owned/leased Miners or “self-Miners” versus “hosted Miners” at their Data Centers has grown substantially, from approximately 10% in 2020 to approximately 67% today, in part due to the Blockcap acquisition in July 2021. As of May 3, 2023, the Debtors own or lease approximately 144,370 operational Miners used for Self-Mining.
Currently, the Debtors convert their mined bitcoin into U.S. dollars on a regular basis, generally within 2.5 days of Mining. Consequently, the Debtors currently do not generally hold large amounts of bitcoin on their balance sheet at any given time.
| (b) | Hosting Operations |
In 2020, access to Miners was limited for a variety of reasons, and the Debtors had the unique ability to provide third parties with access to Miners due among other things, to relationships in the industry. The Debtors were able to sell hardware “bundled” with hosting capabilities. Proceeds from bundled hardware sales and prepayments on hosting contracts helped the Debtors to continue to build out their Data Centers to provide additional capacity for their self-Miners, as well as for hosted Miners in connection with their Hosting Operations.
Since 2017, the Debtors have positioned themselves as a premium provider of hosting services to third-party Miners, with high quality facilities that provide the optimal operating environment for consistent performance. The Data Centers include onsite technicians available 24/7 for repair, adding value to the Debtors’ customers by prolonging the life of their Miners. The Debtors use custom software to manage Miners, which allows for real-time performance monitoring, historical data analysis, deployment tracking, and instant adjustment of voltage draws. Customers can take advantage of high uptime percentage to produce additional bitcoin.
27
For these reasons, the Debtors’ Hosting Operations business has grown considerably since 2017. The Debtors continue to focus on larger customers (generally customers with greater than 1,000 Miners), as larger, professionally-managed customers benefit more from the Debtors’ hosting value proposition (i.e., high uptime, software solutions, etc.) and such customers are more likely to generate consistent cash flow for the Debtors.
In line with the Debtors’ profit-maximization efforts, the Debtors terminated and/or rejected some of their less profitable hosting contacts to free up rack space in their Data Centers. The Debtors also sought to maximize the potential profits from their newly opened rack space by adding a new product offering to their Hosting Operations. This product offering enables customers to enter into agreements with the Debtors to host customer Miners at the Debtors’ Data Centers in return for the Debtors retaining a percentage of the Mining revenue attributable to such customers’ Miners (“RevShare Agreements”). Since the Petition Date, the Debtors have signed RevShare Agreements with 2 customers. As of June 8, 2023, 17,583 Miners are being hosted at Debtors’ Data Centers under RevShare Agreements.
As of May 3, 2023, across their Data Centers, the Debtors host 72,487 Miners on behalf of 10 customers. Any bitcoin customers mine goes directly to the respective customers’ wallets. The Debtors neither hold any bitcoin mined by customers on the Debtors’ balance sheet nor serve as custodian of bitcoin on behalf of their hosting customers.
| ii. | Data Centers |
The Debtors own or lease facilities in Texas (3), Georgia (2), Kentucky, North Carolina (2), Oklahoma, and North Dakota, of which all are operational Data Centers except for the Muskogee Facility and the Cedarvale Facility. The Data Centers house and provide power to both the Debtors’ Miners, as well as the hosting customers’ Miners, enabling such Miners to mine digital assets efficiently. The table below illustrates the ten facilities that the Debtors currently own or lease.
| Location |
Type of Ownership |
Land (acres) |
Current MWs Operational |
Buildings (Square Feet) | ||||
| Marble, NC (“Marble 1”) |
Owned | 30 | 35 | +/- 200,000 | ||||
| Marble, NC (together with Marble 1, the “Marble Facility”) |
Owned | 42 | 69 | +/- 50,000 | ||||
| Dalton, GA (“Dalton Green”)11 |
Leased | 13 | 142 | +/- 100,000 |
| 11 | The lease provides that, at the expiration (on December 1, 2030) or earlier termination of the lease, Core Scientific Operating Company is obligated to purchase the property for nominal consideration. |
28
| Location |
Type of Ownership |
Land (acres) |
Current MWs Operational |
Buildings (Square Feet) | ||||
| Dalton, GA (together with Dalton Green, the “Dalton Facility”)12 |
Leased | 7 | 53 | +/- 200,000 | ||||
| Calvert City, KY (the “Calvert City Facility”) |
Owned | 15 | 150 | +/- 60,000 | ||||
| Grand Forks, ND (the “Prairie Site Facility”)13 |
Leased | 20 | 100 | +/- 90,000 | ||||
| Denton, TX (the “Denton Facility”) |
Leased | 31 | 125 | +/- 300,000 | ||||
| Barstow, TX (the “Cedarvale Facility”) |
Owned | 136 | 0 | +/- 5,000 | ||||
| Pecos, TX (the “Cottonwood Facility”) |
Leased | 100 | 50 | +/- 125,000 | ||||
| Muskogee, OK (the “Muskogee Facility”) |
Owned | 90 | 0 | +/- 525,000 |
| 12 | The lease provides that, at the expiration (on December 1, 2030) or earlier termination of the lease, Core Scientific Operating Company is obligated to purchase the property for nominal consideration. |
| 13 | Grand Forks is comprised of two leased properties. The leases provide that, at any time during the lease term or during the 60 days following the lease term, the Debtors have the option to purchase one leased property for $5,400,000 less the value of any rent paid under that lease and the other leased property for $210,000. |
29
IV.
DEBTORS’ CORPORATE AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE
| A. | Corporate Structure |
A chart illustrating the Debtors’ complete organizational structure as of the Petition Date is attached as Exhibit F to this Disclosure Statement. The following chart depicts the Debtors’ simplified corporate structure:
All of the other Debtors are wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by Core Scientific, Inc.14
| 14 | Additionally, in connection with a potential venture that was never consummated, the Debtors formed several non-Debtor affiliates, which are currently dormant. These entities are (i) Core Scientific Partners, LP, (ii) Core Scientific Partners GP, LLC, (iii) CSP Advisors, LLC, (iv) CSP Liquid Opportunities GP, LP, (v) CSL Liquid |
30
| B. | Corporate Governance and Management |
The board of directors of Core Scientific, Inc. (the “Board”) consists of six (6) directors: Darin Feinstein, Neal Goldman, Jarvis Hollingsworth, Mike Levitt, Matthew Minnis, and Kneeland Youngblood. Mike Levitt and Darin Feinstein serve as Co-Chairmen of the Board. The Debtors’ highly experienced management team consists of the following individuals:
| Name |
Position | |
| Mike Levitt |
Chief Executive Officer | |
| Adam Sullivan |
President | |
| Todd DuChene |
Chief Legal Officer and Chief Administrative Officer | |
| Darin Feinstein |
Executive Vice President, Strategy | |
| Michael Bros |
Senior Vice President, Capital Markets and Acquisitions | |
| Matt Brown |
Executive Vice President, Data Center Operations | |
| Russell Cann |
Executive Vice President, Client Services | |
| Denise Sterling |
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer | |
| Steve Gitlin |
Senior Vice President, Investor Relations | |
| Carol Haines |
Senior Vice President, Sustainability | |
| Jeff Pratt |
Senior Vice President, Partnerships | |
| Jeff Taylor |
Senior Vice President, Chief Information Security Officer | |
| Katy Hall |
General Counsel |
| C. | Prepetition Capital Structure |
The following description of the Debtors’ capital structure is for informational purposes only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the documents setting forth the specific terms of the Debtors’ obligations and any related agreements.
| i. | April Secured Convertible Notes: |
On April 19, 2021, certain of the Debtors entered into that certain Secured Convertible Note Purchase Agreement (as may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or
| Opportunities Master Fund, LP, (vi) CSP Liquid Opportunities Fund, LP, and (vii) CSP Liquid Opportunities Offshore Fund. |
31
otherwise modified from time to time, the “April NPA”), by and among Core Scientific Holding Co., as issuer, the guarantors (the “NPA Guarantors”), as guarantors, U.S. Bank National Association, as note agent and collateral agent (together with any successor in such capacity, the “Note Agent”), and the purchasers of the notes issued thereunder. Core Scientific, Inc. assumed Core Scientific Holding Co.’s obligations under the April NPA upon consummation of the de-SPAC Transactions. The April NPA provides for the issuance of up to an aggregate principal amount of $215 million of 10% convertible secured notes due 2025 (the “April Notes”), and an aggregate principal amount of $215 million of April Notes were issued in April 2021 thereunder.
The April Notes mature on April 19, 2025 and bear interest at 10.0% per annum, of which 4.0% is payable in cash (“Cash Interest”) and 6.0% is payable in kind by capitalizing such interest payment and increasing the aggregate principal amount of the notes by the amount thereof (“PIK Interest”). In addition, the April Notes are convertible into shares of common stock of Core Scientific, Inc. at a conversion price of $8.00 per share. As of the Petition Date, the aggregate principal amount of April Notes outstanding under the April NPA was approximately $234 million.
Pursuant to the terms of the April NPA, Core Scientific, Inc. is obligated to repay 200% of the principal and all accrued and unpaid interest under the April Notes (the “April 2X Amounts”) upon certain events, including a voluntary prepayment, a change of control of the Debtors, or the maturity date (the “April 2X Provision”). The terms of the April NPA do not provide for payment of the April 2X Amounts upon acceleration after an event of default, including the automatic acceleration that follows a bankruptcy filing. The Debtors believe that the April 2X Provision is not applicable or enforceable for that reason, as well as others, and, accordingly, the April 2X Amounts should not be allowed as part of the April Convertible Notes Secured Claims. The POC the Note Agent filed on behalf of the holders of the April Notes (POC No. 526, the “April Notes POC”) classifies the Claim as unliquidated and does not assert a dollar amount. However, the April Notes POC contains an addendum asserting that the holders of the April Convertible Notes Secured Claims are entitled to the accrued portion of the April 2X Amounts as of the Petition Date in an amount of approximately $76.9 million and expect their liquidated Claim to include such portion of the April 2X Amounts.15
The obligations under the April NPA are secured pursuant to (i) that certain Security Agreement, dated as of April 19, 2021 (the “April Notes Security Agreement”), by and among Core Scientific Holding Co., the NPA Guarantors, as guarantors, and the Note Agent (in its capacity as collateral agent), and (ii) that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of April 19, 2021 (the “April Notes IP Security Agreement” and together with the April Notes Security Agreement, the “April Security Agreements”), by and among Core Scientific Operating Company and the Note Agent (in its capacity as collateral agent). Pursuant to such security agreements and as a result of the de-SPAC Transactions, the April Notes are secured by a first lien
| 15 | As explained further below, under the Original DIP Facility and the RSA, which was entered into between the Debtors and certain of the convertible noteholders in connection with the Original DIP Facility, the parties stipulated to include the accrued portion of the April 2X Amounts in the allowed Claims of the holders of the April Notes. The Debtors subsequently terminated the RSA upon repayment of the Original DIP Facility, and the Replacement DIP Order does not contain any stipulation regarding whether the accrued portion of the April 2X Amounts are allowed as part of the claims of the holders of the April Notes. |
32
security interest in all of the Debtors’ and the NPA Guarantors’ accounts, chattel paper, commercial tort claims, commodity accounts, contracts, deposit accounts, documents, general intangibles, goods, instruments, investment property, letter-of-credit rights and letters of credit, money, securities accounts, supporting obligations, property, other goods and personal property, certain intellectual property and proceeds of each, other than “Excluded Property” (as defined under the April Notes Security Agreement) (the “NPA Collateral”). The NPA Collateral does not include any of the Debtors’ real estate, except fixtures. In addition, the NPA Agent did not perfect its security interests in certain personal property which would require action beyond the filing of an all-assets financing statement with the secretary of state of the Debtors’ jurisdiction of organization including (a) the Debtors’ commercial tort claims which would be perfected by separate financing statement and (b) cash or accounts which would be perfected by control.16
| ii. | August Convertible Notes: |
On August 20, 2021, certain of the Debtors entered into that certain Convertible Note Purchase Agreement (as may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, and including all related credit documents, the “August NPA”), by and among Core Scientific Holding Co., as issuer, the NPA Guarantors, as guarantors, the Note Agent, as note agent, and the purchasers of the notes issued thereunder. Core Scientific, Inc. assumed Core Scientific Holding Co.’s obligations under the August NPA upon consummation of the de-SPAC Transactions. The August NPA provides for the issuance of up to an aggregate principal amount of $300 million of 10% convertible secured notes due 2025 (the “August Notes” and together with the April Notes, the “Convertible Notes”), and an aggregate principal amount of $299.8 million of August Notes were issued in August 2021 thereunder.
The August Notes were issued with substantially the same terms as the April Notes, including the same maturity date of April 19, 2025 and the same interest rate (10.0% per annum, of which 4.0% is Cash Interest and 6.0% is PIK Interest). Likewise, the August Notes are convertible into shares of common stock of Core Scientific, Inc. at a conversion price of $8.00 per share. As of the Petition Date, the aggregate principal amount of August Notes outstanding under the August NPA was approximately $318 million.
Pursuant to the terms of the August NPA, Core Scientific, Inc. is obligated to repay 200% of the principal and all accrued and unpaid interest under the August Notes (the “August 2X Amounts”) upon certain events, including a voluntary prepayment or a change of control of the company (the “August 2X Provision”). Unlike the April 2X Provision, the August 2X Provision does not provide for payment of the August 2X Amounts upon the maturity date of the August Notes. Similar to the April NPA, the terms of the August NPA do not provide for payment of the August 2X Amounts upon acceleration after an event of default, including the automatic acceleration that follows a bankruptcy filing. The Debtors believe that the August 2X Provision is not applicable or enforceable for a number of different reasons and, accordingly, the August 2X Amounts should not be allowed as part of the August Convertible Notes Secured Claims. The POC the Note Agent filed on behalf of the holders of the August Notes (claim number 523, the “August POC”) classifies the Claim as unliquidated and does not assert a dollar amount. However, unlike the April POC, the August POC does not state in its addendum that the holders of the August Notes believe they are entitled to the accrued portion of the August 2X Amounts, but rather the August POC reserves all rights to seek inclusion of the August 2X Amounts, as an unpaid original issue discount, in the calculation of the allowed Claim for the holders of the August Notes.
The obligations of the Debtors under the August NPA are secured pursuant to (i) that certain Security Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2022 (the “August Notes Security Agreement”), by
| 16 | The NPA Agent did perfect its interest through possession and control of (i) all of the common stock in Core Scientific Operating Company and (ii) the indebtedness evidenced by that certain secured promissory note issued by RME Black 200, LLC on May 12, 2020 (as may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified from time to time) as of the Petition Date. |
33
and among Core Scientific, Inc., the NPA Guarantors, as guarantors, and the Note Agent (in its capacity as collateral agent for the August Notes), and (ii) that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2022 (the “August Notes IP Security Agreement” and together with the August Convertible Notes Security Agreement, the “August Security Agreements”, and collectively with the April Security Agreements, the “Convertible Notes Security Agreements”), by and among Core Scientific Operating Company, Core Scientific Acquired Mining LLC, and the Note Agent (in its capacity as collateral agent).17
The August Notes are secured by the NPA Collateral, but are junior in priority to the April Notes with respect to the NPA Collateral. In connection with the de-SPAC Transactions, within 30 days, the August Notes would have been entitled to delivery of (i) a counterpart of the Security Agreement and the Intellectual Property Security Agreement and filed UCC-1s and (ii) an intercreditor agreement (effective on the secured parties). A Security Agreement and an Intellectual Property Agreement for the August Notes were entered into in connection with the de-SPAC Transactions and the appropriate UCC-1s were filed; however, an intercreditor agreement between the April Notes and August Notes was never executed. As the UCC-1s in connection with August Notes were filed after the UCC-1s filed in connection with April Notes, the liens securing the August Notes are likely junior to the liens securing the April Notes. There does not appear to be any mechanism for holders of the August Notes to force holders of the April Notes to enter into an intercreditor agreement, nor is there any incentive for holders of the April Notes to do so absent a broader restructuring transaction.
| iii. | Secured Mining Equipment Financings and Leases |
Since 2020, the Debtors have entered into numerous equipment financing agreements and leases to acquire Miners. As of May 3, 2023, of the Debtors’ 144,370 Miners, approximately 64,196 (or 44%) are collateral or leased under various equipment financing arrangements.18
As of Petition Date, the Debtors had an aggregate of approximately $284 million of principal balance of equipment leases and secured equipment financing outstanding (including accrued and unpaid interest), under different facilities with respective first lien security interests (or lease interests) against approximately 91,000 Miners in the Debtors’ possession at that time. As discussed in further detail below, NYDIG ABL LLC (fka Arctos Credit LLC) (“NYDIG”) provided financing for 26,964 Miners, but the Debtors transferred such Miners to NYDIG in exchange for cancellation of NYDIG’s Claim pursuant to the NYDIG Settlement. Accordingly, as of May 3, 2023, the Debtors possess 58,426 Miners are that subject to financing agreements and 5,770 Miners subject to a lease agreement with Atalaya Capital Management LP (“Atalaya”).19
A summary of the largest outstanding secured Miner financings is below:
| 17 | The August NPA included a covenant requiring certain of the Debtors to provide the same collateral securing the April Notes as collateral to secure the August Notes upon the occurrence of a “Conversion Event” (as defined in the August NPA). A Conversion Event occurred as a result of the de-SPAC Transactions, and the August Notes became secured by the NPA Collateral in February 2022. |
| 18 | Although certain of the Miner Equipment financing agreements were styled as equipment leases, the Debtors assert that such agreements constitute financing agreements. |
| 19 | As of the Petition Date there were approximately $14.5 million of lease payments remaining to Atalaya. As discussed in greater detail below, the Debtors are in the process of negotiating amended terms on the Miner equipment leases assigned to Atalaya, subject to approval of the Bankruptcy Court. |
34
| Lender |
Borrower20 | Debtors’ Estimate of Outstanding under Financing Agreement as of Petition Date Including Principal and Interest |
Collateral (# of Miners) | |||
| Equipment Financings | ||||||
| Mass Mutual |
Core Scientific Operating Company |
$42.7 million | 18,352 | |||
|
Barings21 |
Core Scientific, Inc. | $66 million | 10,895 | |||
| BlockFi Lending LLC |
Core Scientific Operating Company |
$55.7 million | 14,508 | |||
| Stonebriar Commercial Finance LLC.22 |
Core Scientific, Inc. | $3.1 million | 1,465 | |||
| 36th Street Capital Partners LLC. 23 |
Core Scientific Operating Company |
$3.8 million | 970 | |||
| Anchorage Lending CA, LLC |
Core Scientific, Inc. | $25.9 million | 5,354 | |||
| Trinity Capital Inc. |
Core Scientific Operating Company |
$23.6 million | 5,812 | |||
| Jack Novak |
Core Scientific Operating Company |
$10.2 million | ||||
| iv. | Secured Non-Mining Financings and Leases. |
In addition to financing secured against Miners, the Debtors have utilized both secured financings24 and operating leases to finance certain non-Mining assets deployed to satisfy the Debtors’ various infrastructure needs for their day-to-day operations. As of the Petition Date, the Debtors had approximately $700,000 of facility-only mortgages, $18.4 million of mixed collateral financing, $8.9 million of non-Mining equipment
| 20 | These financings are not guaranteed by any Debtor. |
| 21 | Loans from various Barings-related entities, including Barings BDC, Barings Capital Investment Corp., and Barings Private Credit Corp. |
| 22 | This secured Miner financing was assigned to Stonebriar Commercial Finance LLC from Liberty Commercial Finance. |
| 23 | This secured Miner financing was assigned to 36th Street Capital Partners LLC from Liberty Commercial Finance. |
| 24 | Although certain of the non-Miner Equipment financing agreements were styled as equipment leases, the Debtors assert that such agreements constitute financing agreements. |
35
financing, and $1.6 million of non-Mining equipment leases. These financings and leases consist of various assets, such real estate, trucks, scissorlifts, servers, switchboards, and other non-Mining equipment.25
A summary of outstanding secured non-Mining financing arrangements is below:
| Lender |
Borrower |
Principal and Interest Outstanding as of the Petition Date |
Collateral | |||
| Facility Mortgages | ||||||
|
BrownCorporation26 |
American Property Acquisition, LLC |
$0.2 million | Dalton Facility | |||
| Holliwood LLC27 |
American Property Acquisition, LLC |
$0.5 million | Calvert City Facility | |||
| Mixed Collateral Financing | ||||||
| Bremer Bank, N.A. |
Core Scientific Operating Company |
$18.4 million | non-Mining equipment and leasehold interests in Prairie Site Facility | |||
| Equipment Financing | ||||||
| VFS, LLC |
Core Scientific Operating Company |
$1.3 million | Non-Mining equipment | |||
| Bank of the West |
Core Scientific Operating Company |
$50,000 | Non-Mining equipment | |||
| Dell Financial Services |
Core Scientific Operating Company |
$0.2 million | Non-Mining equipment | |||
| Indigo Direct Lending LLC28 |
Core Scientific Operating Company |
$2.2 million | Non-Mining equipment | |||
| North Mill Equipment Finance LLC29 |
Core Scientific Operating Company |
$0.7 million | Non-Mining equipment | |||
| Prime Alliance Bank, Inc.30 |
Core Scientific Operating Company |
$2.3 million | Non-Mining equipment | |||
| North Star Leasing31 |
Core Scientific Operating Company |
$0.6 million | Non-Mining equipment | |||
| 36th Street Capital |
Core Scientific Operating Company |
$0.1 million | Non-Mining equipment | |||
| 25 | These assets that secure the non-Mining financing and leases are considered Excluded Property under the Convertible Notes Security Agreements. |
| 26 | The maturity date for the Debtors’ mortgage with Brown Corporation is September 28, 2023. |
| 27 | The maturity date for the Debtors’ mortgage with Holliwood LLC is December 19, 2023. |
| 28 | This non- Miner financing was assigned to Indigo Direct Lending LLC from Liberty Commercial Finance. |
| 29 | This non- Miner financing was assigned to North Mill Equipment Finance LLC from Liberty Commercial Finance. |
| 30 | This non- Miner financing was assigned to Prime Alliance Bank, Inc. from Liberty Commercial Finance. |
| 31 | This non- Miner financing was assigned to North Star Leasing from Liberty Commercial Finance. |
36
| Lender |
Borrower |
Principal and Interest Outstanding as of the Petition Date |
Collateral | |||
| Liberty Commercial Finance LLC |
Core Scientific Operating Company |
$1.2 million | Non-Mining equipment | |||
| Meridian Equipment Finance, LLC |
Core Scientific Operating Company |
$0.1 million | Non-Mining equipment | |||
| Equipment Leases | ||||||
| VFS, LLC |
Core Scientific Operating Company |
$0.9 million | Non-Mining equipment | |||
| Fidelity Funding Services, LLC |
Core Scientific Operating Company |
$80,000 | Non-Mining equipment | |||
| Tech. Fin. Corp. |
Core Scientific Operating Company |
$0.3 million | Non-Mining equipment | |||
| Toyota Commercial Finance. |
Core Scientific Operating Company |
$0.2 million | Non-Mining equipment | |||
| Marco |
Core Scientific Operating Company |
$10,000 | Non-Mining equipment | |||
| Garic, Inc. |
Core Scientific Operating Company |
$0.1 million | Non-Mining equipment | |||
| v. | M&M Liens |
M&M Liens arise under state law and provide General Contractors and Subcontractors with a lien on the real property that is the subject of the General Contract with respect to all labor, materials, equipment and/or services actually performed or furnished by such General Contractor or Subcontractor with respect to such real property. Under applicable state law (i.e., Texas and Oklahoma), (i) a General Contractor may be entitled to an M&M Lien with respect to all labor, materials, equipment and/or services actually furnished pursuant to its General Contract, whether performed by the General Contractor or any of its Subcontractors and (ii) a Subcontractor engaged by a General Contractor may be entitled to an M&M Lien with respect to all labor, materials, equipment, and/or services actually furnished by such Subcontractor. Therefore, in certain instances a General Contractor’s M&M Lien and a Subcontractor’s M&M Lien may each secure certain amounts in duplication. Under state law, all such M&M Liens which secure amounts in duplication are each reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis upon repayment of any such amounts secured in duplication.
The Debtors entered into General Contracts with the General Contractors set forth on the M&M Lien Claim Amounts Schedule in connection with the construction, development, or improvement of the Debtors’(i) Denton Facility, (ii) Cottonwood Facility, (iii) Cedarvale Facility, (iv) Muskogee Facility (collectively with the Denton Facility, the Cottonwood Facility, and the Cedarvale Facility, the “M&M Facilities”). The General Contractors engaged the Subcontractors set forth on the M&M Lien Claim Amounts Schedule to fulfill certain components of the applicable General Contracts. Pursuant to the General Contracts, multiple General Contractors and Subcontractors labored or furnished labor, materials, equipment, and/or services at the Facilities for which such General Contractors and Subcontractors hold M&M Liens.
The M&M Lien Claim Amounts Schedule sets forth the amounts the Debtors’ books and records reflect are attributable to the provision by General Contractors and Subcontractors of labor, materials, equipment, and/or services in
37
connection with the construction, development, or improvement of the M&M Facilities for which such General Contractors and Subcontractors may be entitled to an M&M Lien. Those M&M Liens give rise to the M&M Lien Secured Claims in favor of the General Contractors with which the Debtors have directly entered into the General Contracts and are in privity of contract. The Debtors are not party to any agreements with the Subcontractors and, therefore, the Debtors are not in privity of contract with any such Subcontractors. Nevertheless, 13 Subcontractors filed proofs of claim against one or more of the Debtors (the “Subcontractor POCs”). The Debtors seek disallowance of the Subcontractor POCs pursuant to the Plan and DS Motion.
The total amount of M&M Liens encumbering each M&M Facility (after subtracting amounts secured in duplication by both a General Contractor and a Subcontractor) and securing the M&M Lien Secured Claims are set forth below:
| Facility |
Total M&M Liens | |
| Denton Facility |
TBD | |
| Cottonwood Facility |
TBD | |
| Cedarvale Facility |
TBD | |
| Muskogee Facility |
TBD | |
| vi. | Unsecured Bridge Notes: |
In April 2022, Core Scientific, Inc. entered into a $60 million Bridge Promissory Note with BRF Finance Co, LLC and a $15 million Bridge Promissory Note with B. Riley Commercial Capital, LLC (such unsecured financing, the “Unsecured Bridge Notes”), each of which was further amended and restated in August 2022. The Unsecured Bridge Notes were to mature on June 1, 2023.
The Unsecured Bridge Notes required that 25% of the net proceeds from the issuance of any shares of common stock of Core Scientific, Inc. under its equity line of credit (“ELOC”)32 must be applied to repay the outstanding principal amount of the Unsecured Bridge Notes. Prior to the Petition Date, Core Scientific, Inc. repaid approximately $33 million of principal under the Unsecured Bridge Notes, including from proceeds under the ELOC. As of the Petition Date, the B. Riley Unsecured Claims arising under or related to B. Riley’s Unsecured Bridge Notes are estimated by the Debtors to total approximately $42.7 million.
| 32 | On July 20, 2022, Core Scientific, Inc. entered into an equity purchase agreement with B. Riley Principal Capital II, pursuant to which, Core Scientific, Inc. has the right to sell to B. Riley Principal Capital II up to $100 million of shares of Core Scientific, Inc.’s common stock, subject to certain limitations and conditions set forth in the purchase agreement. |
38
| vii. | General Unsecured Claims: |
The Debtors have numerous other General Unsecured Claims outstanding as of the Petition Date, including B. Riley Unsecured Claims (described above), Litigation Claims, General Contractor Unsecured Claims, Utility Unsecured Claims, and various Other Unsecured Claims. Based upon the Debtors’ review of the POCs, General Unsecured Claims of approximately $795 million have been filed against the Debtors in the aggregate. While the Debtors continue to review and reconcile all POCs, the Debtors believe that $80-100 million (not including postpetition interest) of filed General Unsecured Claims not including the Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claims or Claims of governmental units33, are valid, allowable, or will remain outstanding prior to the Effective Date.
As explained above, the Debtors are unable to estimate the Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claims at this time due to the potential for a Holder of a Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim to elect a treatment that will thereby waive its right to assert any Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claim as a General Unsecured Claim. However, if all of the Miner Equipment Lenders fail to make such an election, the Debtors estimate that the Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claims total approximately $182.7 million.
| (a) | Litigation Claims Filed Against the Debtors |
A summary of the largest Litigation Claims filed against the Debtors is below34:
| Claimant |
Debtor Entity Claim Filed Against35 |
Dollar Value Asserted on Filed Claim |
Claim Number | |||
| Celsius Mining LLC |
Core Scientific, Inc. | $312.3 million | 497 | |||
| Morgan Hoffman |
Core Scientific, Inc. | $188.6 million | 556 | |||
| Sphere 3D Corp. |
Core Scientific, Inc. | $39.5 million | 358 | |||
| Foundry Digital LLC (DCG Foundry LLC) |
Core Scientific Acquired Mining LLC | $18.4 million | 360 | |||
| Bryce Johnson |
Core Scientific Operating Company | $10.5 million | 120 | |||
| Oklahoma Gas and Electric Company |
Core Scientific, Inc. | $8 million | 34 | |||
| Harlin Dean |
Core Scientific Acquired Mining LLC | $8 million | 383 | |||
| GEM Mining 2, LLC |
Core Scientific, Inc. | $2.9 million | 508 | |||
| Jonathan Barrett |
Core Scientific, Inc. | $1.3 million | 409 |
As explained in greater detail in section (XV)(J)(iii) regarding the Debtors’ Claims reconciliation process, the Debtors either (i) already objected to the Litigation Claim, (ii) plan to file an objection to the Litigation Claim, (iii) are currently in negotiation with the Holder of such Litigation Claim or (iv) are still reconciling the Litigation Claim. The Debtors believe that most
| 33 | As described below, the Governmental Bar Date was June 19, 2023, the Debtors have not yet reviewed or reconciled Claims filed on the Governmental Bar Date, but are currently unaware of material Claims asserted by governmental units. |
| 34 | The below chart does not include duplicate Claims filed by the same Claimant |
| 35 | Inclusion of the Debtor’s entity name is not an admission by the Debtors that the Claim was properly filed against such Debtor entity. |
39
of the Litigation Claims have no merit and will either be Disallowed in their entirety or Allowed for a small fraction of filed amount.
| (b) | General Contractor Unsecured Claims Filed Against the Debtors |
A summary of the largest General Contractor Unsecured Claims filed against the Debtors is below:
| Claimant |
Debtor Entity Claim Filed Against36 |
Dollar Value Asserted on Filed Claim |
Claim Number | |||||||
| Harper Construction Company, Inc. |
Core Scientific, Inc. | $ | 10.6 million | 437 | ||||||
| Condair Inc. |
Core Scientific, Inc. | $ | 7.9 million | 430 | ||||||
| Trilogy LLC |
Core Scientific, Inc. | $ | 3.3 million | 1 | ||||||
The Debtors are currently in settlement discussions with each of the Holders of the above listed General Contractor Unsecured Claims. The Debtors generally believe such General Contractor Unsecured claims are without merit or will be Allowed at a significantly lower dollar value.
| (c) | Utilities Unsecured Claims |
Utilities Unsecured Claims arise from the Debtors’ agreements with utility providers that provide power to the Debtors Data Centers or other utility services which enable the Debtors to operate their business.
| (d) | Other Unsecured Claims |
The Other Unsecured Claims include Claims not mentioned above. Of note are Claims arising out of trade contracts providing goods and services that enable the Debtors to operate their business.
| viii. | Common Stock; New Listing: |
Core Scientific, Inc. was publicly traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “CORZ.” Following the Petition Date, on December 22, 2022, Core Scientific, Inc. received written notice from the staff of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) notifying Core Scientific, Inc. that, as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases, Nasdaq determined that Core Scientific, Inc.’s common stock would be delisted from the Nasdaq Global Select Market and that trading of Core Scientific, Inc.’s common stock would be suspended at the opening of business on January 3, 2023. On December 29, 2022, Core Scientific, Inc. requested an appeal of Nasdaq’s determination and a hearing before a Nasdaq hearings panel, which appeal stayed the Debtors’ delisting and the filing of a Form 25-NSE with the SEC. After
| 36 | Inclusion of the Debtor’s entity name is in no way an admission of the Debtors’ that the Claim was properly filed against such Debtor entity. |
40
careful deliberation, on January 24, 2023, Core Scientific, Inc. decided to withdraw its appeal of the delisting proceedings. Core Scientific, Inc.’s common stock was subsequently delisted from the NASDAQ Global Select Market and a Form 25-NSE was filed with the SEC on April 4, 2023.
Core Scientific, Inc. currently trades on the OTC Pink market under the symbol “CORZQ”. As of May 5, 2023, Core Scientific, Inc. had approximately 376,566,674 shares of common stock outstanding.
Upon the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors anticipate that they will continue to be a reporting company under the Exchange Act, 15 U.S.C. §§ 78(a)–78(pp). The Reorganized Debtors anticipate using commercially reasonable efforts to have the New Common Interests listed on the NASDAQ, NYSE, or another nationally recognized exchange, as soon as reasonably practicable, subject to meeting applicable listing requirements following the Effective Date.
V.
SIGNIFICANT EVENTS LEADING
TO THE CHAPTER 11 FILINGS
Although the Debtors’ operating performance remained strong at all times, a number of factors rendered the Debtors’ balance sheet unsustainable as of the Petition Date, leading the Debtors to file the Chapter 11 Cases. The primary factors were: (i) the decline in bitcoin prices and bitcoin hashprices; (ii) increased energy costs; and (iii) the dispute and corresponding litigation with Celsius Mining LLC (“Celsius”). These events leading to the chapter 11 filing are discussed in further detail below.
| A. | The Decline in the Price of Bitcoin and Increase in Bitcoin Network Difficulty |
The period between October 2020 and November 2021 saw exponential growth in the price of and consumer interest in bitcoin and cryptocurrency generally. Although there was significant fluctuation in bitcoin prices throughout this period, bitcoin prices reached an all-time high of $68,789 in November 2021. The increased bitcoin prices, in turn, led to a demand for hosting capabilities from companies interested in Mining bitcoin. During this period, the Debtors increased their market presence in the Mining industry through Self-Mining and selling bitcoin on the open market, as well as by hosting Miners for customers. The Debtors also benefited from lower energy costs during this period, resulting in higher profitability.
After November 2021, however, the price of bitcoin steadily declined. In May 2022, this was exacerbated by the beginning of the “crypto winter” when the value of stablecoin UST (“Terra”) fell below that of the U.S. dollar. Because the purpose of the stablecoin was to maintain an equal value to the U.S. dollar, the drop in value resulted in a “run” on the coin, as holders sought to sell before the value of their assets diminished. This crash rendered both Terra and its linked cryptocurrency Luna worthless. Many crypto firms and crypto-focused hedge funds that owned Luna incurred significant losses through the Terra/Luna crash. The collapse erased nearly $18 billion of value and contributed to further selloffs in the crypto sector.
41
In addition, on May 5, 2022, the Federal Reserve raised interest rates by 0.5%, triggering another round of market selloffs. Thereafter, bitcoin fell 27% during an eight-day period. By July 2022, multiple companies in the cryptocurrency sector commenced insolvency cases. Each one affected and further pushed the next towards insolvency as a result of significant interconnectedness and contagion within the industry. Notably, Three Arrows Capital, Ltd., Voyager Digital Holdings, Inc., and Celsius all filed for bankruptcy protection under either chapter 15 or chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in July 2022.
Subsequently, the cryptocurrency market was further rattled in November 2022 by the chapter 11 filing of FTX Trading Ltd. (“FTX”)—one of the world’s largest cryptocurrency exchanges—and the allegations of fraud and mismanagement related thereto. BlockFi Inc., a leading crypto lender, filed a chapter 11 case shortly thereafter, citing connections to FTX as a precipitating factor of its filing. Although these chapter 11 cases did not directly impact the Debtors, with the exception of Celsius as discussed further below, the declining price of bitcoin throughout this period did negatively impact the Debtors’ financial performance.
In general, a significant reduction in the price of bitcoin over the course of 2022 contributed to the decline in the Debtors’ financial performance. From November 2021 through November 2022, the price of bitcoin decreased from $68,789 to $16,000. The decrease in bitcoin prices was accompanied by an increase in network difficulty resulting from increased network hash rates (described above), resulting in reduced revenues and profitability for the Debtors.
| B. | Increased Energy Costs |
As noted, the Debtors maintain Self-Mining and Hosting Operations at eight Data Centers across the United States. To generate the computing power necessary to operate Data Centers and the Miners, the Debtors rely on tremendous amounts of power.
Prior to 2021, in line with natural gas prices, the Debtors’ power costs were relatively low. Beginning in the spring of 2022, however, fossil fuel prices—especially natural gas prices—increased due to, among other things, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and increasing fuel usage in many countries. The Debtors’ power costs for the first half of 2022 totaled approximately $106 million, comprising approximately 40% of their annual revenue.
Energy costs typically increase during the summer months due to greater demand for electricity. These months also bring higher risks of outages and power grid damage as a result of inclement weather, animal incursion, sabotage, and other events out of the Debtors’ control. Between July 2022 and September 2022, significant increases in energy prices increased the Debtors’ electricity costs. In addition, it became necessary to curtail power usage at the Debtors’ Data Centers more frequently at the request of Debtors’ power providers.
The Debtors explored fixed power pricing at certain facilities via potential hedging structures to mitigate power costs pre-petition. Nonetheless, given the Debtors’ dependence on high volumes of power consumption at the Data Centers, the steep increase in power costs significantly impacted the Debtors’ profitability in 2022.
42
| C. | Celsius’s Chapter 11 Filing and PPT Dispute |
The Debtors’ financial difficulties were exacerbated by disputes with Celsius following Celsius’s chapter 11 filing and subsequent failure to perform under its hosting contract with the Debtors.
Prior to the Petition Date, Celsius was one of the Debtors’ largest hosting customers, with approximately 37,536 Miners hosted at the Debtors’ Data Centers. The Debtors provided hosting services to Celsius pursuant to two Master Services Agreements, dated December 18, 2020 and December 3, 2021 (together with the orders entered into in connection therewith, the “Celsius Contracts”). Pursuant to the Celsius Contracts, the Debtors were entitled to pass through to Celsius any tariffs (the “PPT Charges”), which is a standard provision in all of the Debtors’ hosting contracts.
On July 13, 2022, Celsius, along with its affiliates, commenced chapter 11 cases in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Celsius Chapter 11 Cases”). Although Celsius paid PPT Charges prior to the Celsius Chapter 11 Cases, Celsius subsequently asserted it was not responsible for paying increased power costs and refused to pay all PPT Charges the Debtors invoiced to Celsius following Celsius’s chapter 11 filing.
By failing to pay the PPT Charges that Celsius owed to the Debtors, Celsius foisted millions of dollars of increased power costs onto the Debtors’ balance sheet instead of its own. As of Celsius’s petition date, Celsius owed the Debtors approximately $1.3 million in unpaid PPT Charges. As of the date the Bankruptcy Court approved the rejection of the Celsius Contracts (discussed further below), Celsius owed the Debtors approximately $7.7 million for unpaid postpetition (based on Celsius’s filing date) PPT Charges and related interest for late payments.
Celsius’s conduct also resulted in costly and protracted litigation. On September 28, 2022, Celsius filed a motion in the Celsius Chapter 11 Cases seeking to hold the Debtors in contempt of court for allegedly violating the automatic stay and for otherwise breaching the Celsius Contract (the “Automatic Stay Motion”). The Debtors disputed Celsius’s allegations and filed an opposition to the Automatic Stay Motion on October 19, 2022 (Celsius Docket No. 1140) (the “Automatic Stay Motion Opposition”).
Concurrently with the Automatic Stay Motion Opposition, the Debtors also filed their own motion on October 19, 2022, seeking (i) to compel immediate payment of administrative expenses and either (ii) (a) relief from the automatic stay to permit the Debtors to exercise all remedies, including termination, under the Celsius Contracts or (b) to compel assumption or rejection of the Celsius Contracts (Celsius Docket No. 1144) (the “Core Administrative Claim Motion”). At the time of the filing of the Core Administrative Claim Motion, Celsius owed the Debtors millions of dollars. Since the date, the amount of administrative expense Claims Celsius owes the Debtors as a result of unpaid PPT Charges increased through the date Core rejected the Celsius Contracts (as described below). Celsius disputes that it owes the Debtors any administrative expense Claims. In the fall of 2022, just as the Debtors were experiencing financial distress due to industry conditions, the Debtors and Celsius engaged in significant discovery relating to the competing motions
Shortly before the Petition Date, the Debtors and Celsius agreed to stay the litigation as they endeavored to negotiate a consensual resolution.
43
Celsius’s failure to pay the PPT Charges had a detrimental impact on the Debtors’ liquidity in the months and weeks leading up to the filing, as did the significant litigation costs the Debtors incurred in connection with the Celsius litigation.
| D. | Prepetition Initiatives |
Throughout 2021, the Debtors engaged in various operational and other initiatives to navigate through the challenges presented by the tumultuous cryptocurrency market. Given the price volatility of bitcoin, the Debtors took steps to mitigate the effects of such volatility and increase liquidity in the months leading up to their chapter 11 filing. The Debtors’ management actively sought to decrease operating costs, eliminate and delay construction expenses, reduce and delay capital expenditures, and increase hosting revenues. The Debtors also began discussions in late summer 2022 with certain creditors to address potential debt service amendments. These actions, however, were insufficient to enable the Debtors to continue to service their substantial debt and manage their liquidity issues. Given the Debtors’ financial difficulties and decreasing liquidity, the Debtors recognized the need to explore alternatives to inject liquidity and potentially de-lever their balance sheet, ensure their continuation as a going concern, preserve jobs, and maximize value for the benefit of all stakeholders.
To preserve liquidity while analyzing restructuring alternatives and negotiating with creditors, the Debtors decided in late October 2022 to cease making payments on certain of their equipment and other financings.
| E. | Appointment of New Independent Director and Formation of Special Committee to Consider Strategic Options and Engage with Creditors |
On October 26, 2022, the Board unanimously appointed Neal P. Goldman as an additional independent director. Mr. Goldman has extensive restructuring experience, and the Board believed that Mr. Goldman’s experience would be beneficial to the Debtors as they navigated through the restructuring process. Further, on November 14, 2022, in connection with the Debtors’ evaluation of strategic alternatives, the Board approved the formation of a special committee of three (3) independent directors: Neal Goldman, Jarvis Hollingsworth, and Kneeland Youngblood (the “Special Committee”). On January 28, 2023, Mr. Hollingsworth resigned as a member of the Special Committee, but has continued to serve on the Board.
The Special Committee is authorized to, among other things, evaluate and, if deemed by the Special Committee to be in the best interests of the Debtors, authorize the Debtors to enter into any potential restructuring transactions and strategic alternatives for and on behalf of the Debtors with respect to their outstanding indebtedness and contractual and other liabilities.
| F. | Retention of Restructuring Professionals and Prepetition Stakeholder Engagement |
In October 2022, the Debtors engaged Weil and PJT to explore restructuring alternatives and engage in negotiations with stakeholders. Soon thereafter, the Debtors engaged Alix as their financial advisor.
The Debtors and their Advisors reached out to certain holders of the Debtors’ Convertible Notes
44
and encouraged them to form a group with other holders to negotiate a restructuring. This resulted in the formation of the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group, which retained Paul Hastings LLP as its legal counsel and Moelis & Company LLC as its financial advisor. In the months leading up to the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors and their Advisors engaged in negotiations with the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group regarding the terms of a comprehensive restructuring.
In parallel, the Debtors pursued other options and engaged with other parties (both inside and outside of their capital structure) to address their overleveraged balance sheet and liquidity issues, including (i) B. Riley Financial, Inc. (“B. Riley”), the parent company of the holders of the Debtors’ Unsecured Bridge Notes, which also had been hired to sell equity to the public markets for the Debtors, (ii) the Debtors’ Equipment Lenders, (iii) the Debtors’ construction contract counterparties, (iv) potential third-party financing providers, and (v) potential asset purchasers.
Initially, three primary paths emerged: (i) an out-of-court financing offered by B. Riley that would secure and/or pay down B. Riley’s Unsecured Bridge Notes, grant liens on unencumbered assets to B. Riley, and provide additional capital to operate the Debtors’ business, (ii) a pre-arranged chapter 11 case to consummate a comprehensive restructuring set forth in a restructuring support agreement negotiated with the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group ( the “RSA”), including debtor-in-possession financing provided by members of the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group (and/or their affiliates, partners, and investors) (the “Original DIP Facility”), and (iii) a chapter 11 case funded with debtor-in-possession financing provided by a third-party DIP provider and not tied to an RSA.
Ultimately, after extensive discussion with the Advisors, the Special Committee concluded entry into the RSA was the Debtors’ best course of action as it would reduce both the Debtors’ funded indebtedness and interest expense by the respective magnitudes of hundreds of millions of dollars and tens of millions of dollars annually. Additionally, the other two of the Debtors’ potential transactions were unable to be consummated as of the Petition Date. First, B. Riley’s best and final proposal to the Debtors contemplated, among other things, the conversion of B. Riley’s Unsecured Claim into secured debt with liens on certain of the Debtors’ assets. In addition, B. Riley’s proposal (i) did not provide the Debtors with a comprehensive and long-term deleveraging and capital structure solution and (ii) was contingent on the Debtors reaching consensual agreements with their Equipment Lenders. Second, although the Debtors engaged in an extensive marketing process for a third-party DIP, the Debtors did not receive any actionable proposals for third party postpetition financing by the Petition Date. As of the Petition Date, the Debtors had approximately $4 million of cash on hand.
Accordingly, the Debtors entered into the RSA and Original DIP Facility with the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group before commencing the Chapter 11 Cases. The RSA contemplated the convertible noteholders receiving approximately 97% of the reorganized equity in the reorganized Debtors, among other terms. Unsecured creditors and equity holders would share 3% of the equity in the reorganized Debtors. As discussed in more detail below, following a substantial increase in the price of bitcoin and hashprices, the Debtors subsequently repaid the Original DIP Facility with proceeds of the Replacement DIP Facility (as defined below) and terminated the RSA.
45
VI.
OVERVIEW OF CHAPTER 11 CASES
| A. | Commencement of Chapter 11 Cases |
| i. | First/Second Day Relief |
On or about the Petition Date, along with their voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors filed several motions (the “First Day Motions”) designed to facilitate the administration of the Chapter 11 Cases and minimize disruption to the Debtors’ operations by, among other things, easing the strain on the Debtors’ relationships with employees and vendors resulting from the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases. The Debtors also filed an application to retain Stretto, Inc., as claims, noticing, and solicitation agent (the “Claims Agent Application”).
Following the first-day hearing held on December 22, 2022, the Bankruptcy Court granted all of relief requested in the First Day Motions on an interim or final basis. Following the final hearing held on January 23, 2023, the Bankruptcy Court entered orders granting the rest of the relief on a final basis. The first day relief included authority to
| • | Continue paying employee wages and benefits (Docket No. 121); |
| • | Pay certain prepetition taxes and regulatory fees (Docket No. 123); |
| • | Pay certain prepetition claims of critical vendors (Docket No. 333); |
| • | Restrict certain transfers of equity interests in the Debtors (Docket No. 120); |
| • | Continue and maintain insurance and surety bond programs (Docket No. 118); |
| • | Continue the use of the Debtors’ cash management system, bank accounts, and business forms (Docket No. 332); and |
| • | Establish procedures for utility companies to request adequate assurance and prohibit utility companies from altering or discontinuing service (Docket No. 334). |
The First Day Motions, the Claims Agent Application, and all orders for relief granted in the Chapter 11 Cases can be viewed free of charge at https://cases.stretto.com/corescientific.
46
| ii. | Other Procedural and Administrative Motions |
The Debtors also obtained procedural relief to facilitate further the smooth and efficient administration of the Chapter 11 Cases and reduce the administrative burdens associated therewith, including:
| • | Complex Case Designation. The Debtors obtained an order designating their Chapter 11 Cases as a Complex Case and applying the Procedures for Complex Cases in the Southern District of Texas (Docket No. 29) |
| • | Joint Administration. The Debtors obtained an order enabling the joint administration of their Chapter 11 Cases under the case name Core Scientific, Inc. (Docket No. 105). |
| • | Extension of Time to file Schedules and SOFAs. The Debtors obtained an order (i) granting them an extension of time to file their schedules of assets and liabilities and statements of financial affairs detailing known Claims against the Debtors (the “Schedules and SOFAs”), (ii) enabling the Debtors to file a matrix of their creditors on a consolidated basis, and (iii) waiving the Debtors’ requirement to file Bankruptcy Rule 2015.3 reports. (Docket No. 122). |
| • | Retention of Chapter 11 Professionals. The Debtors obtained orders authorizing the retention of various professionals to assist them in carrying out their duties under the Bankruptcy Code during the Chapter 11 Cases, including: (i) Weil, as counsel to the Debtors (Docket No. 504); (ii) PJT, as investment banker (Docket No. 502); (iii) Alix, as financial advisor (Docket No. 503); (iv) Scheef & Stone, L.L.P., as counsel to Neal Goldman and Kneeland Youngblood in their capacity as independent directors of the Board and members of the Special Committee (Docket No. 540); (v) Deloitte Financial Advisory Services LLP, as financial services provider |
47
(Docket No. 789); and (vi) Deloitte Tax LLP, as tax services provider (Docket No. 790).
| • | Ordinary Course Professionals Order. The Debtors obtained entry of an order establishing procedures for the retention and compensation of certain professionals utilized by the Debtors in the ordinary course operations of their businesses (Docket No. 543). |
| • | Interim Compensation Procedures. The Debtors obtained entry of an order establishing procedures for interim compensation and reimbursement of expenses of estate professionals (Docket No. 541). |
| B. | DIP Financing |
| i. | Original DIP Financing |
As of the Petition Date, the Debtors had approximately $4 million cash on hand and required immediate access to the Original DIP Facility and authority to use their prepetition secured creditors’ cash collateral to fund their operations and the Chapter 11 Cases. In the days leading up to the chapter 11 filing, the Original DIP Facility, provided by certain holders of the Convertible Notes or their affiliates (the “Original DIP Lenders”) was the Debtors’ only actionable financing proposal. The Original DIP Facility included commitments for up to $57 million and support for the syndication of up to $75 million in new money loans, $37.5 million of which was available after entry of an interim order to provide Debtors with needed liquidity immediately.
The Original DIP Facility placed numerous onerous obligations upon the Debtors, such as stringent milestones throughout the Chapter 11 Cases and a commitment to the RSA. In addition, it provided for a 1:1 roll-up of the Convertible Notes of the Original DIP Lenders or their affiliates in the aggregate amount of up to $75 million upon entry of a final order (the “Roll-Up”). The Original DIP Facility further required that the Debtors pay the Original DIP Lenders 115% of all new money loans issued pursuant to the Original DIP Facility in connection with any pay off the Original DIP Facility (the “Exit Fees”).
Certain of the Debtors’ stakeholders objected to certain provisions in the Original DIP Facility, including the Exit Fees and Roll-Up. At the Debtors’ first day hearing, the Debtors noted that no party other than the Original DIP Lenders was willing to provide the Debtors with DIP financing sufficient for the Debtors’ liquidity needs. The Court approved the Original DIP Facility on an interim basis (Docket No. 130). The Original DIP Facility included a milestone, among others, requiring that the Debtors obtain entry of a final order authorizing entry into the Original DIP Facility no later than February 2, 202337.
| ii. | Replacement DIP Financing |
At the outset of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors announced they would seek to replace the Original DIP Facility with a replacement DIP facility with more favorable terms and flexibility. Following the Petition Date, the Debtors and their Advisors engaged in an extensive marketing process to find alternative financing to replace the Original DIP Facility.
| 37 | The original deadline for the Debtors’ to obtain entry of a final order approving the Original DIP Facility was January 25, 2023. However, following the appointment of the Unsecured Creditors’ Committee, the Debtors and Original DIP Lenders agreed to extend such deadline (Docket No. 306). |
48
As discussed below in more detail, bitcoin prices and hashprices, as well as the financial condition of the cryptocurrency industry more generally, began to improve shortly after the Petition Date. As a result, the Debtors’ marketing process for a replacement DIP facility led to DIP proposals from multiple prospective parties, including from the Replacement DIP Lender. Following extensive negotiations, the Debtors reached an agreement with the Replacement DIP Lender to provide replacement DIP financing (the “Replacement DIP Facility”) on a non-priming basis. On January 30, 2023, the Debtors filed a motion requesting approval of the Replacement DIP Facility and the repayment of the Original DIP Facility (Docket No. 378).
The Replacement DIP Facility provided the Debtors a replacement senior secured super-priority debtor-in-possession credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $70 million, of which an aggregate principal amount of $35 million was made available on an interim basis and borrowed in a lump sum on the closing date. Among other beneficial terms, the Replacement DIP Facility represented a significantly lower total cost of capital than the Original DIP Facility, included more favorable exit terms, and did not require that the Debtors enter into a restructuring support agreement, support any particular chapter 11 plan, or agree to any other milestones. It thus provided the Debtors with up to 13 months of additional runway.
The Replacement DIP Facility was a non-priming financing facility, as the Debtors were able to provide the Replacement DIP Lender with a first-priority lien on valuable unencumbered real property assets38 and provide the Debtors’ convertible noteholders and Equipment Lenders with adequate protection in the form of replacement liens (junior to the liens under the Replacement DIP Facility) and super-priority administrative priority Claims for any diminution in the value of their collateral during the Chapter 11 Cases.
On February 2, 2023, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order approving the Replacement DIP Facility on an interim basis and approving the repayment of the Original DIP Facility (Docket No. 447) (the “Interim Replacement DIP Order”). Prior to the hearing approve the Replacement DIP Facility on an interim basis, the Official Creditors’ Committee filed a statement objecting to the Debtors’ proposed payment of the Exit Fees under the Original DIP Facility. However, consistent with the Debtors’ interpretation of the Original DIP Order, the Bankruptcy Court overruled the objection and held that the Debtors were required to pay the Exit Fees.
Upon entry of the Interim Replacement DIP Order, the Debtors terminated the Original DIP Facility and paid the $46.4 million balance owed under the Original DIP Facility, including Exit Fees of approximately $6 million, with the proceeds of Replacement DIP Facility.
Shortly thereafter, the Debtors exercised the fiduciary out contained in the RSA and terminated the RSA (Docket No. 517).
| 38 | The real property assets were only subject to the Convertible Noteholder’s liens on any fixtures. |
49
On March 1, 2023, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order approving the Debtors’ entry into the Replacement DIP Facility on a final basis (Docket No. 608) (the “Replacement DIP Order”).
Subsequent to the entry of the Replacement DIP Order, the Debtors have repaid approximately $8 million of principal under the Replacement DIP Facility pursuant to terms thereof that require a repayment to the Replacement DIP Lender for any amount of unrestricted cash over $50 million at the end of a month. The Debtors exceeded this threshold in both April and May.
As of June 9, 2023, $27 million of principal remains outstanding under the Replacement DIP Facility.
| C. | Rejection of Celsius Hosting Contract |
To minimize losses incurred by the Debtors under the Celsius Contracts from Celsius’s unpaid PPT Charges, the Debtors filed a motion to reject the Celsius Contracts on December 28, 2022 (the “Rejection Motion”) (Docket No. 189). Celsius filed a “Preliminary Objection,” not opposing the relief sought, but objecting to the timing of the hearing on the motion. The Court held a hearing on the Rejection Motion on January 3, 2023 and entered an order approving the rejection of the Celsius Contracts on January 4, 2023 (Docket No. 232). The Celsius dispute is discussed in more detail below.
| D. | Appointment of Creditors’ Committee |
On January 9, 2023, the Office of the United States Trustee for Region 7 (the “U.S. Trustee”) appointed the Unsecured Creditors’ Committee pursuant to section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code to represent the interests of unsecured creditors in these Chapter 11 Cases (Docket No. 257). On February 3, 2023, the U.S. Trustee reconstituted the Unsecured Creditors’ Committee (Docket No. 456). The current members of the Unsecured Creditors’ Committee are: (i) Dalton Utilities; (ii) Sphere 3D Corp.; (iii) MP2 Energy LLC d/b/a Shell Energy Solutions; and (iv) Tenaska Power Services Co.39 The Unsecured Creditors’ Committee retained Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, as counsel, Gray, Reed & McGraw LLP, as conflicts and efficiency counsel, and Ducera Partners LLP, as financial advisor. See (Docket Nos. 664, 602, and 675).
| E. | Appointment of Equity Committee |
As the price of bitcoin began to increase after the Petition Date, an ad hoc group of the Debtors’ equity holders (the “Ad Hoc Equity Group”) formed and reached out to both the Debtors and the U.S. Trustee seeking the appointment of an official equity committee. Following the U.S. Trustee’s denial of such request, on February 3, 2023, the Ad Hoc Equity Group filed a motion
| 39 | B. Riley was originally appointed as a member of the Unsecured Creditors’ Committee and participated on the Unsecured Creditors’ Committee through January 24, 2023, on which date its affiliate determined to engage in discussions regarding providing an alternative DIP financing proposal to the Debtors. B. Riley resigned from the Unsecured Creditors’ Committee upon the Bankruptcy Court’s entry of the Interim Replacement DIP Order. |
50
with the Bankruptcy Court seeking the appointment of an official equity committee (Docket No. 458).
Although the Debtors initially opposed the appointment of an official equity committee, as the price of bitcoin continued to increase, the Debtors ultimately engaged in negotiations with the Ad Hoc Equity Group and ultimately supported the appointment of an official equity committee on certain conditions, including a budget of $4.75 million and a scope limited to issues of valuation and plan negotiation. See (Docket No. 570). The Debtors shifted their position on the official equity committee because (i) rising bitcoin prices and lower energy costs suggested the Debtors may be solvent and (ii) principles of fairness supported the equity holders receiving representation with respect to the issues of valuation and plan negotiation. On March 1, 2023, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order (Docket No. 642) directing the appointment of an Official Equity Committee on the terms set forth therein.
On March 23, 2023, the U.S. Trustee appointed the Official Equity Committee pursuant to section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code to represent the interests of equity security holders in these Chapter 11 Cases (Docket No. 724). The Official Equity Committee is comprised of (i) The Rudolph FamilyTrust, (ii) Two Trees Capital Limited BVI Custodian CSPB, (iii) Lukasz Gottwald, (iv) Lukasz Gottwald, (v) Todd Deutsch, (vi) Douglas Abrams, (vii) Jay Deutsch, (viii) Mark Beaven, and (ix) Eddie Griffin. The Official Equity Committee subsequently retained Vinson & Elkins LLP as its counsel and FTI Consulting, Inc. as its financial advisor. See (Docket Nos. 933 and 934)
| F. | Debtors’ Key Employee Retention Program |
In December 2022, with input from their Advisors and an independent compensation consultant, the Debtors adopted a two-tier key employee retention program (the “KERP”) to retain certain key employees (the “Key Employees”) throughout the Debtors’ restructuring efforts.
The first tier of the KERP provided certain key executives with awards designed to retain such executives through these Chapter 11 Cases. The Debtors paid the awards for Tier 1 of the KERP prior to the Petition Date.
The second tier of the KERP provided for discretionary bonuses to certain non-executive Key Employees (the “Second Tier KERP Members”), approximately 110 members of the Debtors’ non-executive workforce, who perform a variety of important business functions for the Debtors, including accounting, legal, business development and intelligence, information technology, finance, facility and project management, and operational functions. The second tier KERP provides for quarterly cash payments to the applicable Second Tier KERP Member, upon signing a retention agreement, in the amount of $5,000 to $50,000 (the “Second Tier KERP Payments”), with the first installment of Second Tier KERP Payments to be paid on the first regular payroll date following Bankruptcy Court approval of the KERP and the remaining three installments of the Second Tier KERP Payments each to be paid quarterly on the last payroll date in May, August, and November 2023. In the event a “Restructuring Event” (as defined in the KERP Motion) is consummated prior to any scheduled payment, any remaining, unpaid Second Tier KERP Payments will be paid within fifteen (15) days following such Restructuring Event. Additionally, all Second Tier KERP Members who are employed at the Cottonwood Facility will receive their
51
Second Tier KERP Payment in a single installment on the first payroll date following August 31, 2023. In return for accepting the terms of their retention agreement, each Second Tier KERP Member forfeits his or her rights to annual bonuses or other cash-based incentive awards.
On March 3, 2023, the Debtors filed a motion seeking approval from the Bankruptcy Court, and pay the amounts due under the second tier of the KERP (Docket No. 633). On March 30, 2023, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order granting the relief requested (Docket No. 738) (the “KERP Order”). The Debtors are authorized under the KERP Order to pay out up to $1.365 million in the aggregate for all payments under the second tier of the KERP.
| G. | Sale Process for Certain of the Debtors’ Facilities |
Before the Petition Date, when the Debtors were identifying potential means to improve liquidity to avoid a chapter 11 filing, the Debtors engaged in an informal marketing process for the sale of three of their facilities: the Muskogee Facility; the Cedarvale Facility; and the Cottonwood Facility (collectively, the “Sale Facilities”). After engaging PJT, the Debtors and PJT together continued a marketing process of the Sale Facilities.
After the Petition Date, the Debtors and PJT continued to market the Sale Facilities. The Debtors and their Advisors spoke to numerous interested purchasers and ultimately received six (6) indications of interest from potential purchasers. After discussions with the potential purchasers, the Debtors determined that either the potential offers were either of insufficient value and/or the potential purchasers did not have sufficient funds to complete the purchase. After several months, the Debtors abandoned the formal Sale Process. The Debtors decided to include the Cottonwood Facility in their business plan; however, they remain open to any offers that provide them sufficient value for the Cedarvale Facility and/or the Muskogee Facility.
| H. | Sale of Bitmain Coupons |
Prior to the Petition Date, the Debtors acquired Miners from Bitmain Technologies Ltd. (“Bitmain”) in the ordinary course of business. In connection with these purchases, Bitmain provided coupons to the Debtors valid for future acquisitions of new S19 Miners from Bitmain (the “Bitmain Coupons”), with expiration dates between March 22, 2023 and April 23, 2023. After engaging in discussions with potential purchasers of the Bitmain Coupons, on January 25, 2023, Debtors filed a motion for authority to sell their Bitmain Coupons (Docket No. 346). Following a hearing on February 1, 2023, the Bankruptcy Court granted the relief requested in the Debtors’ motion (Docket No. 429). The Debtors ultimately generated approximately $3 million in proceeds from the sale of Bitmain Coupons.
| I. | Settlements/Agreements with Creditors |
| i. | NYDIG Stipulation and Agreed Order |
As of the Petition Date, Debtors owed NYDIG approximately $38.6 million of principal, plus certain interest, fees, expenses, and other obligations under various equipment financing loans (the “NYDIG Debt”). The NYDIG Debt was secured by 27,403 Miners (the “NYDIG Collateral”).
52
After extensive negotiations between the Debtors and NYDIG, on February 2, 2023, the Debtors entered into a stipulation with NYDIG for the Debtors to transfer the NYDIG Collateral to NYDIG in exchange for the cancellation of the NYDIG Debt and the Debtors filed a motion to approve the settlement (Docket No. 448). The Bankruptcy Court approved the stipulation on February 27, 2023 (Docket No. 574). As of the date hereof, the Debtors have completed the transfer of the NYDIG Collateral to NYDIG and the NYDIG Debt has been discharged.
| ii. | Priority Power Management Settlement |
The Debtors achieved a significant milestone in the Chapter 11 Cases by settling their substantial disputes with Priority Power Management (“PPM”). Prior to the Petition Date, the Debtors had engaged PPM, an energy management services procurement and infrastructure development firm, to perform various consulting, energy management, and energy infrastructure development services in connection with power at their two facilities in West Texas, the Cottonwood Facility and the Cedarvale Facility (together, the “West Texas Facilities”), including the build out and construction of certain electrical infrastructure at the West Texas Facilities.
In May 2022, as it became clear the West Texas Facilities would not be supplied with the power capabilities PPM and the Debtors had anticipated, the Debtors ceased making payments to PPM. With both parties alleging that the other party was in breach of the agreement, PPM and the Debtors began negotiating a global settlement. As discussions between the parties continued, PPM asserted mechanics’ liens against the Debtors based on goods, labor, and materials supplied to, for, or in connection with the work performed at the West Texas Facilities (collectively, the “PPM Liens”). The Debtors asserted claims against PPM for significant losses they incurred as a result of PPM’s failure to secure the anticipated energy load for the West Texas Facilities (the “Debtors’ PPM Claims”).
After extensive and good faith negotiations, the Debtors and PPM reached a global settlement (the “PPM Settlement”), further detailed in the Debtors’ motion to approve the PPM Settlement (Docket No. 655). Pursuant to the PPM Settlement: (i) PPM’s allowed Claim for $20.8 million was deemed paid and satisfied in full; (ii) PPM agreed to release the PPM Liens and any claims against the Debtors; and (iii) the Debtors agreed to release the Debtors’ Claims. On March 20, 2023, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order (Docket No. 706) approving the PPM Settlement.
| iii. | Atalaya Settlement |
After considerable negotiations, the Debtors are close to a preliminary settlement with Atalaya, a lessor of 5,770 Miners to the Debtors. Pursuant to the settlement, the parties will amend the lease to extend the lease term enabling Debtors to utilize the Atalaya Miners in their Self-Mining operations for a longer period of time and lower the Debtors’ monthly payment obligations to Atalaya. In return, the Debtors will cure all prepetition missed payments and grant Atalaya with an administrative expense Claim for unpaid postposition lease payments for the sixty (60) days following the Petition Date.
53
| J. | Claims |
| i. | Schedules of Assets and Liabilities and Statements of Financial Affairs |
On February 3, 2023, the Debtors filed their Schedules and SOFAs (Docket Nos. 461-491). The Debtors filed amended SOFAs for entities Core Scientific, Inc., Core Scientific Operating Company, Core Scientific Acquired Mining LLC, and Radar Relay, Inc. and amended Schedules for Core Scientific, Inc. and Core Scientific Operating Company on March 3, 2023 (Docket Nos. 625-630). The Schedules and SOFAs provide information on the assets held at each Debtor entity along with Claims the Debtors know exist at each Debtor entity.
| ii. | Claims Bar Dates |
On March 9, 2023, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order, among other things, approving (i) April 14, 2023 at 5:00 p.m. (prevailing Central Time) as the deadline for all non-governmental creditors or other parties in interest to file POCs (the “General Bar Date”) and (ii) June 19, 2023 at 5:00 p.m. (prevailing Central Time) as the deadline for governmental units to file POCs against any of the Debtors (the “Governmental Bar Date” and, together with the General Bar Date, the “Bar Dates”) (Docket No. 652).
As of June 19, 2023, 627 POCs have been filed against the Debtors. The Debtors continue to review and refine their analysis of the filed POCs.
54
| iii. | Claims Reconciliation Process |
In anticipation of the Bar Date, the Debtors considered how they could expedite the Claims resolution process to minimize the amount of disputed Claims remaining as of the Effective Date, providing certainty to stakeholders and ensure a quicker and larger distribution to all stakeholders.
To that end, the Debtors filed motions to approve (i) omnibus claims objection procedures (Docket No. 782) and (ii) claim settlement procedures (Docket No 781). On May 18, 2023, the Bankruptcy Court entered orders granting the relief requested in the motions (Docket No. 899) and (Docket No. 901). After the General Bar Date, the Debtors filed objections to several POCs. Certain key objections are described in further detail below.
| (a) | Celsius’s Claims |
| i. | Celsius’s Proofs of Claim |
On April 14, 2023, Celsius filed POCs Nos. 425 and 497 against Core Scientific, Inc., asserting purported breaches of the Celsius Contracts by Core (the “Celsius Hosting POCs”) and seeking over $312 million40 The Celsius Hosting POCs does not explain its damages calculation, but the $312 million appears to be comprised of lost profits, lost revenues, special damages and/or consequential damages, which are expressly barred by the limitations of liability provisions set forth in the contract. Without any basis, Celsius notes in the Celsius Hosting POCs that its Claims are contingent on the assumption that “any limitations of liability in the contracts do not apply.”
On April 24, 2023, the Debtors filed an objection to the Celsius Hosting POCs (the “Celsius Hosting POC Objection”) (Docket No. 819). The Debtors contend that Celsius’ asserted Claims are not recoverable because the Celsius Contracts explicitly limit the aggregate amount of recovery to which Celsius could ever be entitled to an amount equal to one month’s fee per applicable order. In addition, the Celsius Contracts expressly exclude recovery for lost profits, loss of business, loss of revenues, consequential or indirect damages, and any incidental, special reliance, exemplary, or punitive damages. The Debtors also disputed that they breached the Celsius Contracts prior to rejection. The parties have stayed Celsius’s deadline to respond to the Celsius Hosting POC Objection pending the parties’ mediation (described below). No hearing has yet been set for consideration of these Claims.
On May 30, 2023, the Debtors filed a motion for partial summary judgement with respect to the Celsius Hosting POCs (Docket No. 942) (the “Summary Judgment Motion”). The Debtors requested that the Bankruptcy Court enter judgment that, as a matter of law, the unambiguous
| 40 | Celsius US Holding LLC filed additional POCs against certain of the Debtors on April 14, 2023. See Claim No. 428 filed against Core Scientific, Inc.; Claim No. 434 filed against Core Scientific Mining LLC; Claim No. 436 filed against Core Scientific Acquired Mining LLC; Claim No. 439 filed against Core Scientific Operating Company; Claim No. 469 filed against American Property Acquisition, LLC; Claim No. 494 against American Property Acquisitions I, LLC; Claim No. 495 against Starboard Capital LLC; and Claim No. 496 against Core Scientific Specialty Mining (Oklahoma) LLC. The Debtors have not yet objected to these additional POCs, but reserve all rights in that regard. |
55
limitations of liability provisions set forth in the Celsius Contracts (1) limit Debtors’ total liability to one month’s fee (here, approximately $5.7 million) and (2) prevent Celsius from recovering lost profits; loss of business; loss of revenues; loss, interruption or use of data or loss of use of Celsius equipment; any consequential, or indirect damages; or cost of cover, incidental, special, reliance or punitive damages (which reduces Celsius’s Claim as asserted by over $300 million).
The parties have agreed that Celsius’s opposition to the Summary Judgment Motion will be due June 21, 2023 (the “Summary Judgment Opposition”) and the Debtors’ reply in support of the Summary Judgment Motion will be due June 30, 2023 (the “Summary Judgment Reply, and together with the Summary Judgment Motion and the Summary Judgment Opposition, the “Summary Judgment Briefing”). A hearing on the Summary Judgment motion has not yet been scheduled, but will likely follow the parties’ mediation.
| ii. | Celsius’s Administrative Claim Motion |
In addition to the Celsius Hosting POC, Celsius also filed a motion directing immediate payment of its asserted administrative expense claim (Docket No. 801) (the “Celsius Administrative Claim Motion”). On May 5, Debtors filed an objection in response to the Celsius Administrative Claim Motion (Docket No. 861) (the “Celsius Administrative Claim Objection”). The Debtors contend that Celsius is not entitled to an administrative claim, due to the claims that Debtors and Celsius have asserted against each other in their respective chapter 11 cases and that even if Celsius does have an administrative claim, it should be limited by the doctrines of recoupment and setoff.
The parties have stayed Celsius’s deadline to respond to the Celsius Administrative Claim Objection pending the parties’ mediation, and the hearing on the Celsius Administrative Claim Motion has similarly been adjourned pending the parties’ mediation.
| iii. | Debtors’ Claims Against Celsius |
On January 3, 2023, the Debtors timely filed an initial POC in the Celsius Chapter 11 Cases (Claim No. 17273 filed against Celsius Mining LLC) (the “Initial Core POC”). On February 9, 2023, after the bar date was extended in the Celsius Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors timely filed an amended POC, which amended and superseded the Initial Core POC in all respects (Claim No. 23022 filed against Celsius Mining LLC) (the “Amended Core POC” and, together with the Initial Core POC, the “Core POCs”).
Pursuant to the Core POCs, the Debtors assert that Celsius owes them approximately $3,886,169.41 in liquidated prepetition amounts relating to hosting services, and in excess of $30 million in amounts to be liquidated, and the Debtors reserved the right to seek the equitable subordination of Celsius’s Claims in the Debtors’ Chapter 11 Cases. Celsius has not filed an objection to the Core POCs.
The Debtors also reserved their rights to assert administrative claims against Celsius relating to unpaid PPT Charges following the filing of Celsius Chapter 11 Cases through the date the Debtors rejected the Celsius Contracts and the significant legal fees the Debtors incurred as a result of defending against the Celsius’s Claims.
56
| iv. | Mediation |
The Debtors and Celsius have agreed to mediate the issues and disputes underlying the Automatic Stay Motion, the Core Administrative Claim Motion, the Rejection Motion, the Core POCs, the Celsius Hosting POCs, the Celsius Administrative Claim Motion, and the Summary Judgment Briefing (the “Mediation”). The Mediation is scheduled to commence on July 11, 2023 at 1:30 pm (Prevailing Central Time) in Houston, Texas before the Honorable Marvin Isgur, United States Bankruptcy Judge for the Southern District of Texas (Docket No. 968).
| (b) | Sphere’s Proofs of Claim |
On April 13, 2023, Sphere 3D Corp. (“Sphere”) filed POCs Nos. 358 and 359 (the “Sphere POCs”), asserting claims of approximately $39 million based on hosting contracts the Debtors executed with Gryphon Digital Mining, Inc. (“Gryphon”), an entity to which the Sphere POCs refer as Sphere’s “manager.” The Debtors and Gryphon entered into a Master Services Agreement (“Gryphon MSA”) and two orders governed by the Gryphon MSA: Order #1 and Order #2 (collectively with the Gryphon MSA, the “Gryphon Hosting Agreements”). Pursuant to the Gryphon Hosting Agreements, the Debtors hosted (and currently host) hundreds of Gryphon’s Miners. Sphere alleges that the Debtors failed to perform according to the Gryphon Hosting Agreements.
On May 9, 2023, the Debtors filed an objection to the Sphere POCs (Docket No. 869) (the “Sphere POC Objection”). The Debtors contend that Sphere cannot recover on its filed claim because, among other things: (i) Sphere is not a party to the Gryphon Hosting Agreements and third party beneficiaries are not permitted under the Gryphon Hosting Agreements, (ii) Sphere cannot assume Gryphon’s rights under the Gryphon Hosting Agreements without complying with certain requirements, which Sphere failed to do, and (iii) Gryphon had breached the Gryphon Hosting Agreements and neither Gryphon nor Sphere could have performed under those agreements. Sphere’s response to the Sphere POC Objection is due on July 10, 2023.
On June 9, 2023, the Debtors filed a motion for summary judgement with respect to the Sphere POCs. (Docket No. 959) (the “Sphere Summary Judgment Motion”), along with a supporting declaration of Russell Cann (Docket No. 960). The Sphere Summary Judgement Motion argues that (i) Sphere does not have any rights under the Gryphon Hosting Agreements and thus the Bankruptcy Court should dismiss the Sphere POCs and (ii) in the alternative, the claims asserted in Sphere POCs should be limited by the limitation of liabilities provision under the Gryphon Hosting Agreements. Sphere’s responses to the Sphere POC Objection and the Sphere Summary Judgment Motion are due on July 10, 2023.
57
| (c) | GEM Mining Proofs of Claim |
On April 13, 2023, GEM Mining 1, LLC (“GEM 1”) and GEM Mining 4, LLC (“GEM 4”) filed a motion seeking (i) to compel the Debtors to assume or reject those certain hosting contracts in which the Debtors agreed to host Miners for GEM 1 and GEM 4, or (ii) in the alternative for adequate protection (Docket No. 787) (the “GEM Motion”). The Court entered an order (Docket No. 792) scheduling a hearing on May 22, 2023 to consider relief requested in the GEM Motion. Contemporaneously with filing the GEM Motion, GEM 1, GEM Mining 2, LLC, GEM Mining 2B, LLC, and GEM 4 (collectively, “GEM”) filed POCs Nos. 503, 617, 508, 570, 505, 571, 506, 572 (the “GEM POCs”) against the Debtors asserting a Claim of over $7 million on account of alleged prepetition overpayments made by GEM on account of PPT Charges.
On May 4, 2023, the Debtors filed an objection to the GEM Motion (Docket No. 856), arguing that GEM 1 and GEM 4 did not satisfy their required burdens. On the same day, the Debtors also filed an objection to the GEM POCs (Docket No. 854) (the “GEM POC Objection”), as well as a declaration of Jeff Pratt in support of the GEM POC Objection (Docket No. 858).
Prior to the hearing on the GEM Motion, the parties agreed to adjourn the hearing to enable the parties to engage in global settlement negotiations. On May 22, 2023, the Court entered an order (Docket No. 926), (i) continuing the hearing on the GEM Motion to June 21, 2023 and (ii) extending GEM’s deadline to respond to the GEM POC Objection to June 28, 2023. At the June 21 hearing, the Debtors intend to present to the Bankruptcy Court an agreed order continuing the hearing on this matter to a later date.
| (d) | Bryce Johnson’s Proofs of Claim |
Bryce Johnson, the Debtors’ former CEO and chairman of the board of directors, filed POCs Nos. 19 and 120, seeking approximately $10 million on account of a certain Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (“RSU Agreement”) between Mr. Johnson and the Debtors. The RSU Agreement provides Mr. Johnson a right to receive 605,261 shares of Core Scientific, Inc.’s common stock if and only if he paid the withholding tax amount prior to the issuance of the stock. The Debtors objected to the claims on May 11, 2023 (Docket No. 871). Mr. Johnson has advised that he has agreed to withdraw all of his claims.
| (e) | Maddox’s Proof of Claim |
On April 12, 2023, Maddox Industrial Transformer LLC (“Maddox”) filed a POC against Core Scientific, Inc., alleging a secured claim of $7,742,403.52 stemming from transformers the Debtors purchased from Maddox.
The Debtors dispute Maddox’s POC and believe Maddox owes them $3 million stemming from defective transformers that Maddox sold to the Debtors.
| (f) | Hoffman Securities Proof of Claim |
On November 14, 2022, a class action lawsuit, Pang v. Levitt, et. al 1:22-cv-01191, was filed in the Western District of Texas against Core Scientific, Inc., Chief Executive Officer Michael Levitt,
58
former Chief Financial Officer Michael Trzupek, and Chief Financial Officer Denise Sterling alleging violations of the Securities Exchange Act (the “Securities Class Action”). After the Debtors filed the Chapter 11 Cases, the plaintiff in the Securities Class Action filed a notice of voluntary dismissal as to the Debtors on December 27, 2022. On May 5, 2023, an amended complaint was filed refining the allegations and naming additional defendants: Chief Vision Officer Darin Feinstein, former Chief Accounting Officer Brian Neville, Director Jarvis Hollingsworth, Director Matt Minnis, and Director Kneeland Youngblood. The Debtors are no longer a named party in the suit, but are identified as a relevant non-party.
On April 12, 2023, the Debtors filed a motion to advance proceeds of the Debtors’ directors and officers liability insurance policies for defense costs of the named defendants in the Securities Class Action (Docket No. 777). On May 18, 2023, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order granting the relief requested (Docket No. 900).
Morgan Hoffman, on behalf of himself and ostensibly the plaintiffs in the Securities Class Action, filed POC No. 556 against Debtor Core Scientific Inc. in the amount of $188.6 million (the “Securities POC”). The Debtors oppose the Securities Class Action POC and intend to file an objection thereto. The Debtors believe that the Securities Class Action POC should be Disallowed. In the alternative, it should be treated as a Section 510(b) Claim.
| (g) | Harlin Dean Proof of Claim |
On March 13, 2023, Harlin Dean filed POCs Nos. 364 and 383 against Core Scientific, Inc. and Core Scientific Acquired Mining LLC, respectively, alleging a claim for $8 million stemming from an employment contract dispute. Dean alleges the Debtors failed to pay his severance, failed to convert his equity-based compensation, and failed to reach a settlement with him. Dean asserts claims for (i) breach of contract; (ii) quantum meruit; (iii) promissory estoppel; (iv) fraudulent inducement; (v) conversion; (vi) declaratory judgment; (vii) equitable relief/specific performance; (viii) imposition of constructive trust; (ix) accounting; and (x) attorney’s fees, costs, and expenses incurred.
The Debtors are currently in the process of negotiating with Dean to resolve his POC.
| K. | Exclusivity |
On April 10, 2023, the Debtors filed a motion seeking extensions of the Debtors’ exclusive periods to file a chapter 11 plan and solicit acceptances thereof through and including July 19, 2023 and September 17, 2023, respectively (Docket No. 773) (the “Exclusivity Motion”. A number of the Equipment Lenders filed or joined an objection to the Exclusivity Motion (the “Exclusivity Objection”).41 In their Exclusivity Objection, the Equipment Lenders alleged the Debtors were
| 41 | The original objection, was filed by Equipment Lenders Wingspire Equipment Finance LLC f/k/a Liberty Commercial Finance LLC, Prime Alliance Bank, Inc., and 36th Street Capital Partners, LLC, who filed the Objection to the Motion of the Debtors of Order Extending Exclusive Periods Pursuant to Section 1121(D) of the Bankruptcy Code (Docket No. 834). Joinders were then filed by MassMutual Asset Finance LLC (Docket No. 836); Baring BDC, Inc., Barings Capital Investment Corporation, and Barings Private Credit Corp. (ECF. No. 838); and Blockfi Lending LLC (ECF No. 840). |
59
delaying their exit from chapter 11 to take advantage of the Equipment Lenders’ collateral without making payments on the debt. The Ad Hoc Noteholder Group filed a statement (Docket No. 839), supporting the relief requested in the Exclusivity Motion, but imploring the Debtors to advance Plan negotiations. The Debtors filed a reply to the statement and the Exclusivity Objection on May 19, 2023 (Docket No. 912). During the May 22, 2023 hearing on the Exclusivity Motion, the Debtors provided a presentation to the Bankruptcy Court outlining a proposed timeline to exit chapter 11, indicating a desire to file the Plan by mid-June. The Bankruptcy Court responded by stating it would like to see the Plan and Disclosure Statement filed by June 20, 2023 and requesting the Debtors coordinate with the Key Stakeholder Groups to schedule a status/scheduling conference to be held within a week of the filing of the Plan. On June 13, 2023, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order (Docket No. 962) granting the relief requested in the Exclusivity Motion and scheduling a status conference to be held on June 29, 2023.
| L. | Formulation of the Business Plan |
Favorable changes in the cryptocurrency and power markets rendered the Debtors’ prior business plan obsolete and the allocation of value set forth in the RSA unsupportable and unfair to most of the Debtors’ stakeholders. The change in circumstances required the Debtors to pivot to a new business plan anchored to assumptions reflecting the current economic backdrop.
On April 30, 2023, the Debtors finalized a preliminary business plan for the reorganized Debtors (the “Business Plan”), covering the period from October 2023 (the projected emergence from chapter 11) until December 2026. The Debtors’ management presented the Business Plan to the Board on May 1, 2023 and presented a revised Business Plan to the Special Committee on May 12, 2023.
The Business Plan aims to maximize value for stakeholders by (i) capitalizing on the Debtors’ infrastructure base by opportunistically refreshing Miners at existing facilities and (ii) pursuing low-risk, high-reward expansion of certain of their facilities, resulting in increased Self-Mining capacity with limited incremental infrastructure spend.
The Business Plan was created with management’s expectation of post-emergence operational execution in mind, with initiatives including: (i) optimizing self-Miner fleet efficiency; (ii) expanding certain facilities and Self-Mining presence; (iii) focusing on cost discipline; and (iv) transitioning part of the Debtors’ traditional hosting business to a profit-sharing model. During the term of the Business Plan, the Debtors expect to grow the number of operating self-Miners from approximately145,000 in September 2023 to approximately 282,000 by December 2026. The Debtors also expect to utilize six facilities with aggregate capacity of 1,096MW by the end of the forecast period, following planned expansion of their Cottonwood Facility and Denton Facility.
| M. | Postpetition Stakeholder Discussions |
Commencing on May 10, 2023, the Debtors and the Advisors presented the Business Plan to the advisors to each of the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group, the Replacement DIP Lender, the Unsecured Creditors’ Committee, the Official Equity Committee, and the Equipment Lenders (the “Key Stakeholder Advisors”) during a series of meetings and solicited such advisors’ feedback on the
60
Business Plan. After finalizing the Business Plan, the Debtors and their Advisors drafted a construct for a chapter 11 plan of reorganization.
On May 31, 2023, the Debtors and the Advisors began presenting the construct for a consensual plan of reorganization to the Key Stakeholder Advisors and solicited their feedback, starting with their largest creditor group, the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group. The Debtors and Advisors presented the proposal to principals in the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group on June 9, 2023. That proposal is similar to the proposal set forth in the Plan, but without the New April Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 1) and New August Secured Notes Term Sheet (Option 1) for Classes 1 and 2. Despite the Debtors’ repeated requests to the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group for feedback on the consensual plan framework or a counterproposal, as of the date hereof, the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group has failed to submit a counterproposal or formally respond to the Debtors’ Plan Proposal. Faced with the Court’s June 20 target date for filing a chapter 11 plan and the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group’s failure to meaningfully engage with the Debtors on a consensual plan construct prior such date that the Debtors and their Advisors prepared and filed the Plan. The Plan provides convertible noteholders in each Class with the option of receiving either the consensual construct (for either Class of Convertible Notes that votes to accept the Plan) or secured take-back notes (for either Class of Convertible Notes that votes to reject the Plan), as further described above in section (I)(A)(ii).
The Debtors have also been in regular discussions with the Replacement DIP Lender, the Unsecured Creditors’ Committee, Equipment Lenders, and Official Equity Committee with respect to both the consensual plan framework and the Plan.
In addition to engaging with each of the Key Stakeholder Groups for approximately 3 weeks on a consensual plan framework, on June 16, 2023, the Debtors shared a draft of the Plan with the advisors to each of the Key Stakeholder Groups and invited feedback and comments from each such group.
The Debtors intend to continue discussions with each of the Key Stakeholder Groups, including the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group, in the hopes of reaching as much as consensus as possible. However, the Debtors believe the Plan they have proposed is confirmable with or without the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group’s support.
| N. | Exit Capital Marketing Process |
The Debtors are in the process of seeking new money capital to fund potential cash needs, including, but not limited to, potentially paying down the balance of the Replacement DIP Facility and to fund any liquidity needs that may arise post-emergence, based upon the Business Plan.
61
The PJT team has drafted marketing materials, populated a virtual dataroom, and identified potential outreach parties in connection with the exit financing capital raise. PJT and the Debtors have worked together to identify a list of more than 47 potential outreach parties, comprised of (i) parties inside the Debtors’ capital structure, (ii) parties previously interested in investing in the Debtors, (iii) hedge funds, (iv) private equity / venture capital firms, and (v) strategic parties. The Debtors are in active dialogue with potential capital providers, including those that currently hold Claims against or Interests in the Debtors, those that have previously expressed an interest in investing in the Debtors, and new potential third-party investors.
VII.
TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND
CONSEQUENCES UNDER FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS
The issuance of and the distribution under the Plan of the New Common Interests, New Secured Notes, GUC Notes, and the New Common Interests issued upon conversion thereof, if any, (the “1145 Securities”) pursuant to Article IV of the Plan will be exempt from registration under section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable securities laws pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code generally exempts from registration under the Securities Act the offer or sale under a chapter 11 plan of a security of the debtor, of an affiliate participating in a joint plan with the debtor, or of a successor to the debtor under a plan, if such securities are offered or sold in exchange for a claim against, or an interest in, the debtor or such affiliate, or principally in such exchange and partly for cash. Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code also exempts from registration the offer of a security through any right to subscribe sold in the manner provided in the prior sentence, and the sale of a security upon the exercise of such right. In reliance upon this exemption, the issuance of and the distribution under the Plan of the 1145 Securities will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and state and local securities laws. These securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act or other federal or state securities laws pursuant to the exemption provided by section 4(a)(1) of the Securities Act, unless the holder is an “underwriter” with respect to such securities, as that term is defined in section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. In addition, such 1145 Securities generally may be resold without registration under state securities laws pursuant to various exemptions provided by the respective laws of the several states.
Section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code defines “underwriter” for purposes of the Securities Act as one who, except with respect to ordinary trading transactions, (a) purchases a claim with a view to distribution of any security to be received in exchange for the claim, (b) offers to sell securities issued under a plan for the holders of such securities, (c) offers to buy securities issued under a plan from persons receiving such securities, if the offer to buy is made with a view to distribution or (d) is an issuer, as used in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, with respect to such securities, which includes control persons of the issuer.
“Control,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise. The legislative history of Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code suggests that a creditor who owns ten percent (10%) or more
62
of a class of voting securities of a reorganized debtor may be presumed to be a “controlling person” and, therefore, an underwriter.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, control person underwriters may be able to sell securities without registration pursuant to the resale limitations of Rule 144 of the Securities Act which, in effect, permit the resale of securities received by such underwriters pursuant to a chapter 11 plan, subject to applicable volume limitations, notice and manner of sale requirements, and certain other conditions. Parties who believe they may be underwriters as defined in section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code are advised to consult with their own legal advisers as to the availability of the exemption provided by Rule 144.
Transfers of 1145 Securities will be subject to the transfer provisions and other applicable provisions that may be set forth in the New Corporate Governance Documents.
* * * * *
Legends. To the extent certificated or issued by way of direct registration on the records of the Reorganized Debtors’ transfer agent, certificates evidencing the New Common Interests held by holders of 10% or more of the outstanding New Common Interests, or who are otherwise underwriters as defined in section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, will bear a legend substantially in the form below:
“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED ON [DATE OF ISSUANCE], HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER.”
The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to reasonably require certification, legal opinions or other evidence of compliance with Rule 144 as a condition to the removal of such legend or to any resale of such securities. The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, also reserve the right to stop the transfer of any such securities if such transfer is not in compliance with Rule 144, pursuant to an effective registration statement or pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of applicable securities laws.
In any case, recipients of securities issued under or in connection with the Plan are advised to consult with their own legal advisers as to the availability of any such exemption from registration under state law in any given instance and as to any applicable requirements or conditions to such availability.
Distributions of 1145 Securities made under the Plan may be made through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (the “DTC”) in accordance with DTC’s customary practices; provided, that such New Common Interests will only be issued in accordance with DTC book-entry procedures if the same are permitted to be held through DTC’s book-entry system; provided, further, that to the extent that the 1145 Securities are not distributed pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code or eligible for distribution in accordance with DTC’s customary practices,
63
the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will take such reasonable actions as may be required to cause distributions of the 1145 Securities under the Plan.
To the extent the Reorganized Debtors reflect all or any portion of the ownership of the 1145 Securities through the facilities of DTC, the Reorganized Debtors shall not be required to provide any further evidence other than the Plan or Confirmation Order with respect to the treatment of such applicable portion of the 1145 Securities, and such Plan or Confirmation Order shall be deemed to be legal and binding obligations of the Reorganized Debtors in all respects.
DTC and all other Persons and Entities shall be required to accept and conclusively rely upon the Plan and Confirmation Order in lieu of a legal opinion regarding whether the 1145 Securities are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC book-entry delivery, settlement, and depository services.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or otherwise, no Person or Entity (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the DTC) may require a legal opinion regarding the validity of any transaction contemplated by the Plan, including, for the avoidance of doubt, whether the 1145 Securities are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC book-entry delivery, settlement, and depository services or, as applicable, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
* * * * *
BECAUSE OF THE COMPLEX, SUBJECTIVE NATURE OF THE QUESTION OF WHETHER A PARTICULAR PERSON MAY BE AN UNDERWRITER OR AN AFFILIATE AND THE HIGHLY FACT-SPECIFIC NATURE OF THE AVAILABILITY OF EXEMPTIONS FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, INCLUDING THE EXEMPTIONS AVAILABLE UNDER SECTION 1145 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, NONE OF THE DEBTORS MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION CONCERNING THE ABILITY OF ANY PERSON TO DISPOSE OF THE SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED UNDER OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN. THE DEBTORS RECOMMEND THAT POTENTIAL RECIPIENTS OF THE SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED UNDER OR OTHERWISE ACQUIRED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN CONSULT THEIR OWN COUNSEL CONCERNING WHETHER THEY MAY FREELY TRADE SUCH SECURITIES AND THE CIRCUMSTANCES UNDER WHICH THEY MAY RESELL SUCH SECURITIES.
VIII.
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PLAN
The following discussion is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the consummation of the Plan to the Debtors and to certain holders of Claims and Existing Common Interests. The following summary does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders of Claims who are paid in full in cash, unimpaired or deemed to reject the Plan.
The discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences below is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Tax Code”), U.S. Treasury regulations (“Treasury Regulations”), judicial authorities, published positions of the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), and other applicable authorities, all as in effect on the date of this Disclosure Statement and all of
64
which are subject to change or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the contemplated transactions are complex and subject to significant uncertainties. The Debtors have not requested an opinion of tax counsel or its tax advisors or a ruling from the IRS with respect to any of the tax aspects of the contemplated transactions, and the discussion below is not binding upon the IRS or any court. No assurance can be given that the IRS will not assert, or that a court will not sustain, a contrary position than any position discussed herein.
This summary does not address state, local or non-U.S. income or other tax consequences of the Plan, nor does it address the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan to special classes of taxpayers (e.g., non-U.S. persons, broker-dealers, mutual funds, small business investment companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, banks and certain other financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities or organizations, retirement plans, individual retirement and other tax-deferred accounts, holders that are, or hold their Claims or Existing Common Interests through, S corporations, partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, dealers in securities or foreign currency, traders in securities that mark-to-market their securities, certain expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States, persons who use the accrual method of accounting and report income on an “applicable financial statement,” persons subject to the alternative minimum tax or the “Medicare” tax on net investment income, and persons whose Claims are part of a straddle, hedging, constructive sale or conversion transaction or other integrated investment or who may hold both Claims and Exiting Common Interests, persons who received their Claim or Interest as compensation). In addition, this summary does not address the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act or U.S. federal taxes other than income taxes.
The following discussion assumes that all Claims and Existing Common Interests, and any new debt or equity interests issued or distributed pursuant to the Plan are held as “capital assets” (generally, property held for investment) within the meaning of section 1221 of the Tax Code (unless otherwise indicated), and that the various debt and other arrangements to which the Debtors are parties are respected for U.S. federal income tax purposes in accordance with their form.
The Debtors currently contemplate, and the following discussion also assumes, that (i) Reorganized Parent will be the existing Core Scientific, Inc. corporate entity (and not a reincorporated entity or a new entity), and will be the common parent of the post-emergence consolidated tax group, and (ii) each of the Reorganized Debtors that are currently treated as entities disregarded as separate from Core Scientific, Inc. for U.S. federal income tax purposes will continue to be disregarded as separate from Core Scientific, Inc. following the Effective Date (the “Current Structure”). Any deviations from the Current Structure could materially change the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan to the Debtors, holders of Claims and holders of Existing Common Interests described herein.
The following summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences is for informational purposes only and is not a substitute for careful tax planning and advice based upon your individual circumstances. All holders of Claims and Interests are urged to consult their own tax advisors for the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences applicable under the Plan.
65
| A. | Consequences to the Debtors |
Each of the Debtors is either a member of an affiliated group of corporations that files consolidated U.S. federal income tax returns with Core Scientific, Inc. as the common parent (such group, the “Tax Group”) or an entity disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes whose business activities and operations are reflected on the consolidated U.S. federal income tax returns of the Tax Group. The Debtors estimate that, as of December 31, 2022, the Tax Group had net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of approximately $344 million (all of which are post-2017 NOLs that are subject to an 80% taxable income limitation) and certain other tax attributes. The Debtors expect the amount of their NOLs to increase as a result of operations for their 2023 taxable year (before taking into account the implementation of the Plan).
The Debtors do not believe that their ability to utilize their NOL carryforwards and other tax attributes is currently limited under section 382 of the Tax Code. However, certain equity trading activity and other actions could result in an ownership change of the Tax Group independent of the Plan, which could adversely affect the ability of the Debtors to utilize their tax attributes. In an attempt to minimize the likelihood of such an ownership change occurring prior to the Effective Date of the Plan, the Debtors obtained a final order from the Bankruptcy Court authorizing certain protective equity trading and worthless stock deduction procedures (Docket No. 7). The amount of the Tax Group’s NOL carryforwards and other tax attributes, and the extent to which any limitations might apply, remain subject to audit and adjustment by the IRS.
As discussed below, in connection with and as a result of the implementation of the Plan, the amount of the Tax Group’s NOL carryforwards, and possibly certain other tax attributes, may be reduced, though such reduction is not expected to be material. In addition, the subsequent utilization of the Tax Group’s NOL carryforwards and other tax attributes following the Effective Date may be restricted as a result of the implementation of the Plan or subsequent changes in the stock ownership of Reorganized Parent.
Effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2022, the Tax Code generally imposes a 15% corporate alternative minimum tax on corporations with book net income (subject to certain adjustments) exceeding on average $1 billion over any three-year testing period (the “New AMT”). The Debtors do not believe they are currently subject to the New AMT.
Cancellation of Debt
In general, the Tax Code provides that a debtor in a bankruptcy case must reduce certain of its tax attributes—such as NOL carryforwards and current year NOLs, capital loss carryforwards, tax credits, and tax basis in assets—by the amount of any cancellation of debt (“COD”) incurred pursuant to a confirmed chapter 11 plan. The amount of COD incurred is generally the amount by which the adjusted issue price of indebtedness discharged exceeds the sum of the amount of cash, the issue price of any debt instrument and the fair market value of any other property exchanged therefor. Certain statutory or judicial exceptions may apply to limit the amount of COD incurred for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If advantageous, the debtor can elect to reduce the basis of depreciable property prior to any reduction in its NOL carryforwards or other Tax Attributes.
66
Where the debtor joins in the filing of a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return, applicable Treasury Regulations require, in certain circumstances, that the tax attributes of the consolidated subsidiaries of the debtor and other members of the group must also be reduced. Any reduction in Tax Attributes in respect of COD generally does not occur until after the determination of the debtor’s net income or loss for the taxable year in which the COD is incurred.
Based on the Plan Value, the Debtors do not expect to incur material COD for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the implementation of the Plan and, thus, do not expect that the Tax Group’s NOL carryforwards or other tax attributes will be meaningfully reduced as a result of any COD incurred. The amount of COD and resulting attribute reduction, however, will primarily depend on the fair market value of the New Common Interests and the issue price (as defined below) of the New Secured Notes and the Miner Equipment Lender Takeback Debt which will not be known with certainty until after the Effective Date.
| i. | Limitation of NOL Carryforwards and Other Tax Attributes |
Following the Effective Date, the Debtors’ ability to utilize their NOL carryforwards and certain other tax attributes (“Pre-Change Losses”) may be subject to limitation under section 382 of the Tax Code. Any such limitation would apply in addition to, and not in lieu of, the reduction of tax attributes that results from COD arising in connection with the Plan and the 80% taxable income limitation on the use of NOL carryforwards.
Under section 382 of the Tax Code, if a corporation (or consolidated group) undergoes an “ownership change” and the corporation does not qualify for (or elects out of) the special bankruptcy exception in section 382(l)(5) of the Tax Code discussed below, the amount of its Pre-Change Losses that may be utilized to offset future taxable income generally are subject to an annual limitation. The issuance of the New Common Interests pursuant to the Plan may result in an ownership change of the Tax Group. The following addresses the limitations that may apply if an ownership change occurs as a result of the implementation of the Plan, or thereafter due to subsequent changes in the stock ownership of Reorganized Parent.
| (a) | Annual Limitation |
In the event of an ownership change, the amount of the annual limitation to which a corporation (or consolidated group) that undergoes an ownership change will be subject is generally equal to the product of (A) the fair market value of the stock of the corporation (or common parent of the consolidated group) immediately before the ownership change (with certain adjustments) multiplied by (B) the “long term tax exempt rate” in effect for the month in which the ownership change occurs (e.g., 3.04% for ownership changes occurring in June 2023). For a corporation (or consolidated group) in bankruptcy that undergoes an ownership change pursuant to a confirmed bankruptcy plan, the fair market value of the stock of the corporation is generally determined immediately after (rather than before) the ownership change after giving effect to the discharge of creditors’ claims, but subject to certain adjustments; in no event, however, can the stock value for this purpose exceed the pre-change gross value of the corporation’s assets. Any portion of the annual limitation that is not used in a given year may be carried forward, thereby adding to the annual limitation for the subsequent taxable year.
67
In addition, if a loss corporation (or consolidated group) has a net unrealized built-in gain at the time of an ownership change (taking into account most assets and items of “built-in” income, gain, loss and deduction), any built-in gains recognized (or, according to a currently effective IRS notice treated as recognized) during the following five years (up to the amount of the original net unrealized built-in gain) generally will increase the annual limitation in the year recognized, such that the loss corporation (or consolidated group) would be permitted to use its Pre-Change Losses against such built-in gain income in addition to its regular annual allowance. Alternatively, if a loss corporation (or consolidated group) has a net unrealized built-in loss at the time of an ownership change, then any built-in losses recognized during the following five years (up to the amount of the original net unrealized built-in loss) generally will be treated as Pre-Change Losses and similarly will be subject to the annual limitation. In general, a loss corporation’s (or consolidated group’s) net unrealized built-in gain or loss will be deemed to be zero unless the actual amount of such gain or loss is greater than the lesser of (1) $10 million or (2) fifteen percent of the fair market value of its assets (with certain adjustments) before the ownership change. In 2019, the IRS issued proposed regulations that would significantly modify the calculation and treatment of net unrealized built-in gains and losses which generally would be effective prospectively from 30 days after the time they become final, but would not apply with respect to ownership changes pursuant to chapter 11 cases filed prior to the regulations becoming effective. Thus, even if finalized prior to the Effective Date, such regulations should not apply to an ownership change of the Debtors that occurs pursuant to the Plan. It is expected that the Debtors will be in a substantial net unrealized built-in gain position as of the Effective Date.
If a corporation (or consolidated group) does not continue its historic business or use a significant portion of its historic assets in a new business for at least two years after the ownership change, the annual limitation resulting from the ownership change is reduced to zero, thereby precluding any utilization of the corporation’s Pre-Change Losses (absent any increases due to the recognition of any built-in gains as of the time of the ownership change).
| (b) | Special Bankruptcy Exception |
A special bankruptcy exception to the foregoing annual limitation rules, in section 382(l)(5) of the Tax Code, generally applies when shareholders and “qualified creditors” of a debtor corporation in chapter 11 receive, in respect of their equity interests or claims (as applicable), at least fifty percent (50%) of the vote and value of the stock of the reorganized debtor (or a controlling corporation if also in chapter 11) pursuant to a confirmed chapter 11 plan of reorganization. Under this exception, a debtor’s Pre-Change Losses are not subject to the annual limitation. However, if this exception applies, the debtor’s Pre-Change Losses generally will be reduced by the amount of any interest deductions claimed during the three taxable years preceding the taxable year that includes the effective date of the plan of reorganization, and during the part of the taxable year prior to and including the effective date of the plan of reorganization, in respect of all debt converted into stock in the reorganization. Also, if the reorganized debtor thereafter undergoes another “ownership change” within two years, the annual limitation with respect to such later ownership change would be zero, effectively precluding any future use of their Pre-Change Losses. A debtor that qualifies for this exception may, if it desires, elect not to have the exception apply and instead remain subject to the annual limitation described above. The Debtors have not determined whether or not this exception will apply in connection with the Plan. Accordingly, it
68
is possible that the Debtors will not qualify for this exception or that the Debtors will elect not to apply this exception.
| ii. | Potential Limitations on Interest Deductions |
In addition to the general limitations on the deductibility of interest under the Tax Code, such as the 30% income limitation under section 163(j) of the Tax Code with respect to business interest expense, certain special limitations may apply with respect to the deductibility of interest on the New Secured Notes and the Miner Equipment Lender Takeback Debt.
Based on the principal terms of the New Debt as currently described in the Plan, the New Secured Notes and the Miner Equipment Lender Takeback Debt may be subject to the provisions of the Tax Code dealing with “applicable high yield discount obligations” (“AHYDOs”). These provisions can result in the deferral, and even disallowance, of an issuer’s deduction of interest with respect to “original issue discount” (“OID”). A debt obligation is generally treated as an AHYDO if it is issued with substantial OID (meaning that there is accrued unpaid OID as of the close of the first accrual period ending after the fifth (5th) anniversary of issuance in excess of one year’s interest, both actual and imputed), has a yield to maturity of at least five (5) percentage points over the applicable federal rate in effect for the calendar month in which such notes are issued, and has a maturity of over five (5) years.
In the event that a debt instrument constitutes an AHYDO, the issuer’s deduction with respect to any interest is generally deferred until such interest is paid in cash. Moreover, if the yield to maturity on the debt instrument is more than six percentage points over the applicable federal rate, a portion of the issuer’s interest deduction is disallowed. Accordingly, it is possible that the deductibility of interest relating to the New Secured Notes and the Miner Equipment Lender Takeback Debt may, in part, be deferred or disallowed.
Regardless of the application of the AHYDO rules, deductions of stated interest and OID with respect to the New Secured Notes are also subject to potential disallowance under section 163(l) of the Tax Code. Section 163(l) of the Tax Code disallows a deduction for interest paid or accrued with respect to a “disqualified debt instrument.” A disqualified debt instrument includes any indebtedness of a corporation if, when issued, (i) a substantial amount of the principal or interest is required to be paid or converted, or at the option of the issuer or a related party is payable in, or convertible into, equity of such corporation, a related person or equity held by such corporation or related person in any other person, (ii) a substantial amount of the principal or interest is required to be determined, or at the option of the issuer or a related party is determined, by reference to the value of such equity, or (iii) the indebtedness is part of an arrangement which is reasonably expected to result in a transaction described in clause (i) or (ii). For this purpose, principal or interest is treated as required to be so paid, converted or determined if it may be required at the option of the holder or a related party and there is a “substantial certainty” that the option will be exercised.
The proper application of section 163(l) in the case of the New Secured Notes is subject to varying interpretations, depending in part on facts and circumstances existing on the Effective Date. Pursuant to the current terms of the New Secured Notes, the Debtors may, under certain circumstances, require the conversion of such notes into stock. In addition, a holder of a New Secured Note may at its option convert the note into stock. The Debtors currently expect to take
69
the position that section 163(l) does not disallow the deductibility of interest with respect to the New Secured Notes.
| B. | Consequences to Holders of Certain Allowed Claims |
The following discusses certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the implementation of the Plan to holders of Allowed April Convertible Notes Secured Claims, Allowed August Convertible Notes Secured Claims, Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claims, Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claims, Allowed Secured Mortgage Claims, Allowed General Unsecured Claims, and Allowed Section 510(b) Claims. The below discussion does not address holders of Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claims for which the Reorganized Debtors would be required to make payments under the M&M Lien Takeback Debt to a person other than the holder of such M&M Lien Secured Claim.
Pursuant to the Plan, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of their Claims:
| (i) | holders of Allowed April Convertible Notes Secured Claims will receive the applicable New Secured Notes and, in the case that Class 1 is an Accepting Class, New Common Interests. |
| (ii) | holders of Allowed August Convertible Notes Secured Claims will receive the applicable New Secured Notes and in the case that Class 2 is an Accepting Class, New Common Interests. |
| (iii) | holders of Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claims will receive such holder’s applicable Miner Equipment Lender Takeback Debt, depending on the election option chosen or the default option, and such holder’s Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claim shall be treated as an Allowed General Unsecured Claim, |
| (iv) | holders of Allowed M&M Lien Secured Claims will receive M&M Lien Takeback Debt, |
| (v) | holders of Secured Mortgage Claims will receive Mortgage Takeback Debt or Cash, |
| (vi) | holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims will receive New Common Interests and/or GUC Notes, and |
| (vii) | holders of Allowed Section 510(b) Claims will receive New Common Interests. |
The discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the receipt and ownership of the respective debt instruments is based on the principal terms of such debt as currently described in the Plan (and thus, among other things, assumes that none of the respective debt instruments constitute “contingent payment debt obligations” for U.S. federal income tax purposes).
70
Accordingly, depending on the final terms of the respective debt instruments, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of U.S. Holders could vary materially from that described herein. For ease of description, the respective New April Secured Notes and the New Secured Notes together with the Miner Equipment Lender Takeback Debt, the Mortgage Takeback Debt and the M&M Lien Takeback Debt are collectively referred to as the “New Secured Debt”, and the New Secured Debt together with the GUC Notes the “New Debt”).
As used throughout the tax discussion, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of an Allowed Claim or Existing Common Interest that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
| • | an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States; |
| • | a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; |
| • | an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or |
| • | a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all of its substantial decisions, or if the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. |
If a partnership or other entity or arrangement taxable as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds such Claims (or Existing Common Interests), the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in such a partnership holding any Claims or Existing Common Interests, you should consult your own tax advisor.
| i. | Taxable Exchange |
In general, a U.S. Holder of an Allowed Claim will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference, if any, between (i) the sum of the “issue price” of any New Debt, the fair market value of any New Common Interests and/or the amount of any cash received in respect of its Claim (other than any consideration received in respect of a Claim for accrued but unpaid interest and possibly accrued OID) and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Claim (other than any tax basis attributable to accrued but unpaid interest and possibly accrued OID). It is expected that the issue price of any New Debt will be equal to the principal amount of such debt, other than possibly the New Secured Notes and the Miner Equipment Lender Takeback Debt which may equal or approximate the fair market value of the debt. See section (VII)(B)(vi)(a) below (“Issue Price of New Debt”). A U.S. Holder of a Claim will have ordinary interest income to the extent of any consideration allocable to accrued but unpaid interest or accrued OID not previously included in income. See section (VIII)(B)(ii) below (“Distributions in Discharge of Accrued Interest or OID”). For a discussion of the character of any gain or loss, see section (VIII)(B)(iii) below (“Character of Gain or Loss”).
This discussion assumes that neither the Allowed April Convertible Notes Secured Claims nor Allowed August Convertible Notes Secured Claims are considered “securities” for U.S. federal income tax purposes because, among other things, each such debt obligation had a weighted
71
average maturity at issuance of less than five (5) years. Whether a debt instrument constitutes a “security” depends on an overall evaluation of the nature of the debt, including whether the holder of such debt obligation is subject to a material level of entrepreneurial risk and whether a continuing proprietary interest is intended. If such a Claim were treated as a “security” the U.S. federal income consequences to a U.S. Holder thereof would be materially different from that described herein. Accordingly, holders of such Claims are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the appropriate status for U.S. federal income tax purposes of such Claims.
In the event of the subsequent disallowance of a Disputed General Unsecured Claim, it is possible that a U.S. Holder of a previously Allowed General Unsecured Claim (including a holder of an Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claim that has an Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Deficiency Claim) that elects to receive GUC Notes may receive additional distributions in respect of its Claim. Accordingly, it is possible that the recognition of any loss realized by a U.S. Holder with respect to such an Allowed General Unsecured Claim may be deferred until all Disputed General Unsecured Claims are fully resolved or that a U.S. Holder will have additional gain (or reduced loss) in respect of any additional distributions received due to the disallowance of a Disputed General Unsecured Claim. In addition, a portion of any subsequent distribution may be treated as interest income under the imputed interest provisions of the Tax Code. The discussion herein assumes that the installment method does not apply, either because the exchange is not eligible or because the U.S. Holder elects out of such treatment.
A U.S. Holder of an Allowed Claim generally will have an aggregate tax basis in any New Debt and any New Common Interests received in satisfaction of its Claim equal to the issue price of such debt and the fair market value of the New Common Interests received. The U.S. Holder’s holding period in each should begin on the day following the Effective Date.
| ii. | Distributions in Discharge of Accrued Interest or OID |
In general, to the extent that any consideration received pursuant to the Plan by a U.S. Holder of an Allowed Claim is received in satisfaction of accrued interest during its holding period, such amount will be taxable to the U.S. Holder as interest income (if not previously included in the U.S. Holder’s gross income). Conversely, a U.S. Holder may be entitled to recognize a loss to the extent any accrued interest claimed or accrued OID was previously included in its gross income and is not paid in full. However, the IRS has privately ruled that a holder of a “security” of a corporate issuer in an otherwise tax-free exchange could not claim a current deduction with respect to any unpaid OID. Accordingly, it is unclear whether, by analogy, any U.S. holder of an Allowed Claim that does not constitute a “security” would be required to recognize a capital loss, rather than an ordinary loss, with respect to previously included OID that is not paid in full.
The Plan provides that, except as otherwise provided therein or as otherwise required by law (as reasonably determined by the Reorganized Debtors), distributions with respect to an Allowed Claim shall be allocated first to the principal portion of such Allowed Claim (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and, thereafter, to the remaining portion of such Allowed Claim (in contrast, for example, to a pro rata allocation of a portion of the exchange consideration received between principal and interest, or an allocation first to accrued but unpaid interest). See section 6.17 of the Plan. There is no assurance that the IRS will respect such allocation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. U.S. Holders of Allowed Claims are urged to consult their own tax
72
advisor regarding the allocation of consideration received under the Plan, as well as the deductibility of accrued but unpaid interest (including OID) and the character of any loss claimed with respect to accrued but unpaid interest (including OID) previously included in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
| iii. | Character of Gain or Loss |
The character of any gain or loss as long-term or short-term capital gain or loss or as ordinary income or loss of a U.S. Holder will be determined by a number of factors, including the tax status of the holder, whether the Claim constitutes a capital asset in the hands of the holder and how long it has been held, whether such Claim was acquired at a market discount and whether and to what extent the holder previously claimed a bad debt deduction with respect to such Claim.
A U.S. Holder of Claims that purchased its Claims from a prior holder at a “market discount” (relative to the principal amount of the Claims at the time of acquisition) may be subject to the market discount rules of the Tax Code. A holder that purchased its Claim from a prior holder will be considered to have purchased such Claim with “market discount” if the holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Claim is less than the stated redemption price at maturity of such Claim by at least a statutorily defined de minimis amount. Under these rules, any gain recognized on the exchange of Claims (other than in respect of a Claim for accrued but unpaid interest) generally will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount accrued (on a straight line basis or, at the election of the holder, on a constant yield basis) during the holder’s period of ownership, unless the holder elected to include the market discount in income as it accrued. If a holder of Claims did not elect to include market discount in income as it accrued and, thus, under the market discount rules, was required to defer all or a portion of any deductions for interest on debt incurred or maintained to purchase or carry its Claims, such deferred amounts would become deductible at the time of the exchange.
| iv. | Ownership and Disposition of New Debt |
| (a) | Issue Price of New Debt |
The “issue price” of each issue of New Debt depends on whether, at any time during the 31-day period ending 15 days after the Effective Date, such New Debt or a substantial amount of the Claims exchanged therefor are considered traded on an “established market.” Pursuant to applicable Treasury Regulations, an “established market” need not be a formal market. It is sufficient if there is a readily available sales price for an executed purchase or sale of such New Debt or the Claims exchanged therefor, or if there is one or more “firm quotes” or “indicative quotes” with respect to such New Debt or Claims exchanged therefor, in each case, as such terms are defined in applicable Treasury Regulations. However, a debt instrument will not be treated as traded on an established market under the “small debt issues” exception if at the applicable time the outstanding stated principal amount of the issue that includes such debt instrument does not exceed $100 million.
If any issue of New Debt received is considered traded on an established market, the issue price of such New Debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes will equal its fair market value as of the Effective Date. If an issue of New Debt is not considered traded on an established market but a
73
substantial amount of the Claims exchanged therefor are so treated, the issue price of such New Debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be based on the fair market value of the Claims exchanged therefor as adjusted to take into account the receipt of any New Common Interests (or other property) received in the same exchange. If neither the New Debt nor a substantial amount of the Claims exchanged therefor are considered traded on an established market, the issue price of such New Debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally will be its stated principal amount.
Other than the New Secured Notes and the Miner Equipment Lender Takeback Debt, the Debtors expect that the New Debt received will have an issue price equal to its stated principal amount (due to the application of the “small debt issues” exception as to the New Debt received and the Claims exchanged therefor). If the Debtors determine that the New Secured Notes or the Claims exchanged therefor or the Miner Equipment Lender Takeback Debt are considered traded on an established market, such determination and the determination of issue price will be binding on a holder unless such holder discloses, on a timely-filed U.S. federal income tax return for the taxable year that includes the Effective Date, that such holder’s determination is different from the Debtors’ determination, the reasons for such holder’s different determination and, if applicable, how such holder determined the fair market value.
| (b) | Payments of Qualified Stated Interest on New Debt |
Payments of qualified stated interest on the New Debt generally should be taxable to a U.S. Holder as ordinary interest income at the time such payments are accrued or are received in accordance with the holder’s regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Qualified stated interest generally means stated interest that is unconditionally payable in cash or in property (other than debt instruments of the issuer) at least annually at a single fixed rate or a single qualified floating rate.
| (c) | Computation, Accrual and Amortization of OID |
A debt instrument will be treated as issued with OID for U.S. federal income tax purposes if the “stated redemption price at maturity” exceeds its “issue price” by an amount equal to or more than a statutorily defined de minimis amount (generally, 0.25% multiplied by the product of the stated redemption price at maturity and the number of complete years to maturity). The “stated redemption price at maturity” of a debt instrument is the total of all payments to be made under such debt instrument other than qualified stated interest. If an issuer has the option to make a portion of the interest payments in PIK interest instead of cash, the stated interest payments are not considered qualified stated interest, and therefore included in the stated redemption price at maturity.
Other than the New Secured Notes, none of the New Debt is expected to be issued with OID for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The New Secured Notes will be considered issued with OID.
The amount of OID that a U.S. Holder of a debt must include in income will be determined under the applicable Treasury Regulations based upon the following assumptions: (i) no election to call the debt will be made and (ii) interest will be accrued, rather than paid in cash, in a manner to minimize the yield on the debt. These assumptions are made solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes and do not constitute a representation by the
74
Debtors regarding the actual amounts, or timing thereof, that will be paid on the New Secured Notes or the Miner Equipment Lender Takeback Debt. If the assumptions made are contrary to actual circumstances (a “change in circumstances”), then solely for purposes of determining the amount of OID, such New Secured Notes or Miner Equipment Lender Takeback Debt will be treated as retired and reissued on the date of the change in circumstances for an amount equal to the “adjusted issue price” (as defined below) of such New Secured Notes or Miner Equipment Lender Takeback Debt. In addition, OID will include the portion of stated interest that is payable in kind (i.e., the portion that is not qualified stated interest) regardless of whether such interest is actually paid in kind.
A U.S. Holder generally must include OID in gross income on an annual basis under the “constant yield method” without regard to its regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The amount of OID includible in income for a taxable year by a U.S. Holder generally will equal the sum of the “daily portions” of the total OID on the debt for each day during the taxable year (or portion thereof) on which such U.S. Holder held the debt. Generally, to determine the daily portions of the OID, the amount of OID allocable to an accrual period is determined, and a ratable portion of such OID is allocated to each day in the accrual period. An accrual period may be of any length and the length of the accrual periods may vary over the life of the debt, provided that no accrual period may be longer than one year and each scheduled payment of interest or principal on the debt must occur on either the first day or last day of an accrual period. The amount of OID allocable to each accrual period generally will equal (i) the product of (x) the “adjusted issue price” of the debt at the beginning of such accrual period and (y) its “yield to maturity” less (ii) any qualified stated interest payments allocable to the accrual period.
The “adjusted issue price” of the debt at any time generally will equal the original issue price, increased by the total OID accrued for each prior accrual period and decreased by the amount of payments made on such debt (other than qualified stated interest). The “yield to maturity” of the debt will be the discount rate that, when used in computing the present value of all principal and interest payments to be made on the debt produces an amount equal to the original issue price.
The rules regarding the determination of OID are complex and, as indicated above, the discussion herein is based on the principal terms the New Debt as currently described in the Plan (and thus, among other things, assumes that none of the respective debt instruments constitute “contingent payment debt obligations” for U.S. federal income tax purposes). Accordingly, you are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding the application of the OID rules.
| (d) | Potential Application of AHYDO Provisions to New Secured Notes and the Miner Equipment Lender Takeback Debt |
The New Secured Notes and the Miner Equipment Lender Takeback Debt may be subject to the provisions of the Tax Code addressing “applicable high yield discount obligations.” See section (VIII)(A)(iii) above (“Limitations on Interest Deductions”). To the extent a portion of the deduction for OID is disallowed, an equivalent amount of a corporate holder’s OID income may be treated as a dividend for purposes of the dividend-received deduction to the extent such amount would have been treated as a dividend if it had been a distribution made by the issuer with respect to its stock. This determination is dependent upon the extent to which the issuer has sufficient earnings and profits (either current or accumulated) such that a distribution in respect of its stock would constitute a dividend for U.S.
75
federal income tax purposes and, presumably, subject to certain holding period and taxable income requirements and other limitations on the dividend-received deduction.
| (e) | Conversion of New Secured Notes |
The conversion of the New Secured Notes into New Common Interests will not be a taxable event. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the New Common Interests received upon a conversion of the New Secured Notes will equal the tax basis of the New Secured Notes that were converted. The U.S. Holder’s holding period for the New Common Interests received will include the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the New Secured Notes converted.
| (f) | “Constructive Distributions” on New Secured Notes |
The conversion ratio or exercise price of the New Secured Notes will be adjusted in certain circumstances. Under section 305 of the Tax Code, certain transactions that effect an increase in the proportionate interest of a shareholder in the corporation’s assets are treated as creating deemed distributions to such shareholder in respect of such “stock” interest, including certain “anti-dilution” adjustments to the exercise price or conversion ratio of a right to acquire stock in the corporation. For this purpose, a holder of a right to acquire stock from the corporation, including a holder of convertible securities of the corporation, is treated as a deemed shareholder in the corporation.
Any deemed distribution resulting from an adjustment in conversion ratio or exercise price of the New Secured Notes will be taxed and reported to the IRS in the same manner as an actual distribution made by a corporation to its shareholders. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors as to the tax consequences of receiving deemed distributions.
| (g) | Sale or Other Taxable Disposition |
U.S. Holders generally will recognize capital gain or loss upon the sale, redemption or other taxable disposition of the New Debt in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the cash plus the fair market value of any property received from such disposition (other than amounts attributable to accrued but unpaid stated interest, which will be taxable as ordinary income for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent not previously so taxed) and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the New Debt. Generally, a U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis will be equal to its initial tax basis in such obligation increased by any OID previously included in income, and reduced by cash payments received on such obligation other than payments of qualified stated interest. Any capital gain or loss generally should be long-term if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the New Debt is more than one year at the time of disposition. A reduced tax rate on long-term capital gain may apply to non-corporate U.S. Holders. The deductibility of capital loss is subject to significant limitations.
| v. | Disposition of New Common Interests by U.S. Holders |
In general, unless a nonrecognition provision applies to a future disposition, U.S. Holders generally will recognize capital gain or loss upon the sale or exchange of the New Common Interests in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the holder’s adjusted tax basis in the New Common Interests held and (ii) the sum of the cash and the fair market value of any property received from
76
such disposition. Any such gain or loss generally should be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period in its New Common Interests is more than one year at the time of disposition. A reduced tax rate on long-term capital gain may apply to non-corporate U.S. Holders. The deductibility of capital loss is subject to significant limitations.
However, any gain recognized by a U.S. Holder upon a disposition of the New Common Interests received in exchange for its Claim (or any stock or property received for such New Common Interests in a later tax-free exchange) generally will be treated as ordinary income for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of (i) any ordinary loss deductions previously claimed as a result of the write-down of the Claim, decreased by any income (other than interest income) recognized by the U.S. Holder upon exchange of the Claim, and (ii) with respect to a cash-basis U.S. Holder and in addition to clause (i) above, any amounts which would have been included in its gross income if the holder’s Claim had been satisfied in full but which was not included by reason of the cash method of accounting.
| vi. | Tax Treatment of Disputed Claims Reserve |
Subject to definitive guidance from the IRS or a court of competent jurisdiction to the contrary, or the receipt of a determination by the IRS, the Disbursing Agent will (i) treat any cash or other property held in the Disputed Claims Reserve(s) on account of Disputed Claims, as held in a “disputed ownership fund” governed by Treasury Regulation section 1.468B-9, and (ii) to the extent permitted by applicable law, report consistently with the foregoing for state and local income tax purposes. All parties (including the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Disbursing Agent, and the Holders of Disputed Claims) shall be required to report for tax purposes consistently with the foregoing. Accordingly, the Disputed Claims Reserve(s) will be a separate taxable entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and all interest and earnings of the reserve will be taxable to such entity.
Any distributions from the reserve to holders of Allowed Claims will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if received directly from the Debtors on their Allowed Claims. Each Disputed Claims Reserve will be responsible for payment, out of the assets of such reserve, of any taxes imposed on the Disputed Claims Reserve or its assets. Accordingly, distributions from the reserve will be net of any taxes relating to the retention, disposition and distribution of assets in the reserve. In the event, and to the extent, any Cash in the Disputed Claims Reserve(s) is insufficient to pay the portion of any such taxes attributable to the taxable income arising from the assets of such reserve (including any income that may arise upon the distribution of the assets in such reserve) or other expenses, assets of the Disputed Claims Reserve(s) may be sold to pay such taxes or other expenses.
The Plan provides that any New Common Interests withheld from distribution on account of Disputed Claims will not be issued by Reorganized Parent until such time as the respective Disputed Claims are resolved and the shares are distributable by the Disbursing Agent to holders of Allowed Claims. Accordingly, such shares should not be treated as held in and taxable to the Disputed Claims Reserve(s).
77
| C. | Consequences to Holders of Existing Common Interests |
Pursuant to the Plan, holders of Existing Common Interests will receive New Common Interests in exchange for their Existing Common Interests. In general, a U.S. Holder of Existing Common Interests will not recognize gain or loss upon such exchange. Accordingly, a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its New Common Interests generally will equal such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Existing Common Interests, and such U.S. Holder’s holding period in the New Common Interests generally will include its holding period in its Existing Common Interests.
As discussed above under section (VIII)(B)(i) (““Constructive Distributions” on New Secured Notes), certain transactions that effect an increase in the proportionate interest of a shareholder in a corporation’s assets are treated as creating deemed distributions to such shareholder in respect of its stock. It is possible that an inadequate adjustment in the conversion ratio or exercise price of the New Secured Notes could cause such a deemed distribution to U.S. Holders of New Common Interests. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors as to the tax consequences of receiving deemed distributions.
| D. | Information Reporting and Backup Withholding |
All distributions to U.S. Holders under the Plan are subject to any applicable tax withholding, including backup withholding. Under U.S. federal income tax law, interest, dividends, and other reportable payments may, under certain circumstances, be subject to “backup withholding” at the then applicable withholding rate (currently 24%). Backup withholding generally applies if the U.S. Holder (i) fails to furnish its social security number or other taxpayer identification number, (ii) furnishes an incorrect taxpayer identification number, (iii) has been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to properly report interest or dividends, or (iv) under certain circumstances, fails to provide a certified statement, signed under penalty of perjury, that the tax identification number provided is its correct number and that it is not subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax but merely an advance payment, which may be refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax. Certain persons are exempt from backup withholding, including, in certain circumstances, corporations and financial institutions. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential application of U.S. withholding taxes to the transactions contemplated under the Plan and whether any distributions to them would be subject to withholding.
The foregoing summary has been provided for informational purposes only. All holders of Claims and Interests are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the federal, state, local and other tax consequences applicable under the Plan.
IX.
CERTAIN RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED
Before voting to accept or reject the Plan, holders of Claims and Interests should read and carefully
78
consider the risk factors set forth below, in addition to the information set forth in the Disclosure Statement together with any attachments, exhibits, or documents incorporated by reference hereto. The factors below should not be regarded as the only risks associated with the Plan or its implementation. Documents filed with the SEC may also contain important risk factors that differ from those discussed below, and such risk factors are incorporated as if fully set forth herein and are a part of this Disclosure Statement. Copies of any document filed with the SEC may be obtained by visiting the SEC website at http://www.sec.gov.
THIS SECTION PROVIDES INFORMATION REGARDING POTENTIAL RISKS IN CONNECTION WITH THE PLAN. THE FACTORS BELOW SHOULD NOT BE REGARDED AS THE ONLY RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PLAN OR ITS IMPLEMENTATION. ADDITIONAL RISK FACTORS IDENTIFIED IN THE DEBTORS’ PUBLIC FILINGS WITH THE SEC MAY ALSO BE APPLICABLE TO THE MATTERS SET OUT HEREIN AND SHOULD BE REVIEWED AND CONSIDERED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE. THE RISK FACTORS SET FORTH IN THE DEBTORS’ ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2022 FILED WITH THE SEC ON APRIL 4, 2023 AND THE DEBTORS’ QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q FOR THE QUARTER ENDED MARCH 31, 2023 FILED WITH THE SEC ON MAY 15, 2023 ARE HEREBY INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE. NEW FACTORS, RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES EMERGE FROM TIME TO TIME AND IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO PREDICT ALL SUCH FACTORS, RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES.
| A. | Certain Bankruptcy Law Considerations |
| i. | The Plan Contemplates Multiple Options for Distributions to Certain Classes Consisting of Various Types of Debt Instruments |
The Plan contemplates that the Reorganized Debtors may issue secured debt in the form of the New Secured Debt as well as unsecured debt in the form of the GUC Notes. Certain forms of New Debt may have different terms and conditions, such as principal amount, interest rate, maturity, depending on the acceptance or rejection of the Plan by Class 1 and Class 2 and the elections made certain Classes regarding the form of distributions members of such Classes elect to receive. You are encouraged to carefully consider the terms of the potential New Debt you may receive or elect to receive under the Plan and the impact of the elections of members in other Classes may have on your distributions.
| ii. | Parties in Interest May Object to Plan’s Classification of Claims and Interests |
Section 1122 of the Bankruptcy Code provides that a plan may place a claim or an equity interest in a particular class only if such claim or equity interest is substantially similar to the other claims or equity interests in such class. The Debtors believe that the classification of the Claims and Interests under the Plan complies with the requirements set forth in the Bankruptcy Code because the Debtors created Classes of Claims and Interests each encompassing Claims or Interests, as applicable, that are substantially similar to the other Claims or Interests, as applicable, in each such
79
Class. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will reach the same conclusion.
| iii. | Distributions to Allowed Existing Common Interests Claims and Allowed Section 510(b) Claims (if any) May Change |
Under the Plan, Holders of Allowed Claims (other than Section 510(b) Claims) will be paid the full value of their Claims, depending on individual elections, regardless of the amount of Claims that are ultimately Allowed. However, Holders of Allowed 510(b) Claims and Allowed Existing Common Interests are entitled to the Residual Equity Value, which is the remaining value of the Reorganized Debtors after payments to all Allowed Claims (other than Section 510(b) Claims). Accordingly, the value of their distributions will depend on the amount of Claims ultimately Allowed as well as the outcome of certain creditor elections. The value of the projected distributions to Holders of Allowed Existing Common Interests are based upon good faith estimates of the total amount of Claims ultimately allowed. The Debtors believe that these assumptions and estimates are reasonable. However, unanticipated events or circumstances could result in such estimates or assumptions increasing or decreasing materially and the actual amount of allowed Claims in a particular Class may change. If the total amount of allowed Claims in a Class is higher than the Debtors’ estimates, the recovery to holders of Allowed Existing Common Interests may be less than projected. For example, the Bankruptcy Court may allow for Claims in a higher amount than the Debtors have estimated or may require a higher rate of postpetition interest to be applied to certain Claims.
The Claims of the Holders of the April Notes and August Notes represent a significant portion of the Debtors’ total Claims. The Holders of April Notes and August Notes may seek the allowance, in whole or in part, of the April 2X Amounts and August 2X Amounts respectively. While the Debtors believe that, pursuant to the terms of the April Notes and August Notes, and applicable law, the holders of April Notes and August Notes are not entitled to include the April 2X Amounts and August 2X Amounts in their respective Claims, should the Bankruptcy Court allow such amounts, in whole or in part, such allowance would result in a significant increase in the Claims against the Debtors and may significantly decrease the value of the projected distributions to holders of Allowed 510(b) Claims and Allowed Existing Common Interests Claims under the Plan.
| iv. | The Plan Provides Certain Classes Multiple Options Regarding the Manner of their Distributions; A Particular Election by One Class Will Affect the Allocation of New Common Interests Received by Other Classes and the Overall Capital Structure of the Reorganized Debtors |
The Plan provides various options to certain Voting Classes regarding the treatment of their Claims and the distributions such Voting Class receives under the Plan. For example, if either Class of Convertible Notes Claims (Class 1 and Class 2) votes to accept the Plan (an “Accepting Class”) then such Accepting Class will receive 50% of their recovery in New Common Interests and 50% of their recovery in new secured debt; however, if either such Class rejects, Holders in such rejecting Class will receive 100% of their recovery in new secured debt. Moreover, the Plan provides individual treatment options for Holders of Claims in Class 3 (Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claims) and Class 8 (General Unsecured Claims); however, such individual options are only available if both Class 1 and Class 2 vote to accept the Plan. If either Class 1 or Class 2 rejects the Plan, then Holders of Claims in Class 3 and Class 8 will receive the default treatment option for such Class.
80
The elections made by members of such Voting Classes may significantly affect the allocation of New Common Interests among the Classes that may receive New Common Interests and may significantly affect the allocation of New Debt among the Classes issued by the Reorganized Debtors.
| v. | The Amount of Allowed Claims in the Classes Will Affect the Allocation of New Common Interests |
The amount of Allowed Claims in each Class may also affect the allocation of New Common Interests among the Classes. If the Bankruptcy Court Allows or Disallows Claims in amounts that are different than the Debtors’ estimates, the proportion of Allowed Claims in one Class may change relative to other Classes, and thus, the allocation of New Common Interests and/or New Debt to the various Classes may significantly change.
| vi. | Debtors May Require and May Not Obtain Additional Financing |
The Debtors anticipate they may require additional financing to implement the Plan. While the Debtors expect to secure the necessary commitments for exit financing prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors have not yet identified a suitable provider of exit financing and cannot guarantee that such commitments will be secured prior to the Confirmation Hearing. Failure to secure such commitments for exit financing could prevent the Debtors from consummating the Plan and the transactions contemplated thereby.
| vii. | Risks Related to Possible Objections to the Plan |
There is a risk that certain parties could oppose and object to either the entirety of the Plan or specific provisions of the Plan. Although the Debtors believe that the Plan complies with all applicable Bankruptcy Code provisions, there can be no guarantee that a party in interest will not file an objection to the Plan or that the Bankruptcy Court will not sustain such an objection.
| viii. | Risk of Non-Confirmation of the Plan |
Although the Debtors believe that the Plan will satisfy all requirements necessary for Confirmation by the Bankruptcy Court, there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will reach the same conclusion or that modifications to the Plan will not be required for Confirmation or that such modifications would not necessitate re-solicitation of votes.
Moreover, the Debtors can make no assurances that they will receive the requisite votes for acceptance to confirm the Plan. Even if all Voting Classes vote in favor of the Plan or the requirements for “cramdown” are met with respect to any Class that rejected the Plan, the Bankruptcy Court could decline to confirm the Plan if it finds that any of the statutory requirements for Confirmation of the Plan are not met. If the Plan is not confirmed, it is unclear what distributions holders of Claims or Interests ultimately would receive with respect to their Claims or Interests in a subsequent plan of reorganization.
81
| ix. | Non-Consensual Confirmation and Conversion into Chapter 7 Cases |
If any impaired class of claims or equity interests does not accept or is deemed not to accept a plan of reorganization, a bankruptcy court may nevertheless confirm such plan at the proponent’s request if at least one impaired class has voted to accept the plan (with such acceptance being determined without including the vote of any “insider” in such class), and as to each impaired class that has not accepted the plan, the Bankruptcy Court determines that the plan “does not discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” with respect to the dissenting impaired classes. If any class votes to reject the plan, then these requirements must be satisfied with respect to such rejecting classes. The Debtors believe that the Plan satisfies these requirements.
If no plan of reorganization can be confirmed, or if the Bankruptcy Court otherwise finds that it would be in the best interest of holders of Claims and Interests, the Chapter 11 Cases may be converted to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, pursuant to which a trustee would be appointed or elected to liquidate the Debtors’ assets for distribution in accordance with the priorities established by the Bankruptcy Code. See section (XI)(C) hereof, as well as the Liquidation Analysis attached hereto as Exhibit C, for a discussion of the effects that a chapter 7 liquidation would have on the recoveries of holders of Claims and Interests.
| x. | Risk of Non-Occurrence of the Effective Date |
Although the Debtors believe that the Effective Date will occur soon after the Confirmation of the Plan and that there is not a material risk that the Debtors will not be able to obtain any necessary governmental approvals (including any antitrust approval), there can be no assurance as to the timing of the Effective Date. The transactions contemplated under the Plan may require a review under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act. If the conditions precedent to the Effective Date set forth in the Plan have not occurred or have not been waived as set forth in Article IX of the Plan, then the Confirmation Order may be vacated, in which event no distributions would be made under the Plan, the Debtors and all holders of Claims or Interests would be restored to the status quo as of the day immediately preceding the Confirmation Date, and the Debtors’ obligations with respect to claims and Interests would remain unchanged.
| xi. | DIP Facility |
The Replacement DIP Facility, along with the use of cash on hand (cash collateral), is intended to provide liquidity to the Debtors during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases. If the Chapter 11 Cases take longer than expected to conclude, the Debtors may exhaust or lose access to their financing. The Replacement DIP Facility matures on December 21, 2023. There is no assurance that the Debtors will be able to obtain additional financing from the Debtors’ existing lenders or otherwise. In either such case, the liquidity necessary for the orderly functioning of the Debtors’ business may be materially impaired.
| xii. | Releases, Injunctions, and Exculpations Provisions May Not Be Approved |
Article X of the Plan provides for certain releases, injunctions, and exculpations, for claims and causes of action that may otherwise be asserted against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the
82
Exculpated Parties, or the Released Parties, as applicable. The releases, injunctions, and exculpations provided in the Plan are subject to objection by parties in interest and may not be approved. If the releases and exculpations are not approved, certain parties may not be considered Releasing Parties, Released Parties, or Exculpated Parties, and certain Released Parties or Exculpated Parties may withdraw their support for the Plan.
| B. | Additional Factors Affecting the Value of Reorganized Debtors |
| i. | Projections and Other Forward-Looking Statements Are Not Assured, and Actual Results May Vary |
Certain of the information contained herein is, by nature, forward-looking, and contains estimates and assumptions, which might ultimately prove to be incorrect, and projections, which may be materially different from actual future experiences. Many of the assumptions underlying the projections are subject to significant uncertainties that are beyond the control of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, including the timing, confirmation, and consummation of the Plan, unanticipated market and economic conditions, customer demand for the Reorganized Debtors’ products, and inflation. There are uncertainties associated with any projections and estimates, and they should not be considered assurances or guarantees of the amount of funds or the amount of Claims in the various Classes that might be Allowed. Some assumptions may not materialize, and unanticipated events and circumstances may affect the actual results. Projections are inherently subject to substantial and numerous uncertainties and to a wide variety of significant business, economic, and competitive risks, and the assumptions underlying the projections may be inaccurate in material respects. In addition, unanticipated events and circumstances occurring after the approval of this Disclosure Statement by the Bankruptcy Court including any natural disasters, terrorist attacks, or pandemics, or other catastrophic events may affect the actual financial results achieved. Such results may vary significantly from the forecasts and such variations may be material.
| ii. | Risks Associated with the Debtors’ Business and Industry |
The risks associated with the Debtors’ businesses and industry are more fully described in the Debtors’ SEC filings, including the Debtors’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, filed with the SEC on April 4, 2023 and the Debtors’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2022, filed with the SEC on May 15, 2023. The risks associated with the Debtors’ businesses and industry described in the Debtors’ SEC filings include, but are not limited to, the following:
| • | Risk and uncertainties relating to the effects of disruption from the Chapter 11 Cases make it more difficult to maintain business, financing and operational relationships. |
| • | Digital assets are subject to extreme price volatility. |
| • | The Debtors’ business is highly dependent on a small number of Miner suppliers. |
83
| • | The Debtors’ business is capital intensive, and failure to obtain the necessary capital when needed will force the Debtors to delay, limit or terminate the Debtors’ expansion efforts or other operations, which would have a material adverse effect on the Debtors’ business, financial condition and results of operations. |
| • | There is substantial doubt about the Debtors’ ability to continue as a going concern. |
| • | Governments and government regulators may potentially restrict the ability of electricity suppliers to provide electricity to transaction processing operations of cryptocurrency mining companies, such as the Debtors’, which could have a material adverse effect on the Debtors’ business, financial condition and results of operations. |
| • | Recent events have increased the likelihood that U.S. federal and state legislatures and regulatory agencies will enact laws and regulations to regulate digital assets and digital asset intermediaries, such as digital asset exchanges and custodians. |
| • | The Debtors’ substantial level of indebtedness and liquidity constraints have adversely affected their financial condition and the Debtors’ ability to service their indebtedness. |
| • | The Debtors will need to raise additional capital to grow their business and satisfy their anticipated future liquidity needs, and the Debtors may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to them, or at all. |
| • | If future prices of bitcoin are not sufficiently high, the Debtors’ business, results of operations and financial condition will be materially and adversely affected, which will have a negative impact on the trading price of the Debtors’ securities. |
| • | The Debtors’ success depends in large part on the Debtors’ ability to mine digital assets profitably and to attract customers for their hosting capabilities. |
| • | A slowdown in the demand for blockchain technology or blockchain hosting resources and other market and economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on the Debtors’ business, financial condition and results of operations. |
| • | A significant portion of the Debtors’ assets including their Miners and their Mining facilities are pledged to various of the Debtors’ creditors |
| • | The Debtors’ revenue comes from the bitcoin they mine and sell and from a small number of hosting customers. |
| • | The Debtors are subject to risks associated with their need for significant electric power and the limited availability of power resources, which could have a material adverse effect on the Debtors’ business, financial condition and results of operations. An inability to purchase and develop additional sources of low-cost |
84
| renewable sources of energy effectively will have a material adverse effect on the Debtors’ business, financial condition and results of operations. |
| • | The Debtors may not be able to obtain new hosting and transaction processing hardware or purchase such hardware at competitive prices. |
| • | The Debtors’ business is heavily impacted by social, political, economic and other events and circumstances in the United States and in countries outside of the United States, most particularly Asian and other non-Western countries. |
| • | The Debtors generate significant revenue from a limited number of facilities in Georgia, Kentucky, North Carolina, North Dakota, and Texas. |
| • | The Debtors may be vulnerable to security breaches. |
| • | The Debtors’ future success depends on their ability to keep pace with rapid technological changes that could make the Debtors’ current or future technologies less competitive or obsolete. |
| • | The further development and acceptance of cryptographic and algorithmic protocols governing transaction validation and the issuance of, and transactions in, digital assets are subject to a variety of factors that are difficult to evaluate. The slowing or stoppage of development or acceptance of blockchain networks and digital assets would have an adverse material effect on the successful development of the Mining operation and value of mined digital assets. |
| • | The Debtors’ ability to use net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to limitations. |
| • | The Debtors operate in a rapidly developing industry and have an evolving business model with a limited history of generating revenue from services. In addition, the Debtors’ evolving business model increases the complexity of the Debtors’ business, which makes it difficult to evaluate the Debtors’ future business prospects. |
| • | The Debtors have experienced difficulties in establishing relationships with banks, leasing companies, insurance companies and other financial institutions to provide the Debtors with customary financial products, and services. |
| • | Digital assets exchanges and other trading venues are relatively new and, in some cases, unregulated, and some have experienced fraud and failure. |
| • | The Debtors may not have adequate sources of recovery if the digital assets held by the Debtors are lost, stolen or destroyed due to third-party digital asset services. |
85
| • | Losses relating to the Debtors’ business may be uninsured, or insurance may be limited. |
| • | There has been limited precedent set for financial accounting for bitcoin and other digital assets, thus the determinations that the Debtors have made for how to account for digital assets transactions may be subject to change. |
| • | As more processing power is added to a network, the Debtors’ relative percentage of total processing power on that network is expected to decline absent significant capital investment, which has an adverse impact on the Debtors’ ability to generate revenue from processing transactions on that network. |
| • | The Debtors’ reliance on third-party Mining pool service providers for their Mining revenue payouts may have a negative impact on the Debtors’ operations. |
| • | Malicious actors or botnet may obtain control of more than 50% of the processing power on the bitcoin or other network. |
| • | Any loss or destruction of a private key required to access a digital asset of the Debtors is irreversible. The Debtors also may temporarily lose access to their digital assets. |
| • | The digital assets held by the Debtors are not subject to protections of either the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or Securities Investor Protection Corporation. |
| • | Changes in tariffs or import restrictions could have a material adverse effect on the Debtors’ business, financial condition and results of operations. |
| • | The Debtors’ interactions with a blockchain may expose them to specially designated nationals or blocked persons or cause the Debtors to violate provisions of law that did not contemplate distribute ledger technology. |
| • | The Debtors have identified material weaknesses in their internal control over financial reporting. Such material weaknesses may result in material misstatements of our financial statements or cause the Debtors to fail to meet their periodic reporting obligations. The Debtors may also identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal control. |
| • | The common stock of Core Scientific, Inc. was delisted from Nasdaq and its shares currently trade on the OTC. |
86
| iii. | Post-Effective Date Indebtedness |
Following the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may have approximately $743.5 million of secured funded indebtedness outstanding composed of the New Secured Debt, which amount may vary depending on the Allowed amount of the various Claims exchanged for such New Secured Debt, as well as whether Class 1 is an Accepting Class, whether Class 2 is an Accepting Class, and the elections made by the Holders of Allowed Miner Equipment Lender Claims. Additionally, if Class 1 and Class 2 are both an Accepting Class, the holders of General Unsecured Claims in Class 8 may elect to have a portion of their recovery in the form of unsecured GUC Notes. The Reorganized Debtors’ ability to service their debt obligations will depend, among other things, on their future operating performance, which depends partly on economic, financial, competitive, and other factors beyond the Reorganized Debtors’ control. The Reorganized Debtors may not be able to generate sufficient cash from operations to meet their debt service obligations as well as fund necessary capital expenditures. In addition, if the Reorganized Debtors need to refinance their debt, obtain additional financing, or sell assets or equity, they may not be able to do so on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.
| C. | Risks Relating to the New Common Interests to be Issued under the Plan |
| i. | Market for Equity of Reorganized Parent Debtor |
While the common stock of Core Scientific, Inc. was formerly traded on The Nasdaq Global Select Market, and is currently traded on the OTC Pink market under the symbol “CORZQ”, there can be no assurance as to the development or liquidity of any market for the New Common Interests of the Reorganized Debtors. The Debtors are under no obligation to list the New Common Interests on any national securities exchange. Therefore, there can be no assurance that the New Common Interests will be tradable on a nationally recognized exchange or liquid at any time after the Effective Date. If a trading market does not develop or is not maintained, holders of the foregoing securities may experience difficulty in reselling such securities or may be unable to sell them at all. Even if such a market were to exist, such New Common Interests could trade at prices higher or lower than the estimated value set forth in the Disclosure Statement depending upon many factors including prevailing interest rates, markets for similar securities, industry conditions, and the performance of, and investor expectations for the Reorganized Debtors. Accordingly, holders of these securities may bear certain risks associated with holding securities for an indefinite period of time.
| ii. | Potential Dilution |
The ownership percentage represented by the New Common Interests of Reorganized Debtors distributed on the Effective Date under the Plan will be subject to dilution from the New Common Interests issuable upon conversion of the New Secured Notes, under the Management Incentive Plan, pursuant to the Disputed Claims Reserve or issuances made by the Debtors after the Effective Date, and the conversion of any options, warrants, convertible securities, exercisable securities, or other securities that may be issued post-emergence. In the future, similar to all companies, additional equity financings or other share issuances by the Reorganized Debtors could adversely
87
affect the value of the issuable securities upon such conversion. The amount and dilutive effect of any of the foregoing could be material.
| iii. | New Common Interests Subordinated to Reorganized Debtors’ Indebtedness |
In any subsequent liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of Reorganized Debtors, the New Common Interests would rank below all debt Claims against Reorganized Debtors. As a result, holders of the New Common Interests will not be entitled to receive any payment or other distribution of assets upon the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Reorganized Debtors until after all of the Reorganized Debtors’ obligations to their debt holders have been satisfied.
| iv. | Valuation of Debtors Not Intended to Represent Trading Value of New Common Interests of Debtors |
The valuation of Debtors is not intended to represent the trading value of equity in public or private markets and is subject to additional uncertainties and contingencies, all of which are difficult to predict. Actual market prices of such New Common Interests at issuance will depend upon, among other things: (i) prevailing interest rates; (ii) conditions in the financial markets; (iii) the anticipated initial securities holdings of prepetition creditors, some of which may prefer to liquidate their investment rather than hold it on a long-term basis; and (iv) other factors that generally influence the prices of the equity securities. The actual market price of the New Common Interests, if a market develops, is likely to be volatile. Many factors, including factors unrelated to the Debtors’ actual operating performance and other factors not possible to predict, could cause the market price of equity to rise and fall. Accordingly, the value, stated herein and in the Plan, of the securities to be issued does not necessarily reflect, and should not be construed as reflecting, values that will be attained for the New Common Interests in the public or private markets.
| D. | Risks Relating to the New Debt |
| i. | Insufficient Cash Flow to Meet Debt Obligations |
The Reorganized Debtors’ ability to make scheduled payments on or refinance their debt obligations depends on the Reorganized Debtors’ financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic, industry, and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legislative, regulatory, and other factors beyond the Reorganized Debtors’ control. The Reorganized Debtors may be unable to maintain a level of cash flow from operating activities sufficient to permit the Reorganized Debtors to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on their indebtedness, including, without limitation, principal and interest payments with respect to the New Debt.
| ii. | Rating of New Debt |
It is not expected that the Reorganized Debtors will seek a rating on any New Debt. If, however, one or more rating agencies rates any New Debt and assigns them a rating lower than the rating expected by investors, or reduces its rating in the future, the market price of the New Debt, as
88
applicable, could be reduced.
| iii. | Defects in Guarantees and Collateral Securing the New Secured Debt |
The indebtedness under the New Secured Debt will be secured, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, by direct or indirect security interests in certain of the assets of the Reorganized Debtors (henceforth, the “New Debt Collateral”). The New Debt Collateral and any related secured guarantees will subject to any and all exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens, and other imperfections as may be accepted by the respective trustee and collateral agent of New Secured Debt, if any, and any other creditors that also have the benefit of equivalent priority liens on the Notes Debt Collateral from time to time. The existence of any such exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens, and other imperfections could adversely affect the value of any New Secured Debt, as well as the ability of the collateral agent, notes agent, notes trustee, or similar agent for any New Secured Debt, or the applicable holder of New Secured Debt, to realize or foreclose on such New Debt Collateral, as applicable. In addition, the New Debt Collateral may be subject to other liens permitted under the terms of the instrument governing the terms of applicable New Debt Collateral, as applicable, whether arising on or after the date such New Secured Debt is issued. To the extent that third parties hold prior liens, such third parties may have rights and remedies with respect to the property subject to such liens that, if exercised, could adversely affect the value of New Debt Collateral.
The New Debt Collateral and any related secured guarantees may include a pledge of certain issued and outstanding equity interests held by the Reorganized Parent and certain subsidiaries of the Reorganized Parent. To the extent the assets directly or indirectly owned by those subsidiaries are subject to any encumbrances or liens or otherwise not available, the pledges of such capital stock may be worth less than otherwise anticipated.
The security interest with respect to New Debt Collateral may be subject to practical problems generally associated with the realization of security interests in New Debt Collateral. For example, third-party consent may be required to enforce a security interest in a contract.
The Debtors have not conducted appraisals of any of their assets constituting New Debt Collateral to determine if the value of any New Debt Collateral upon foreclosure or liquidation equals or exceeds the amount of any associated New Secured Debt, or such other obligation secured by New Debt Collateral. It cannot be assured that the remaining proceeds from a sale of any New Debt Collateral would be sufficient to repay holders of the applicable New Secured Debt all amounts owed under them. The fair market value of New Debt Collateral is subject to fluctuations based on factors that include, among others, the ability to sell New Debt Collateral in an orderly manner, general economic conditions, the availability of buyers, the Reorganized Debtors’ failure to implement their business strategy, and similar factors. The amount received upon a sale of any New Debt Collateral would be dependent on numerous factors, including the actual fair market value of such New Debt Collateral at such time, and the timing and manner of the sale. By its nature, portions of New Debt Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. In the event of a subsequent foreclosure, liquidation, bankruptcy, or similar proceeding, it cannot be assured that the proceeds from any sale or liquidation of any New Debt Collateral will be sufficient to pay the Reorganized Debtors’ obligations under the applicable New Secured Debt, in full or at all. There can also be no assurance that any New Debt Collateral will
89
be saleable, and, even if saleable, the timing of its liquidation would be uncertain. Accordingly, there may not be sufficient collateral to pay all or any of the amounts due on the New Secured Debt.
| iv. | Failure to Perfect Security Interests in New Debt Collateral |
The failure to properly perfect liens on New Debt Collateral could adversely affect the ability to enforce rights with respect to New Debt Collateral for the benefit of the holders of applicable New Secured Debt. In addition, applicable law requires that certain property and rights acquired after the grant of a general security interest or lien can only be perfected at the time such property and rights are acquired and identified. There can be no assurance that the holders of New Secured Debt will monitor, or that the Reorganized Debtors will inform the holders of New Secured Debt of, the future acquisition of property and rights that constitute New Debt Collateral, and that the necessary action will be taken to properly perfect the security interest in such after-acquired New Debt Collateral. Failure to monitor the acquisition of additional property or rights that constitute New Debt Collateral or the perfection of any security interests therein may result in the loss of the practical benefits of the liens thereon or of the priority of the liens securing New Secured Debt against third parties.
| v. | There May Not be an Active Trading Market for the New Debt |
To the extent any New Debt is freely tradable, there is not and there may not be a public market for any such New Debt, and the Reorganized Debtors do not intend to seek any listing of any New Debt on any stock exchange or other trading market of any type whatsoever. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for any New Debt will ever develop or, if such a market does develop, that it will be maintained.
| vi. | Risk of Recharacterization of New Secured Notes |
Recharacterization of a debt obligation to a capital contribution is an equitable remedy a bankruptcy court may direct if it determines, upon an objection raised by a party in interest, a purported debt obligation is more properly characterized as a capital contribution. In making such a determination, bankruptcy courts consider, among other things, whether the parties intended to create a debt obligation and the nature of the instrument evidencing the obligation. Although the Debtors believe, and intend, the New Secured Notes to be a bona fide debt obligation, there can be no assurance a bankruptcy court would agree with the Debtors’ interpretation.
| vii. | Changes to New Common Interests Affect Holders of New Secured Notes |
Holders of the New Secured Notes will not be entitled to any rights with respect to the New Common Interests (including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to participate in any dividends or other distributions on the New Common Interests), but holders of the New Secured Notes will be subject to all changes affecting the New Common Interests. Holders of the New Secured Notes will have rights with respect to the New Common Interests only upon conversion, if any. For example, in the event an amendment is proposed to the Reorganized Debtors’ certificate of incorporation or by-laws requiring shareholder approval and the record date for determining the shareholders of record entitled to vote on the amendment occurs prior to delivery of the New
90
Common Interests, such holders will not be entitled to vote on the amendment, although they will, nevertheless, be subject to any changes in the powers, preferences, or rights of the New Common Interests.
| E. | Additional Factors |
| i. | Debtors Could Withdraw Plan |
The Plan may be revoked or withdrawn prior to the Confirmation Date by the Debtors.
| ii. | Debtors Have No Duty to Update |
The statements contained in the Disclosure Statement are made by the Debtors as of the date hereof, unless otherwise specified herein, and the delivery of the Disclosure Statement after that date does not imply that there has been no change in the information set forth herein since that date. The Debtors have no duty to update the Disclosure Statement unless otherwise ordered to do so by the Bankruptcy Court.
| iii. | No Representations Outside the Disclosure Statement Are Authorized |
No representations concerning or related to the Debtors, the Chapter 11 Cases, or the Plan are authorized by the Bankruptcy Court or the Bankruptcy Code, other than as set forth in the Disclosure Statement.
Any representations or inducements made to secure your vote for acceptance or rejection of the Plan that are other than those contained in, or included with, the Disclosure Statement should not be relied upon in making the decision to vote to accept or reject the Plan.
| iv. | No Legal or Tax Advice Is Provided by the Disclosure Statement |
The contents of the Disclosure Statement should not be construed as legal, business, or tax advice. Each Holder of a Claim or Interest should consult their own legal counsel and accountant as to legal, tax, and other matters concerning its Claim or Interest.
The Disclosure Statement is not legal advice to you. The Disclosure Statement may not be relied upon for any purpose other than to determine how to vote on the Plan or object to Confirmation of the Plan.
| v. | No Admission Made |
Nothing contained herein or in the Plan will constitute an admission of, or will be deemed evidence of, the tax or other legal effects of the Plan on the Debtors or holders of Claims or Interests.
| vi. | Certain Tax Consequences |
For a discussion of certain tax considerations to the Debtors and certain holders of Claims in connection with the implementation of the Plan, see Article VII thereof.
91
X.
VOTING PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS
Before voting to accept or reject the Plan, each Holder of a Claim in a Voting Class as of the Record Date (an “Eligible Holder”) should carefully review the Plan attached hereto as Exhibit A. All descriptions of the Plan set forth in the Disclosure Statement are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
| A. | Voting Deadline |
All Eligible Holders have been sent a voting ballot (a “Ballot”) together with the Disclosure Statement. Such holders should read the Ballot carefully and follow the instructions contained therein. Please use only the Ballot that accompanies the Disclosure Statement to cast your vote.
The Debtors have engaged Stretto, Inc. as their Voting Agent to assist in the transmission of voting materials and in the tabulation of votes with respect to the Plan. FOR YOUR VOTE TO BE COUNTED, YOUR VOTE MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE VOTING AGENT AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH BELOW ON OR BEFORE THE VOTING DEADLINE OF 4:00 P.M. (PREVAILING CENTRAL TIME) ON [•], 2023, UNLESS EXTENDED BY THE DEBTORS.
IF A BALLOT IS DAMAGED OR LOST, YOU MAY CONTACT THE VOTING AGENT AT THE NUMBER SET FORTH BELOW TO RECEIVE A REPLACEMENT BALLOT. ANY BALLOT THAT IS EXECUTED AND RETURNED BUT WHICH DOES NOT INDICATE A VOTE FOR ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN WILL NOT BE COUNTED.
IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS CONCERNING VOTING PROCEDURES, YOU MAY CONTACT THE VOTING AGENT AT:
Stretto, Inc.
Telephone: (949) 404-4152 (domestic toll free) or (888) 765-7875 (international)
E-mail: CoreScientificInquiries@stretto.com (with “Core Scientific” in the subject line)
Additional copies of the Disclosure Statement are available upon request made to the Voting Agent, at the telephone numbers or e-mail address set forth immediately above.
| B. | Voting Procedures |
The Debtors are providing copies of the Disclosure Statement (including all exhibits and appendices), related materials, and a Ballot to record holders in the Voting Classes.
Eligible Holders in the Voting Classes should provide all of the information requested by the Ballot, and should (a) complete and return all Ballots received in the enclosed, self-addressed, postage-paid envelope provided with each such Ballot to the Voting Agent, or electronically via e-mail to CoreScientificInquiries@stretto.com with “Core Scientific” in the subject line, or (b) submit a Ballot electronically via the E-Ballot voting platform on Stretto’s website by visiting
92
https://cases.stretto.com/corescientific/, clicking on the “Submit E-Ballot” link, and following the instructions set forth on the website.
HOLDERS ARE STRONGLY ENCOURAGED TO SUBMIT THEIR BALLOTS VIA THE E-BALLOT PLATFORM.
| C. | Parties Entitled to Vote |
Under the Bankruptcy Code, only holders of claims or interests in “impaired” classes are entitled to vote on a plan. Under section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, a class of claims or interests is deemed to be “impaired” under a plan unless: (1) the plan leaves unaltered the legal, equitable, and contractual rights to which such claim or interest entitles the holder thereof; or (2) notwithstanding any legal right to an accelerated payment of such claim or interest, the plan cures all existing defaults (other than defaults resulting from the occurrence of events of bankruptcy) and reinstates the maturity of such claim or interest as it existed before the default.
If, however, the holder of an impaired claim or interest will not receive or retain any distribution under the plan on account of such claim or interest, the Bankruptcy Code deems such holder to have rejected the plan, and, accordingly, holders of such claims and interests do not actually vote on the plan. If a claim or interest is not impaired by the plan, the Bankruptcy Code deems the holder of such claim or interest to have accepted the plan and, accordingly, holders of such claims and interests are not entitled to vote on the Plan.
A vote may be disregarded if the Bankruptcy Court determines, pursuant to section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, that it was not solicited or procured in good faith or in accordance with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.
The Bankruptcy Code defines “acceptance” of a plan by a class of: (1) claims as acceptance by creditors in that class that hold at least two-thirds (2/3) in dollar amount and more than one-half (1/2) in number of the claims that cast ballots for acceptance or rejection of the Plan; and (2) Interests as acceptance by interest holders in that class that hold at least two-thirds (2/3) in amount of the Interests that cast ballots for acceptance or rejection of the Plan.
The Claims and Interests in the following Classes are impaired under the Plan and entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan:
| • | April Convertible Notes Secured Claims (Class 1) |
| • | August Convertible Notes Secured Claims (Class 2) |
| • | Miner Equipment Lender Secured Claims (Class 3) |
| • | M&M Lien Secured Claims (Class 5) |
| • | Secured Mortgage Claims (Class 6) |
| • | General Unsecured Claims (Class 7) |
93
| • | Section 510(b) Claims (Class 11) |
| • | Existing Common Interests (Class 12) |
An Eligible Holder should vote on the Plan by completing a Ballot in accordance with the instructions therein and as set forth above.
All Ballots must be signed by the Eligible Holder, or any person who has obtained a properly completed Ballot proxy from the Eligible Holder by the Record Date. Unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, Ballots that are signed, dated, and timely received, but on which a vote to accept or reject the Plan has not been indicated, will not be counted. The Debtors, in their sole discretion, may request that the Voting Agent attempt to contact such voters to cure any such defects in the Ballots. Any Ballot marked to both accept and reject the Plan will not be counted. If you return more than one Ballot voting different Claims, the Ballots are not voted in the same manner, and you do not correct this before the Voting Deadline, those Ballots will not be counted. An otherwise properly executed Ballot that attempts to partially accept and partially reject the Plan will likewise not be counted.
The Ballots provided to Eligible Holders will reflect the principal amount of such Eligible Holder’s Claim; however, when tabulating votes, the Voting Agent may adjust the amount of such Eligible Holder’s Claim by multiplying the principal amount by a factor that reflects all amounts accrued between the Record Date and the Petition Date including interest.
Under the Bankruptcy Code, for purposes of determining whether the requisite votes for acceptance have been received, only Eligible Holders who actually vote will be counted. The failure of a holder to deliver a duly executed Ballot to the Voting Agent will be deemed to constitute an abstention by such holder with respect to voting on the Plan and such abstentions will not be counted as votes for or against the Plan.
Except as provided below, unless the Ballot is timely submitted to the Voting Agent before the Voting Deadline together with any other documents required by such Ballot, the Debtors may, in their sole discretion, reject such Ballot as invalid, and therefore decline to utilize it in connection with seeking confirmation of the Plan.
| i. | Fiduciaries and Other Representatives |
If a Ballot is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation, or another, acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should indicate such capacity when signing and, if requested, must submit proper evidence satisfactory to the Debtors of authority to so act. Authorized signatories should submit the separate Ballot of each Eligible Holder for whom they are voting.
| ii. | Agreements Upon Furnishing Ballots |
The delivery of an accepting Ballot pursuant to one of the procedures set forth above will constitute the agreement of the creditor with respect to such Ballot to accept: (a) all of the terms of, and conditions to, this Solicitation; and (b) the terms of the Plan including the injunction, releases, and
94
exculpations set forth in sections 10.5, 10.6, 10.7, 10.8, and 10.9 therein. All parties in interest retain their right to object to confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code.
| iii. | Change of Vote |
Any party who has previously submitted to the Voting Agent before the Voting Deadline a properly completed Ballot may revoke such Ballot and change its vote by submitting to the Voting Agent before the Voting Deadline a subsequent, properly completed Ballot voting for acceptance or rejection of the Plan.
| D. | Waivers of Defects, Irregularities, etc. |
Unless otherwise directed by the Bankruptcy Court, all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance, and revocation or withdrawals of Ballots will be determined by the Voting Agent or the Debtors, as applicable, in their sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. The Debtors reserve the right to reject any and all Ballots submitted by any of their creditors or shareholders not in proper form, the acceptance of which would, in the opinion of the Debtors or their counsel, as applicable, be unlawful. The Debtors further reserve their respective rights to waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of delivery as to any particular Ballot. The interpretation (including the Ballot and the respective instructions thereto) by the applicable Debtor, unless otherwise directed by the Bankruptcy Court, will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with deliveries of Ballots must be cured within such time as the Debtors (or the Bankruptcy Court) determines. Neither the Debtors nor any other person will be under any duty to provide notification of defects or irregularities with respect to deliveries of Ballots nor will any of them incur any liabilities for failure to provide such notification. Unless otherwise directed by the Bankruptcy Court, delivery of such Ballots will not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been cured or waived. Ballots previously furnished (and as to which any irregularities have not theretofore been cured or waived) will be invalidated.
| E. | Further Information, Additional Copies |
If you have any questions or require further information about the voting procedures for voting your Claims or about the packet of material you received, or if you wish to obtain an additional copy of the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or any exhibits to such documents, please contact the Voting Agent.
XI.
Confirmation of Plan
| A. | Confirmation Hearing |
Section 1128(a) of the Bankruptcy Code requires the Bankruptcy Court to hold a confirmation hearing upon appropriate notice to all required parties. On, or as promptly as practicable after, the Petition Date, the Debtors will request that the Bankruptcy Court schedule the Confirmation Hearing. Notice of the Confirmation Hearing will be provided to all known creditors and equity holders or their representatives. The Confirmation Hearing may be adjourned from time to time
95
by the Bankruptcy Court without further notice except for the announcement of the continuation date made at the Confirmation Hearing, at any subsequent continued Confirmation Hearing, or pursuant to a notice filed on the docket for the Chapter 11 Cases.
| B. | Objections to Confirmation |
Section 1128(b) of the Bankruptcy Code provides that any party in interest may object to the confirmation of a plan. Any objection to confirmation of the Plan must be in writing, must conform to the Bankruptcy Rules and the Local Rules, must set forth the name of the objector, the nature and amount of the claims held or asserted by the objector against the Debtors’ estates or properties, the basis for the objection and the specific grounds therefore, and must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court, with a copy to the chambers of the Honorable David R. Jones United States Bankruptcy Judge, together with proof of service thereof, and served upon the following parties, including such other parties as the Bankruptcy Court may order.
| (a) | To the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors: |
Core Scientific, Inc.
210 Barton Springs Road, Suite 300
Austin, Texas 78704
Attn: Todd DuChene
Email: tduchene@corescientific.com
- and –
To the Counsel of the Debtors:
Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
767 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10153
Attn: Ray C. Schrock
Ronit J. Berkovich
Email: ray.schrock@weil.com
ronit.berkovich@weil.com
- and -
700 Louisiana Street, Suite 1700
Houston, Texas 77002
Attn: Alfredo R. Pérez
Clifford W. Carlson
Email: alfredo.perez@weil.com
clifford.carlson@weil.com
| (b) | To the Creditors’ Committee |
96
Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10019
Attn: Brett H. Miller
Todd M. Goren
James H. Burbage
Email: bmiller@willkie.com
tgoren@willkie.com
jburbage@willkie.com
- and -
600 Travis Street
Houston, Texas 77002
Attn: Jennifer J. Hardy
Email: jhardy2@willkie.com
| (c) | To the Equity Committee |
Vinson & Elkins LLP
1114 Avenue of the Americas, 32nd Floor
New York, New York 10036
Attn: David S. Meyer
Lauren R. Kanzer
Zachary A. Paiva
Email: dmeyer@velaw.com
lkanzer@velaw.com
zpaiva@velaw.com
and -
845 Texas Avenue, Suite 4700
Houston, Texas 77002
Attn: Paul E. Heath
Harry A. Perrin
Kiran Vakamudi
Email: pheath@velaw.com
hperrin@velaw.com
kvakamudi@velaw.com
| (d) | To the DIP Agent: |
B. Riley Commercial Capital, LLC
11100 Santa Monica Blvd., Suite 800
Los Angeles, California 90025
Attn: Perry Mandarino
Email: pmandarino@brileyfin.com
97
- and -
Choate, Hall & Stewart LLP
Two International Place, 34th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Attn: John Ventola
Email: jventola@choate.com
| (e) | To the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group: |
Paul Hastings LLP
600 Travis Street, 58th Floor
Houston, Texas 77002
Attn: James T. Grogan III
Email: jamesgrogan@paulhastings.com
- and -
200 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10166
Attn: Kristopher M. Hansen
Sayan Bhattacharyya
Erez E. Gilad
Joanne Lau
Email: krishansen@paulhastings.com
sayanbhattacharyya@paulhastings.com
erezgilad@paulhastings.com
joannelau@paulhastings.com
| (f) | To the U.S. Trustee: |
Office of the United States Trustee
515 Rusk Avenue, Suite 3516
Houston, Texas 77002
Attn: Jayson B. Ruff
Alicia Barcomb
Email: Jayson.b.ruff@usdoj.gov
aliciabarcomb@usdoj.gov
UNLESS AN OBJECTION TO CONFIRMATION IS TIMELY SERVED AND FILED, IT MAY NOT BE CONSIDERED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT.
98
| C. | Requirements for Confirmation of Plan |
The Bankruptcy Court will confirm the Plan only if all of the requirements of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code are met. Among the requirements for confirmation are that the Plan is (1) accepted by all Impaired Classes of Claims and Interests entitled to vote or, if rejected or deemed rejected by an Impaired Class, that the Plan “does not discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” as to such Class; (2) in the “best interests” of the holders of Claims and Interests Impaired under the Plan; and (3) feasible.
| i. | Acceptance of Plan |
If any Impaired Class of Claims or Interests does not accept the Plan (or is deemed to reject the Plan), the Bankruptcy Court may still confirm the Plan at the request of the Debtors if, as to each Impaired Class of Claims or Interests that has not accepted the Plan (or is deemed to reject the Plan), the Plan “does not discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” under the so-called “cramdown” provisions set forth in section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. The “unfair discrimination” test applies to classes of claims or interests that are of equal priority and are receiving different treatment under the Plan. A chapter 11 plan does not discriminate unfairly, within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code, if the legal rights of a dissenting class are treated in a manner consistent with the treatment of other classes whose legal rights are substantially similar to those of the dissenting class and if no class of claims or interests receives more than it legally is entitled to receive for its claims or interests. The test does not require that the treatment be the same or equivalent, but that such treatment be “fair.” The “fair and equitable” test applies to classes of different priority and status (e.g., secured versus unsecured; claims versus interests) and includes the general requirement that no class of claims receive more than 100% of the allowed amount of the claims in such class. As to the dissenting class, the test sets different standards that must be satisfied for the Plan to be confirmed, depending on the type of claims or interests in such class. The following sets forth the “fair and equitable” test that must be satisfied as to each type of class for a plan to be confirmed if such class rejects the Plan:
| • | Secured Creditors. Each holder of an impaired secured claim either (a) retains its liens on the property, to the extent of the allowed amount of its secured claim, and receives deferred cash payments having a value, as of the effective date of the plan, of at least the allowed amount of such secured claim, (b) has the right to credit bid the amount of its claim if its property is sold and retains its lien on the proceeds of the sale, or (c) receives the “indubitable equivalent” of its allowed secured claim. |
| • | Unsecured Creditors. Either (a) each holder of an impaired unsecured claim receives or retains under the plan, property of a value, as of the effective date of the plan, equal to the amount of its allowed claim or (b) the holders of claims and interests that are junior to the claims of the dissenting class will not receive any property under the plan. |
| • | Interests. Either (a) each equity interest holder will receive or retain under the plan property of a value equal to the greater of (i) the fixed liquidation preference or redemption price, if any, of such equity interest and (ii) the value of the equity interest or (b) the holders |
99
| of interests that are junior to the interests of the dissenting class will not receive or retain any property under the plan. |
The Debtors believe the Plan satisfies both the “unfair discrimination” and “fair and equitable” requirement with respect to any rejecting Class.
IF ALL OTHER CONFIRMATION REQUIREMENTS ARE SATISFIED AT THE CONFIRMATION HEARING, THE DEBTORS WILL ASK THE BANKRUPTCY COURT TO RULE THAT THE PLAN MAY BE CONFIRMED ON THE GROUND THAT THE SECTION 1129(b) REQUIREMENTS HAVE BEEN SATISFIED.
| ii. | Best Interests Test |
As noted above, with respect to each impaired class of claims and equity interests, confirmation of a plan requires that each such holder either: (a) accept the plan; or (b) receive or retain under the plan property of a value, s of the effective date of the plan, that is not less than the value such holder would receive or retain if the debtors were liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. This requirement is referred to as the “best interests test.”
This test requires a bankruptcy court to determine what the holders of allowed claims and allowed equity interests in each impaired class would receive from a liquidation of the debtor’s assets and properties in the context of a liquidation under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. To determine if a plan is in the best interests of each impaired class, the value of the distributions from the proceeds of the liquidation of the debtor’s assets and properties (after subtracting the amounts attributable to the aforesaid claims) is then compared with the value offered to such classes of claims and equity interests under the plan.
The Debtors believe that under the Plan all holders of impaired Claims and Interests will receive property with a value not less than the value such holder would receive in a liquidation under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors’ belief is based primarily on: (a) consideration of the effects that a chapter 7 liquidation would have on the ultimate proceeds available for distribution to holders of impaired Claims and Interests; and (b) the Liquidation Analysis attached hereto as Exhibit C.
The Debtors believe that any liquidation analysis is speculative, as it is necessarily premised on assumptions and estimates which are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which would be beyond the control of the Debtors. The Liquidation Analysis provided in Exhibit C is solely for the purpose of disclosing to holders of Claims and Interests the effects of a hypothetical chapter 7 liquidation of the Debtors, subject to the assumptions set forth therein. There can be no assurance as to values that would actually be realized in a chapter 7 liquidation nor can there be any assurance that a bankruptcy court will accept the Debtors’ conclusions or concur with such assumptions in making its determinations under section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code.
| iii. | Feasibility |
Section 1129(a)(11) of the Bankruptcy Code requires that a debtor demonstrate that confirmation of a plan is not likely to be followed by liquidation or the need for further financial reorganization.
100
For purposes of determining whether the Plan meets this requirement, the Debtors have analyzed their ability to meet their obligations under the Plan. As part of this analysis, the Debtors have prepared the consolidated financial projections for the Reorganized Debtors (“Financial Projections”) for the period beginning with the fourth quarter of 2023 through fiscal year-end 2026. The Financial Projections, and the assumptions on which they are based, are annexed hereto as Exhibit E. Based upon such Financial Projections, the Debtors believe they will have sufficient resources to make all payments required pursuant to the Plan and that confirmation of the Plan is not likely to be followed by liquidation or the need for further reorganization.
The Debtors do not, as a matter of course, publish their business plans or strategies, projections or anticipated financial position. Accordingly, the Debtors do not anticipate that they will, and disclaim any obligation to, furnish updated business plans or Financial Projections to parties in interest after the Confirmation Date, or to include such information in documents required to be filed with the SEC or otherwise make such information public, unless required to do so by the SEC or other regulatory bodies. In connection with the planning and development of the Plan, the Financial Projections were prepared by the Debtors, with the assistance of their professionals, to present the anticipated impact of the Plan. The Financial Projections assume that the Plan will be implemented in accordance with its stated terms. The Financial Projections are based on forecasts of key economic variables and may be significantly impacted by, among other factors, bitcoin hashprices, energy prices, regulatory changes, and a variety of other factors. Consequently, the estimates and assumptions underlying the Financial Projections are inherently uncertain and are subject to material business, economic, and other uncertainties. Therefore, such Financial Projections, estimates, and assumptions are not necessarily indicative of current values or future performance, which may be significantly less or more favorable than set forth herein.
The Financial Projections should be read in conjunction with the assumptions, qualifications, and explanations set forth in the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, and the Plan Supplement, in their entirety, and the historical consolidated financial statements (including the notes and schedules thereto).
XII.
ALTERNATIVES TO CONFIRMATION
AND CONSUMMATION OF PLAN
The Debtors have evaluated several alternatives to the Plan. After studying these alternatives, the Debtors have concluded that the Plan is the best alternative and will maximize recoveries to parties in interest, assuming confirmation and consummation of the Plan. If the Plan is not confirmed and consummated, the alternatives to the Plan are: (A) the preparation and presentation of an alternative reorganization; (B) the a sale of some or all of the Debtors’ assets pursuant to section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (C) a liquidation under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.
| A. | Alternative Plan of Reorganization |
If the Plan is not confirmed, the Debtors (or if the Debtors’ exclusive period in which to file a plan of reorganization has expired, any other party in interest) could attempt to formulate a different plan. Such a plan might involve either: (a) a reorganization and continuation of the Debtors’
101
businesses or (b) an orderly liquidation of their assets. The Debtors, however, believe that the Plan, as described herein, enables their creditors and shareholders to realize the most value under the circumstances.
| B. | Sale under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code |
If the Plan is not confirmed, the Debtors could seek from the Bankruptcy Court, after notice and hearing, authorization to sell their assets under section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code. The security interests in the Debtors’ assets held by Holders of the April Convertible Notes Secured Claims, Holders of the August Convertible Notes Secured Claims, Holders of the M&M Lien Claims, Holders of the Mortgage Secured Claims, the Equipment Lenders, and the Replacement DIP Lenders would attach to the proceeds of any sale of the Debtors’ assets to the extent of their secured interests therein. Upon analysis and consideration of this alternative, the Debtors do not believe a sale of their assets under section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code would yield a higher recovery for the holders of claims under the Plan.
| C. | Liquidation Under Chapter 7 of Bankruptcy Code |
If no plan can be confirmed, the Chapter 11 Cases may be converted to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code in which a trustee would be elected or appointed to liquidate the assets of the Debtors for distribution to their creditors in accordance with the priorities established by the Bankruptcy Code. The effect that a chapter 7 liquidation would have on the recovery of holders of Allowed Claims and Interests is set forth in the Liquidation Analysis attached hereto as Exhibit C.
The Debtors believe that liquidation under chapter 7 would result in smaller distributions to creditors than those provided for in the Plan because of, among other things, the delay resulting from the conversion of the Chapter 11 Cases, the additional administrative expenses associated with the appointment of a trustee and the trustee’s retention of professionals who would be required to become familiar with the many legal and factual issues in the Chapter 11 Cases, and the loss in value attributable to an expeditious liquidation of the Debtors’ assets as required by chapter 7.
XIII.
CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION
The Debtors believe the Plan is in the best interests of all stakeholders and urge the holders of Claims and Interests in Classes 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 11, and 12 to vote in favor thereof.
102
| Dated: June 20, 2023 |
| Bellevue, Washington |
| Respectfully submitted, | ||
| By: |
/s/ Michael Bros | |
| Name: Michael Bros | ||
| Title: Authorized Signatory | ||
| On behalf of Core Scientific, Inc. | ||
| and each of its Debtor affiliates | ||
Exhibit A
The Plan
(Filed Separately)
Exhibit B
Plan Release, Exculpation, and Injunction Provisions
Definitions:
“Related Parties” means with respect to a Person, that Person’s current and former Affiliates, and such Person’s and its current and former Affiliates’ current and former directors, managers, officers, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), affiliated investment funds or investment vehicles, predecessors, participants, successors, and assigns, subsidiaries, and each of their respective current and former equity holders, officers, directors, managers, principals, members, employees, agents, fiduciaries, trustees, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, limited partners, general partners, attorneys, accountants, managed accounts or funds, management companies, fund advisors, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, and such Person’s respective heirs, executors, estates, and nominees, each in their capacity as such.
“Released Parties” means, collectively: (a) the Debtors; (b) the Reorganized Debtors; and (c) with respect to each of the foregoing Persons in clauses (a) through (b), all current and former Related Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Person that opts out of the releases set forth in Section 10.6(b) of the Plan shall not be deemed a Released Party thereunder.
“Releasing Parties” means collectively, and in each case solely in their capacity as such, (a) the Debtors; (b) the Reorganized Debtors; (c) with respect to each of the foregoing Persons in clauses (a) through (b), all Related Parties; (d) the Holders of all Claims or Interests that vote to accept the Plan; (e) the Holders of all Claims or Interests whose vote to accept or reject the Plan is solicited but that do not vote either to accept or to reject the Plan and do not opt out of granting the releases set forth herein; (f) the Holders of all Claims or Interests that vote, or are deemed, to reject the Plan or that are presumed to accept the Plan but do not opt out of granting the releases set forth herein; and (g) the Holders of all Claims and Interests and all Other Beneficial Owners that were given notice of the opportunity to opt out of granting the releases set forth herein but did not opt out.
“Exculpated Parties” means the Debtors, in their capacity as such and, in each case, to the maximum extent permitted by law.
Provisions:
| 10.5 | Injunction |
Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or for distributions required to be paid or delivered pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order, all Entities that have held, hold, or may hold Claims or Interests that have been released pursuant to Section 10.6(a) or Section 10.6(b), shall be discharged pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Plan, or are subject to exculpation pursuant to Section 10.7, and all Subcontractors and all other parties in interest are permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from taking any of the following actions against, as applicable, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Released Parties, and/or the Exculpated Parties (to the extent of the exculpation provided pursuant to Section 10.7 with respect to the Exculpated Parties): (i) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (ii) enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order against such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (iii) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any Lien or encumbrance of any kind against such Entities or the property or the estates of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (iv) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due from such Entities or against the property of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests unless (x) such Entity has timely asserted such setoff right either in a Filed Proof of Claim, or in another document Filed with the Bankruptcy Court explicitly preserving such setoff or that otherwise indicates that such entity asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of setoff pursuant to applicable law or otherwise or (y) such right to setoff arises under a postpetition agreement with the Debtors or an Executory Contract that has been assumed by the Debtors as of the Effective Date; and (v) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests released, settled, and/or treated, entitled to a distribution, or cancelled pursuant to the Plan or otherwise Disallowed; provided that such persons who have held, hold, or may hold Claims against, or Interests in, a Debtor, a Reorganized Debtor, or an Estate shall not be precluded from exercising their rights and remedies, or obtaining the benefits, solely pursuant to and consistent with the terms of the Plan.
Subject in all respects to Section 11.1, no entity or person may commence or pursue a Claim or Cause of Action of any kind against any Released Party or Exculpated Party that arose or arises from, in whole or in part, the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors, the governance, management, transactions, ownership, or operation of the Debtors, the purchase, sale or rescission of any security of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (which includes, for the avoidance of doubt, all claims and Causes of Action asserted or assertable in the Securities Class Action), the DIP Facility, the Convertible Notes Agreements, the Miner Equipment Lender Agreements, the Mortgage Agreements, the General Contracts, any and all agreements relating to M&M Liens, and any and all related agreements, instruments, and/or other documents, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, solicitation, negotiation, entry into, or filing of the Plan (including the Plan Supplement), the Disclosure Statement, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (including any legal opinion requested by any Entity regarding any transaction, contract instrument, document, or other agreement contemplated by the Plan or the reliance by any Released Party on the Plan or Confirmation Order in lieu of such legal opinion) created or entered into in connection with the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents, the New Secured Notes Documents, the New GUC Notes Documents, the Initial DIP Loan Documents, the RSA, the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of confirmation and consummation of the Plan, the administration and
implementation of the Plan or Confirmation Order, including the issuance or distribution of securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan, or any other agreement, act or omission, transaction, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date related or relating to the foregoing without the Bankruptcy Court (i) first determining, after notice and a hearing, that such Claim or Cause of Action represents a claim of willful misconduct, fraud or gross negligence against a Released Party or Exculpated Party and (ii) specifically authorizing such Entity or Person to bring such Claim or Cause of Action against any such Released Party or Exculpated Party. The Bankruptcy Court shall have sole and exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a Claim or Cause of Action is colorable and, only to the extent legally permissible and as provided for in Section 11.1, shall have jurisdiction to adjudicate the underlying colorable Claim or Cause of Action.
| 10.6 | Releases |
| (a) | Releases by the Debtors. |
Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, as of the Effective Date, pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, for good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which is hereby confirmed, including the obligations of the Debtors under the Plan and the contributions of the Released Parties to facilitate and implement the Plan, except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, on and after the Effective Date, the Released Parties are deemed conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably, released and discharged by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Estates from any and all Claims, obligations, rights, suits, damages, Causes of Action, remedies, and liabilities whatsoever, including any derivative claims, asserted or assertable on behalf of the Debtors, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity, or otherwise, that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Estates, or their Affiliates would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the Holder of any Claim or Interest or other Person, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors, the governance, management, transactions, ownership, or operation of the Debtors, the purchase, sale or rescission of any security of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (which includes, for the avoidance of doubt, all claims and Causes of Action asserted or assertable in the Securities Class Action), the DIP Facility, the Convertible Notes Agreements, the Miner Equipment Lender Agreements, the Mortgage Agreements, the General Contracts, any and all agreements relating to M&M Liens, and any and all related agreements, instruments, and/or other documents, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, solicitation, negotiation, entry into, or filing of the Plan (including the Plan Supplement), the Disclosure Statement, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (including any legal opinion requested by any Entity regarding any transaction, contract instrument, document, or other agreement contemplated by the Plan or the reliance by any Released Party on the Plan or Confirmation Order in lieu of such legal opinion) created or entered into in connection with the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents, the New Secured Notes Documents, the New GUC Notes Documents, the Initial DIP Loan Documents, the RSA, the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of confirmation and consummation of the Plan, the administration and implementation of the Plan or Confirmation Order, including the issuance or distribution of securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan, or any other agreement, act or omission, transaction, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth in this Section 10.6(a) (i) shall only be applicable to the maximum extent permitted by law; (ii) shall not be construed as (a) releasing any Released Party from Claims or Causes of Action arising from an act or omission that is judicially determined by a Final Order to
have constituted actual fraud (provided that actual fraud shall not exempt from the scope of these Debtor releases any Claims or Causes of Action arising under sections 544 or 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or state laws governing fraudulent or otherwise avoidable transfers or conveyances), willful misconduct, or gross negligence, or (b) releasing any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, the Confirmation Order, any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan. This section 10.6(a) is subject to approval of the Special Committee of the Board of Directors of Core Scientific, Inc.
| (b) | Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests. |
Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, as of the Effective Date, for good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which is hereby confirmed, except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, as such law may be extended or integrated after the Effective Date, each Releasing Party, shall be deemed to have conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, and forever, released, and discharged the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Released Parties from any and all Claims, obligations, rights, suits, damages, Causes of Action, remedies, and liabilities whatsoever, including any derivative Claims or Causes of Action asserted or that may be asserted on behalf of the Debtors or their Estates, that such Entity would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the Holder of any Claim or Interest, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity, or otherwise, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, any act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date, including any Claims or Causes of Action based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors, the governance, management, transactions, ownership, or operation of the Debtors, the purchase, sale or rescission of any security of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (which includes, for the avoidance of doubt, all claims and Causes of Action asserted or assertable in the Securities Class Action), the DIP Facility, the Convertible Notes Agreements, the Miner Equipment Lender Agreements, the Mortgage Agreements, the General Contracts, any and all agreements related to M&M Liens, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, solicitation, negotiation, entry into, or filing of the Plan (including the Plan Supplement), the Disclosure Statement, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (including any legal opinion requested by any Entity regarding any transaction, contract instrument, document, or other agreement contemplated by the Plan or the reliance by any Released Party on the Plan or Confirmation Order in lieu of such legal opinion) created or entered into in connection with the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents, the New GUC Notes Documents, the Initial DIP Loan Documents, the RSA, the New Secured Notes Documents the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of confirmation and consummation of the Plan, the administration and implementation of the Plan or Confirmation Order, including the issuance or distribution of securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan, or any other agreement, act or omission, transaction, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth in this Section 10.6(b) (i) shall only be applicable to the maximum extent permitted by law; and (ii) shall not be construed as (a) releasing any Released Party from Claims or Causes of Action arising from an act or omission that is judicially determined by a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud (provided that actual fraud shall not exempt from the scope of these third-party releases any Claims or Causes of Action arising under sections 544 or 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or state laws governing fraudulent or otherwise avoidable transfers or conveyances), willful misconduct, or gross negligence, or (b) releasing any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan.
| 10.7 | Exculpation |
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no Exculpated Party shall have or incur liability for, and each Exculpated Party is hereby released and exculpated from, any Cause of Action for any claim related to any act or omission in connection with, relating to, or arising out, in whole or in part, from the Petition Date through the Effective Date, of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors, the governance, management, transactions, ownership, or operation of the Debtors, the purchase, sale or rescission of any security of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the DIP Facility, the Convertible Notes Agreements, the Miner Equipment Lender Agreements, the Mortgage Agreements, the General Contracts, any and all agreements relating to M&M Liens, and related agreements, instruments, or other documents, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, solicitation, negotiation, entry into, or filing of the Plan (including the Plan Supplement), the Disclosure Statement, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (including any legal opinion requested by any Entity regarding any transaction, contract instrument, document, or other agreement contemplated by the Plan or the reliance by any Released Party on the Plan or Confirmation Order in lieu of such legal opinion) created or entered into in connection with the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, the New Miner Equipment Lender Debt Documents, the New GUC Notes Documents, the New Secured Notes Documents, the Initial DIP Loan Documents, the RSA, the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of confirmation and consummation of the Plan, the administration and implementation of the Plan or Confirmation Order, including the issuance or distribution of securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan, or any other related agreement, except for Claims or Causes of Action arising from an act or omission that is judicially determined in a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence, but in all respects, such Exculpated Parties shall be entitled to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities. The Exculpated Parties have, and upon completion of the Plan, shall be deemed to have, participated in good faith and in compliance with all applicable laws with regard to the solicitation and distribution of, consideration pursuant to the Plan and, therefore, are not, and on account of such distributions shall not be, liable at any time for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or such distributions made pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the exculpations set forth in this Section 10.7 (i) shall only be applicable to the maximum extent permitted by law; and (ii) shall not be construed as (a) exculpating any Exculpated Party from Claims or Causes of Action arising from an act or omission that is judicially determined by a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud (provided that actual fraud shall not exempt from the scope of these exculpations any Claims or Causes of Action arising under sections 544 or 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or state laws governing fraudulent or otherwise avoidable transfers or conveyances), willful misconduct, or gross negligence, or (b) exculpating any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan.
| 10.8 | Retention of Causes of Action/Transfer of Causes of Action and Reservation of Rights. |
In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, but subject in all respects to this Article X, the Reorganized Debtors shall have, retain, reserve and be entitled to assert, and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue, as appropriate, any and all claims or
Causes of Action, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, and such rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date. The Reorganized Debtors shall have, retain, reserve, and be entitled to assert all rights of setoff or recoupment, and other legal or equitable defenses as fully as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced, and all of the Debtors’ legal and equitable rights in respect of any Unimpaired Claim may be asserted after the Confirmation Date and Effective Date to the same extent as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Causes of Action against any Entity not released pursuant to the Plan.
Exhibit C
Liquidation Analysis
(To Be Filed at a Later Date)
Exhibit D
Valuation Analysis
(To Be Filed at a Later Date)
Exhibit E
Financial Projection
(To Be Filed at a Later Date)
Exhibit F
Organizational Chart

Exhibit 99.3 Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Core Scientific Cleansing Materials June 2023 Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL 1

Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Experienced Management Team MIKE LEVITT ADAM SULLIVAN TODD DUCHENE CEO President Chief Administrative Officer MATT BROWN RUSSELL CANN DENISE STERLING EVP, Data Center Operations EVP, Client Services CFO MICHAEL BROS KATHARINE HALL JEFF TAYLOR SVP, Capital Markets and General Counsel SVP, Chief Information Acquisitions Security Officer Aaron McCreery Sangeeta Campos Puri Cline Kezar SVP, Platform Engineering VP, People Operations VP, Data Center Services PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL 2

Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Company Overview (1) Key Operating Figures Background (2) Average BTC Mined Per Day 45 • Established in December 2017 as a digital asset mining owner-operator, using facilities and software solutions for self-mining and third-party hosting services BTC Self Miners Installed ~143K • Following de-SPAC merger announcement in July 2021, Core went public in January 2022 Self-Mining Hash Rate ~15 EH/s • The Company has expanded its market share in the BTC mining industry by growing both the number of its facilities and its capacity at each facility % of Miners Owned vs. Hosted ~70% / 30% • Core is focused on two primary lines of business: Operational MWs 724 o Self-Mining: Miners owned by Core # of Operating Facilities (Owned / Leased) 3 / 3 o Hosting Services: Miners owned by third-parties that are hosted at Core’s facilities Core Facilities Facility Capacity (MW) 104 Marble 195 Dalton 150 Calvert City 100 Grand Forks 125 Denton 50 Cottonwood PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL 3 (1) As of 05/04/23. (2) YTD 2023.

Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Market Position Core Scientific is the leading listed Bitcoin miner. 5,425 BTC Self- Mined 2,897 January – 2,749 2,395 April 2023 1,676 1,065 635 Core Scientific Marathon Riot Clean Spark BitFarms Hive Argo PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL 4 Note: Excludes third-party hosted capacity.

Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Business Plan Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL 5

Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Business Plan Strategy Overview Core’s business plan reflects management’s expectation of maintaining efficient post-emergence operations, including managing its existing facilities/fleet and expanding its footprint to capitalize on both (a) favorable anticipated BTC mining-specific macroeconomic conditions and (b) limited remaining construction costs due to development of partially completed facilities. The Company anticipates the BTC-specific macroeconomic environment to remain favorable for BTC mining operations • Hashprice levels have increased meaningfully to more normalized levels from the historical lows of 5.5c in November 2022, just prior to the petition date • Declining commodity prices over the past few months have lowered expected power prices vs. mid-2022 levels The Company remains focused on optimizing its existing self-mining and hosting operations • Refreshing miners will increase Core’s self-mining hashrate, improving overall fleet efficiency • Optimizing fleet performance by leveraging proprietary fleet management software, while also focusing on integration, upkeep, and compatibility of new cryptocurrency mining equipment and related electrical infrastructure hardware • Utilizing engineering capabilities to lead innovative hardware development, firmware development, and custom automation • Monitoring market for power programs that can reduce volatility while allowing the Company to maintain high uptime • Recently signed three new hosting clients to agreements that will partially fill open capacity; two agreements are structured with profit sharing such that economics mirror those of self-mining (will continue to opportunistically consider additional hosting contracts that involve profit-sharing) With a right-sized balance sheet and improved operating cash flow, including as a result of improved macroeconomic conditions, the Company anticipates completing certain partially- constructed facilities where power is available and operations already exist • Denton and Cottonwood expansions will add 372MW of capacity by 2026 and utilize previous investments to enable low marginal cost development; expanded facilities would utilize available and approved power capacity at Denton and ~200MW in West Texas • Miner capex anticipated as Core (i) purchases miners to fill new and existing open slots and (ii) refreshes its existing miner fleet, bringing about lower average unit-specific power utilization and higher average unit mining capacity The Company is focused on driving economic growth while maintaining cost-effective and high-efficiency operations to maximize the long-term value of its operations. PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL 6

Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Business Plan Strategy Overview (Cont’d) Core’s business plan reflects management’s expectation of post-emergence operational execution, including (i) facility and self-mining expansion, (ii) focus on cost discipline, (iii) optimization of self-miner fleet efficiency, and (iv) transitioning the hosting business. Expanding Facilities & Self-Mining Capabilities Expansion 1 • Previous investments in construction on existing operational sites enable infrastructure expansion with minimal execution risk and at a low cost per MW, with 372 MW of incremental facility capacity added with spend of ~$77 million during 2024/25 2 Focusing on Cost Discipline • Continue participating in CLR and other strategic economic curtailment activities to avoid short-term power price spikes • Monitor market for effective hedging strategies and volatility-mitigating programs that still allow the Company to maintain high uptime • Maintain focus on operational efficiencies, limiting additional headcount and operating expenses Optimizing Self-Miner Fleet Efficiency & Economics 3 • Strategic machine refresh drives increased production on the same infrastructure footprint, with similar unitary power consumption levels • Maintain market share via higher fleet hash rate and improved efficiency as a result of miner refreshes and expansion Transitioning Hosting Business 4 • Continuing to opportunistically sign new deals structured with profit sharing (i.e., between Core and the new hosting customer) such that economics of these agreements mirror self-mining and are compelling from a capital, returns or strategic perspective • Ongoing focus on exiting less economic contracts PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL 7

Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Business Plan Background & Strategy • October 2023-December 2026 Forecast Period • Assumes September 30, 2023 emergence • 145K self-miners in September 2023 • 217K self-miners by December 2024 Self-Miners • 282K self-miners by December 2026 • All BTCs produced assumed to be sold soon after mining • 68K hosted miners in September 2023 • 65K hosted miners by October 2023, held constant thereafter Hosted Mining • 7.0c/kWh average hosting rate across existing hosting customers (~41K miners by December 2024) • Profit sharing for new hosting contracts (~24K miners by December 2024) Equipment Sales• No new equipment sales • Six facilities utilized with aggregate capacity of 1,096MW by end of forecast period Facilities • Expansion of 172MW at Denton in 2024 and 200MW at Cottonwood in 2025 • Hashprice of $0.070 in 2023 and $0.080 thereafter (i.e., 2024+) Hashprice • $78 million of facility expansion capital expenditures to complete Denton and Cottonwood Facilities Capital Expenditures • $364 million of new miner capital expenditures to fill open slots with 21J/TH miners Miners • $216 million of miner refresh capital expenditures to replace older miners with more efficient 21J/TH miners PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL 8

Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Business Plan Assumptions Assumption Emergence Date• 09/30/23 Baseline Capacity• Beginning capacity of 724MW BTC Sales• All BTC sold as mined Hashprice• Hashprice of $0.070 in 2023 and $0.080 thereafter (i.e., 2024+) • 282k self-miners at the end of 2025 (81% of total miners), held flat thereafter Self-Mining • Self-mining uptime between 90% and 95% based on seasonality / weather and Core experience from its historical operations • 65k hosted miners at the end of 2023, held flat thereafter, comprised of: Hosting• 41K existing hosting contracts, with an average 7.0c/kWh hosting rate • 24K new profit-sharing hosting contracts (of which, 17K are contracted today) PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL 9 Revenue General

Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Business Plan Assumptions (Cont’d) Assumption • Built up on a facility-by-facility basis, utilizing anticipated MWs operating at each facility and based on Power tariffs built into contracts and/or forward power pricing (i.e., market curves) depending on facility location and utility/REP-specific agreement in place, if any • Forecasted at ~$3,600 per MW per month based on historical costs and management estimates for Facility Operations optimized operations (1) • 2024E and 2025E SG&A / R&D of ~$56 million SG&A / R&D • Reflects build by SG&A / R&D subcategory Miner Capex Refresh Cycle• 3-6 years, based on Company’s view of timing for discretionary fleet economic optimization Miner Purchase Price• Management visibility into forecasted purchases of new 21J/TH miners Facility Construction Costs• Bottom-up building-by-building estimate based on costs to complete at each of Denton and Cottonwood Taxes• Subject to ongoing review and refinement • Reflects build by power provider based on anticipated deposits/escrows required and assumptions Net Working Capital regarding payment terms Mechanic’s Liens Settlements• Reflects ongoing cash payments as part of settlements reached with certain mechanic’s liens claimants PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL 10 (1) Includes SG&A Depreciation. OPEX Other Capex COGS

Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Business Plan Key Takeaways CORE SELF-MINING STATISTICS HOSTED MINERS DEPLOYED 300k 40 70k 35 60k 250k 30 50k 200k 25 40k 150k 20 15 30k 100k 10 20k 50k 5 10k - - Dec-22 Aug-23 Apr-24 Dec-24 Aug-25 Apr-26 Dec-26 - Self-Miners Deployed (LHS) Self-Mining EH/s (RHS) Dec-22 Aug-23 Apr-24 Dec-24 Aug-25 Apr-26 Dec-26 ADJUSTED EBITDA UNLEVERED FCF $700 $600 $547 $618 $600 $500 $450 $500 $400 $329 $300 $300 $208 $239 $175 $200 $146 $150 $104 $100 $- $- 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2024 2025 2026 PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL 11

Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Business Plan Unlevered Free Cash Flow 4Q '23 2023E 2024E 2025E 2026E ($ in millions, unless specified otherwise) Revenue Digital Asset Mining $366 $96 $591 $833 $998 Hosting 108 30 122 121 121 Total Revenue $126 $474 $713 $954 $1,119 COGS Power $243 $61 $296 $358 $400 Facilities Operations 32 8 35 42 47 Total COGS $275 $69 $331 $401 $447 Gross Profit $199 $57 $382 $553 $672 Operating Expenses SG&A + R&D $13 $53 $53 $53 $54 Adj. EBITDA $146 $44 $329 $500 $618 % Adj. EBITDA Margin 35% 31% 46% 52% 55% CapEx Net Miner CapEx for Refresh $- $- $32 $72 $72 Miner CapEx for Expansion 43 43 148 172 - Miner CapEx (Net of Sale Proceeds) $43 $43 $180 $244 $72 Construction CapEx - - 35 42 - Total CapEx $43 $43 $216 $286 $72 Other Change in Power NWC $0 $3 $8 $4 $0 Mechanic's Liens Settlement Payments 0 6 1 1 - Unlevered Free Cash Flow $94 $0 $104 $208 $547 PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL 12 Note: Subject to refinement regarding cash tax and working capital assumptions.

Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Power Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL 13

Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Power Overview Power Background (1) Quarterly MW Capacity by Facility • Core anticipates continuing its growth in Texas post-emergence 1,200 through facility expansion at Denton and Cottonwood 1,000 • Texas facilities have no minimum usage requirement, 814 814 though there are limited adders to certain facilities on 731 800 724 724 account of RECs, REPs, and consulting fees 601 571 600 • Core’s forward power prices have fallen relative to mid-2022 499 412 400 Hedging / Fixed Pricing 279 247 • The Company is in the process of exploring fixed power pricing 200 at certain facilities via potential hedging structures - Mar-21 Jun-21 Sep-21 Dec-21 Mar-22 Jun-22 Sep-22 Dec-22 Mar-23 Jun-23 Sep-23 Controllable Load Resource / Grid Payments Marble Dalton Calvert Grand Forks Denton Cottonwood • Several Core machines recently passed tests to become CLRs in ERCOT, allowing for Core to scale power consumption up and Power Rate by Facility (c/kWh) down within seconds by reacting to real-time signals from Actuals Forecast ERCOT, assisting with grid load balancing 9.0 • CLR frequency response capabilities are managed by Core’s 8.0 proprietary fleet optimization software and are not available 7.0 on the market 6.0 • CLR may result in cost savings of approximately $5 million 5.0 per year 4.0 • Certain facilities outside of Texas have similar programs, though 3.0 curtailment must be signaled well in advance and last for a 2.0 previously stipulated period of time Jan-21 May-21 Sep-21 Jan-22 May-22 Sep-22 Jan-23 May-23 Sep-23 PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL 14 (1) Excludes 22MW online at Cedarvale from April 2022 to October 2022.

Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Power Background by Facility Current Operational Capacity Facility Location Total Available Capacity (MW) Power Company (MW) Marble 1 Marble, NC 35 35 TVA-Murphy Power Marble 2 Marble, NC 69 69 Duke Carolinas Dalton Brown Dalton, GA 53 53 Dalton Utilities Dalton Green Dalton, GA 142 142 Dalton Utilities TVA Calvert Calvert City, KY 150 150 TVA Direct Grand Forks Grand Forks, ND 100 100 Minnkota / NoDak Denton Denton, TX 125 297 ERCOT (Supplier: City of Denton) Cottonwood Pecos, TX 50 234 ERCOT (Supplier: ENGIE) PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL 15

Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Facility / Infrastructure CapEx Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL 16

Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Facilities Overview Current Operational 2 Location Type of Transaction Land (acres) Capacity Buildings (ft ) Status (1) (in MWs) Marble, NC Owned 70 104 +/- 250,000 At Capacity Dalton, GA Owned 20 195 +/- 300,000 At Capacity Calvert City, KY Owned 15 150 +/- 60,000 At Capacity At Capacity, Grand Forks, ND Leased 20 100 +/- 90,000 (2) Possible Expansion At Capacity, Denton, TX Leased 31 125 +/- 300,000 Forecasted Expansion Pecos, TX At Capacity, Leased 100 50 +/- 125,000 (“Cottonwood”) Forecasted Expansion PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL 17 (1) Does not reflect total potential MWs available at facility. (2) Estimated cost of increasing Grand Forks capacity by 50MW is ~$18mm - $25mm ($400K - $500K / MW).

Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Facility Expansion Overview MW 1,200 1,096 1,096 1,096 1,096 1,096 1,046 996 1,000 896 896 896 2C 2B 2A 796 796 724 724 800 1B 1A 600 400 200 - Sep-23 Dec-23 Mar-24 Jun-24 Sep-24 Dec-24 Mar-25 Jun-25 Sep-25 Dec-25 Mar-26 Jun-26 Sep-26 Dec-26 Marble Dalton Calvert Grand Forks Denton Current Capacity Denton Expansion Cottonwood Current Capacity Cottonwood Expansion 1A 1B 2A 2B 2C Miners 400k 347k 347k 347k 347k 347k 331k 350k 314k 282k 282k 274k 2C 300k 2B 2A 250k 238k 227k 250k 213k 1D 1C 1B 2D 1A 200k 150k 100k 50k - Sep-23 Dec-23 Mar-24 Jun-24 Sep-24 Dec-24 Mar-25 Jun-25 Sep-25 Dec-25 Mar-26 Jun-26 Sep-26 Dec-26 Hosted Miners Existing Self-Miners Refreshed Self-Miners Denton Expansion Cottonwood Expansion 1A 1B 2A 2B 2C 2D PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL 18 1C 1D

Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Facility Expansion Overview (Cont’d) Denton Expansion DENTON COST TO COMPLETE % Cumul. Cost / Building MW Material Labor Total Complete MW ($000s) A-G, Past Due 297 $4 $12 $35 $205 Core anticipates building Denton to its full capacity by year-end 2024 (i.e., 297MW), with construction beginning in 4Q’23 • Denton facility was in the process of being built throughout 2022 until construction was paused as the Company sought to conserve liquidity in 3Q/4Q’23 • Expansions would add another 172MW at Denton, incremental to existing 125MW in place and currently operational • Expansion anticipated to cost ~$35 million, inclusive of past due invoices, resulting in an implied cost per incremental MW to complete Denton of ~$205K PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL 19

Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Facility Expansion Overview (Cont’d) Cottonwood Expansion COTTONWOOD COST TO COMPLETE % Cumul. Cost / Building MW Material Labor Total Complete MW ($000s) A-F, Past Due 250 $20 $22 $42 $211 Core anticipates building Cottonwood to its full capacity by year-end 2025 (i.e., 250MW), with construction beginning in early 2025 • Cottonwood is split between two locations, Cottonwood 1 and Cottonwood 2 • Company is consolidating operations to Cottonwood 1 given superior infrastructure at the location • 50MW currently operational at Cottonwood • Expansion anticipated to cost ~$42 million, resulting in an implied cost per incremental MW to complete Cottonwood of ~$211K PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL 20

Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Miner CapEx Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL 21

Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE 408 and its Equivalents Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Miner Capex Overview The Company anticipates purchasing new miners over time to (i) fill current open capacity at Cottonwood, (ii) fill expanded capacity at Denton and Cottonwood following construction, and (iii) refresh existing fleet. Miner Expansion Miners Deployed (000s) 2023 2024 2025 2026 • Core plans to purchase miners to fill both BoP Self-Miners 143.2⁽²⁾ 161.6 217.0 281.5 (a) open slots at Cottonwood and (b) new slots following Denton and Cottonwood (+) Denton Expansion - 55.5 - - expansion (+) Cottonwood Expansion 18.3 - 64.5 - • Every 100 MWs of capacity corresponds (1) to ~30-32k add’l miners (+) Miner Refresh - 14.5 33.0 33.0 (-) Miner Refresh - (14.5) (33.0) (33.0) EoP Self-Miners 161.6 217.0 281.5 281.5 Miner Replacement Memo: Cumulative Denton Expansion - 55.5 55.5 55.5 • Existing miners are replaced on a 3-6 year cycle by newer, more efficient Memo: Cumulative Cottonwood Expansion 18.3 18.3 82.8 82.8 models Memo: Cumulative Miner Refresh - 14.5 47.6 80.6 PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL 22 (1) Based on ~2.95 kW/u draw and ~1.05 PUE. (2) As of 5/4/23.

Confidential & Not for Further Distribution Subject to FRE408 and its Equivalents Convertible Notes Term Sheet Prepared at the Request of Counsel Preliminary & Subject to Material Change Consensual Plan Framework ($ in millions) Key Terms > April: $258.9; par + accrued interest through emergence > August: $351.3; par + accrued interest through emergence Claims Amount > Total: $610.2 (1) Principal > $305.1 Maturity > 7 years > 4% Cash Interest Rate > 6% PIK Amortization > None Takeback Convertible Security / Note > Same as existing convertible notes Collateral > Voluntarily convertible at a 37.5% premium to plan equity value Conversion (2) Premium > Mandatorily convertible when stock trades at a 50.0% premium to plan equity value Tradability / > Issued pursuant to 1145(a) Liquidity (3) > [15-20]% of reorganized equity, such that remaining amount of claim (after takeback debt) fully recovers Equity % Ownership > Subject to dilution by MIP and potential future conversion of Takeback Convertible Note Governance Provisions > TBD, subject to negotiation and based on reorganized equity consideration (1) 50% of total claim. (2) Mandatory conversion trigger terms to be determined and negotiated. (3) Assumes miner equipment lenders elect maximum equitization option and GUCs elect to equitize. Reflects range of options regarding DIP. Does not 23 reflect any potential claims on account of litigation GUCs.